WO2009047514A1 - [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine and [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidine compounds and their use - Google Patents

[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine and [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidine compounds and their use Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2009047514A1
WO2009047514A1 PCT/GB2008/003428 GB2008003428W WO2009047514A1 WO 2009047514 A1 WO2009047514 A1 WO 2009047514A1 GB 2008003428 W GB2008003428 W GB 2008003428W WO 2009047514 A1 WO2009047514 A1 WO 2009047514A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
independently
nhr
compound according
nhc
present
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/GB2008/003428
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Grégoire Alexandre PAVÉ
James Donald Firth
Lorna Stewart
Laurent Jean Martin Rigoreau
Emma Louise Wynne
Original Assignee
Cancer Research Technology Limited
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=38787938&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=WO2009047514(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Priority to ES08806565.1T priority Critical patent/ES2446298T3/en
Priority to US12/679,871 priority patent/US8431596B2/en
Priority to EP08806565.1A priority patent/EP2217578B9/en
Priority to DK08806565.1T priority patent/DK2217578T5/en
Priority to SI200831148T priority patent/SI2217578T1/en
Application filed by Cancer Research Technology Limited filed Critical Cancer Research Technology Limited
Priority to PL08806565T priority patent/PL2217578T3/en
Publication of WO2009047514A1 publication Critical patent/WO2009047514A1/en
Priority to US13/869,374 priority patent/US9012633B2/en
Priority to HRP20140191AT priority patent/HRP20140191T1/en
Priority to US14/658,437 priority patent/US9394301B2/en
Priority to US15/186,689 priority patent/US9771362B2/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/4353—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/437—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems the heterocyclic ring system containing a five-membered ring having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. indolizine, beta-carboline
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04—Ortho-condensed systems

Definitions

  • the present invention pertains generally to the field of therapeutic compounds, and more specifically to certain triazolo compounds (referred to herein as TAZ compounds), and especially certain [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridine and [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-c]pyrimidine compounds, which, inter alia, inhibit AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function.
  • TAZ compounds triazolo compounds
  • the present invention also pertains to pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds, and the use of such compounds and compositions, both in vitro and in vivo, to inhibit AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function, and in the treatment of diseases and conditions that are mediated by AXL receptor tyrosine kinase, that are ameliorated by the inhibition of AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function, etc., including proliferative conditions such as cancer, etc.
  • AxI receptor tyrosine kinase (nucleotide accession numbers NM_021913 and NM 001699) is a transmembrane receptor tyrosine kinase (RTK) protein and a member of the AxI RTK subfamily.
  • the AxI RTK gene has a chromosomal location of 19q13.2 (see, e.g., O'Bryan et al., 1991).
  • AxI is also known as UFO, ARK and TYRO7 and has IUBMB Enzyme Nomenclature EC 2.7.10.1.
  • the AxI RTK subfamily comprises AxI, Mer (Stk, Nyk) and Tyro3(Rse/Dtk/Sky). This subfamily is characterised by a common protein domain structure.
  • the AxI RTK subfamily all possess the combination of two extracellular N-terminal immunoglobulin type domains and two fibronectin III domains, a single span transmembrane region followed by C-terminal kinase domain (see, e.g., Hafizi et al., 2006a).
  • Gas6 acts as a ligand to all of the AxI RTK family, but exhibits differing affinities for the receptors and activates the three proteins to varying degrees.
  • Gas6 is a member of the vitamin K-dependent family of proteins and shows a 43% sequence identity and the same domain organisation to protein S, a serum protein which has been shown to be a negative regulator of blood coagulation (see, e.g., Hafizi et al., 2006b).
  • Gas6 is upregulated in growth arrested cells (see, e.g., Manfioletti et al., 1993) which indicates a function in protection of the cell against cellular stresses. It has since been shown that Gas6 can cross link AxI monomers and promote cellular survival, proliferation and migration (see, e.g., Bellosta et al., 1997; Sainaghi et al., 2005; Fridell et al., 1998).
  • the AxI intracellular kinase domain (ICD) is responsible for the oncogenic transforming ability of AxI RTK.
  • the Gas6/Axl signal transduction pathway operates, although not exclusively, through activation of the phosphatidylinositol 3- kinase (PI3K) pathway (see, e.g., Shankar et al., 2006).
  • the PI3K/Akt signaling network is crucial to widely divergent physiological processes that include cell cycle progression, differentiation, transcription, translation and apoptosis (see, e.g., Hanada et al., 2004).
  • Akt PI3K/Akt signaling results in disturbance of control of cell proliferation and apoptosis, ensuing in competitive growth advantage for tumor cells.
  • Activation of Akt is associated with phosphorylation of Ser 473 (see, e.g., Alessi et al., 1996) and monitoring changes in levels of total and phosphorolated Akt within the cell enables an assessment of the efficacy of drugs which act upstream of Akt.
  • AxI kinase The intracellular domain of AxI kinase has been shown to associate with many proteins (p55gamma, p ⁇ alpha and beta subunits of PI3K, phospholipaseC-gamma, Grb2, c-Src, Lck, SOCS-1 , Nck2, RanBMP, C1-TEN and AxI ICD itself) (see, e.g., Hafizi et al., 2006a; Braunger et al., 1997; Hafizi et al., 2002).
  • AxI is ubiquitously expressed at low levels and is detectable in a variety of organs (see, e.g., Rescigno et al., 1991 ). Expression patterns of the other two family members (Mer and Tyro3) differ from that of AxI. Expression of Tyro3 is predominantly in the brain and the CNS (see, e.g., Mark et al., 1994), and expression of Mer is almost exclusively in the monocyte cell lineage (see, e.g., Graham et al., 1994).
  • AxI Overexpression of AxI has been demonstrated in numerous cancer cell lines (e.g., colon, gastric, breast, lung, AML, thyroid, ocular, prostate, ocular melanoma, ovarian, renal, and SCC) (see, e.g., Sainaghi et al., 2005; Sawaby et al., 2007; Vajkoczy et al., 2006; Meric et al., 2002; Shieh et al., 2005). This expression has been linked to the development of oncogenic cellular phenotype (see, e.g., Shieh et al., 2005).
  • AxI has been linked to stage of disease and prognosis (see, e.g., Sawabu et al., 2007; Shieh et al., 2005; Sun et al., 2003; Green et al., 2006).
  • AxI is a regulator of multiple angiogenic behaviours in vitro and AxI knockdown reduces growth of breast carcinoma cell lines in a xenograft (see, e.g., Holland et al., 2005).
  • WO 2003/031445 (Nettekoven - Hoffmann LaRoche), corresponding to US Patent No 6,693, 116 (Nettekoven), describes certain [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridine compounds.
  • the substituent that would correspond to -R 5A is a group -OMe, which is not permitted by the present definition of compounds.
  • Nettekoven et al., 2003 (Nettekoven et al., 2003, Synthesis, Vol. 11 , pp. 1649-1652) describes certain [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridine compounds. However, in each compound, the substituent that would correspond to -R 8A is a group -OMe, which is not permitted by the present definition of compounds.
  • WO 2006/038116 (Butler - Warner Lambert) describes certain [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridine compounds. However, in each compound, the group what would correspond to -NH-W is a urea, which is not permitted by the present definition of compounds.
  • the substituent that would correspond to -R 5B is a group ethylthio (-SCH 2 CH 3 ), which is permitted by the present definition of compounds; however, in that compound, the substituent that would correspond to -R WB2 is a group -Me, which is not permitted by the present definition of compounds.
  • TAZ compounds triazolo compounds
  • compositions e.g., a pharmaceutical composition
  • a composition comprising a TAZ compound, as described herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
  • compositions e.g., a pharmaceutical composition
  • a composition comprising the step of admixing a TAZ compound, as described herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of inhibiting AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function in a cell, in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting the cell with an effective amount of a TAZ compound, as described herein.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of regulating (e.g., inhibiting) cell proliferation (e.g., proliferation of a cell), inhibiting cell cycle progression, promoting apoptosis, or a combination of one or more these, in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting a cell with an effective amount of a TAZ compound, as described herein.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of treatment comprising administering to a subject in need of treatment a therapeutically-effective amount of a TAZ compound, as described herein, preferably in the form of a pharmaceutical composition.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a TAZ compound as described herein for use in a method of treatment of the human or animal body by therapy.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to use of a TAZ compound, as described herein, in the manufacture of a medicament for use in treatment.
  • the treatment is treatment of a disease or condition that is mediated by AXL receptor tyrosine kinase.
  • the treatment is treatment of a disease or condition that is ameliorated by the inhibition of AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function.
  • the treatment is treatment of a proliferative condition. In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of cancer.
  • the treatment is treatment of solid tumour cancer. In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of liquid tumour cancer. In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of hematological cancer.
  • the treatment is treatment of: colon cancer, gastric cancer, breast cancer, lung cancer, acute myeloid leukemia, thyroid cancer, ocular cancer, prostate cancer, ocular melanoma cancer, ovarian cancer, renal cancer, skin cancer, or squamous cell carcinoma.
  • kits comprising (a) a TAZ compound, as described herein, preferably provided as a pharmaceutical composition and in a suitable container and/or with suitable packaging; and (b) instructions for use, for example, written instructions on how to administer the compound.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a TAZ compound obtainable by a method of synthesis as described herein, or a method comprising a method of synthesis as described herein.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a TAZ compound obtained by a method of synthesis as described herein, or a method comprising a method of synthesis as described herein.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to novel intermediates, as described herein, which are suitable for use in the methods of synthesis described herein.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to the use of such novel intermediates, as described herein, in the methods of synthesis described herein.
  • One aspect of the present invention relates to certain [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridines and [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-c]pyrimidines (for convenience, collectively referred to herein as "triazolo compounds” or "TAZ compounds") which are 2-amines or 2-amides.
  • the compounds are 2-amines.
  • the compounds are selected from compounds of the following formula, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
  • -W is independently -W A ;
  • -R 5A is independently -Q 5A
  • -R 6A is independently -H or -Q 6A ;
  • -R 7A is independently -H or -Q 7A
  • -R 8A is independently -H or -Q 8A
  • -R 5 is independently -R 5B ;
  • -R 7 is independently -R 7B ;
  • -R 8 is independently -R 8B ; and
  • -W is independently -W B ;
  • the compounds are optionally as defined herein, but with one or more optional provisos, as defined herein.
  • the proviso is that the compound is not a compound selected from PP-001 through PP-011.
  • the proviso is that the compound is not a compound selected from PP-001 through PP-011 , and salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof.
  • the compounds are optionally as defined herein, but without the above proviso.
  • a reference to a particular group of compounds "without the recited proviso" is intended to be a reference to the compounds as defined, but wherein the definition no longer includes the indicated proviso.
  • the definition no longer includes the indicated proviso.
  • the proviso is that the compound is not a compound selected from PP-001 through PP-026.
  • the proviso is that the compound is not a compound selected from PP-001 through PP-026, and salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof.
  • the compounds are optionally as defined herein, but without the above proviso.
  • a reference to a particular group of compounds "without the recited proviso" is intended to be a reference to the compounds as defined, but wherein the definition no longer includes the indicated proviso.
  • the definition no longer includes the indicated proviso.
  • -W A is independently -R WA1 ; and -W B is independently -R WB1 .
  • -R 7 is independently -R 7A ;
  • -R 8 is independently -R 8A ; and
  • -W is independently -W A ; s in, for example:
  • -W is independently -W B ;
  • -R 5 is independently -R 5A ;
  • -R 6 is independently -R 6A ;
  • -R 7 is independently -R 7A ;
  • -R 8 is independently -R 8A ;
  • -W is independently -W A ;
  • -W A is independently -R WA1 ; as in, for example:
  • -R 5 is independently -R 5A ;
  • -R 6 is independently -R 6A ;
  • -R 7 is independently -R 7A ;
  • -R 8 is independently -R 8A ;
  • -W is independently -W A ;
  • -R 6A if present, is independently -H or -Q 6A . In one embodiment, -R 6A , if present, is independently -H. In one embodiment, -R 6A , if present, is independently -Q 6A .
  • -R 7A is independently -H or -Q 7A . In one embodiment, -R 7A is independently -H. In one embodiment, -R 7A is independently -Q 7A .
  • -R 8A is independently -H or -Q 8A . In one embodiment, -R 8A is independently -H. In one embodiment, -R 8A is independently -Q 8A .
  • -R 7B is independently -H or -Q 7B . In one embodiment, -R 7B is independently -H. In one embodiment, -R 7B is independently -Q 7B .
  • -R 8B is independently -H or -Q 8B . In one embodiment, -R 8B is independently -H. In one embodiment, -R 8B is independently -Q 8B .
  • -R WA1 is independently: -R 1A1 -R 1A2 -R 1A3 -R 1A4 -R 1A5 -R 1A6 -R 1A7 -R 1A8
  • -R WA1 is independently: p1A1 p1A4 D 1A6 _p 1A 7 p1A8 -L 1A -R 1M , -L 1A -R 1A6 , -L 1A -R 1A7 , or -L 1A -R 1A8 .
  • -R WA1 if present, is independently:
  • -R WA1 is independently: -R 1A1 -R 1A4 -R 1A7 -R 1A8 -L 1A -R 1A4 , -L 1A -R 1A7 , or -L 1A -R 1A8 .
  • -R WA1 if present, is independently:
  • -R WA1 is independently: -R 1A4 , -R 1A6 , -R 1A7 , or -R 1A8 .
  • -R WA1 if present, is independently: -R 1A1 , -L 1A -R 1A6 , -R 1A7 , or -R 1A8 .
  • -R WA1 is independently: -L 1A -R 1M , -L 1A -R 1A6 , -R 1A7 , or -R 1A8 .
  • -R WA1 if present, is independently:
  • -R WA1 if present, is independently -R 1A7 or -R 1A8 .
  • -R WA1 if present, is independently -R 1A7 .
  • -R WA1 if present, is independently -R 1A8 . In one embodiment, -R WA1 , if present, is independently selected from those groups exemplified for -R WA1 in the compounds shown below under the heading "Examples of Specific Embodiments".
  • -R WA2 if present, is independently: p1A1 _ D 1A2 p1A3 _p1A4 _p1A5 _p1A6 _p1A7 _p1A8 i 1A_p1A4 I 1A p1A5 i 1A_p1A6 i 1A_p1A7 _
  • -R WA2 if present, is independently: p1A1 D1A4 p1A6 p1A7 D1A8
  • -R WA2 is independently: -R 1A1 , -R 1M , -R 1A6 , -L 1A -R 1A4 , or -L 1A -R 1A6 .
  • -R WA2 if present, is independently -R 1A1 , -R 1M , or -R 1A6 .
  • -R WA2 if present, is independently -R 1A1 .
  • -R WA2 is independently -R 1M , -R 1A6 , -L 1A -R 1A4 , or -L 1A -R 1A6 .
  • -R WA2 if present, is independently -R 1M or -R 1A6 .
  • -R WA2 if present, is independently -R 1A4 .
  • -R WA2 if present, is independently -R 1A6 .
  • -R WA2 if present, is independently -L 1A -R 1A4 , or -L 1A -R 1A6 .
  • -R WA2 if present, is independently -L 1A -R 1M .
  • -R WA2 if present, is independently -L 1A -R 1A6 .
  • -R WA2 if present, is independently selected from those groups exemplified for -R WA2 in the compounds shown below under the heading "Examples of Specific Embodiments”.
  • -R WB1 is independently:
  • -R WB1 is independently:
  • -R WB1 is independently: -R 1A4 , -R 1A6 , -R 1A7 , -R 1A8 , or
  • -R WB1 is independently: -R 1M , -R 1A7 , -R 1A8 ,
  • -R WB1 is independently: -L 1A -R 1M , -L 1A -R 1A7 , or -L 1A -R 1A8 .
  • -R WB1 is independently:
  • -R WB1 is independently: -R 1A4 , -R 1A6 , -R 1A7 , or -R 1A8 .
  • -R WB1 is independently:
  • -R WB1 if present, is independently -R 1A7 or -R 1A8 . In one embodiment, -R WB1 , if present, is independently -R 1A7 . In one embodiment, -R WB1 , if present, is independently -R 1A8 .
  • -R WB1 if present, is independently selected from those groups exemplified for -R WB1 in the compounds shown below under the heading "Examples of Specific Embodiments”.
  • -R WB2 if present, is independently:
  • -R WB2 if present, is independently:
  • -R WB2 if present, is independently: -L 1A -R 1A4 , or -L 1A -R 1A6 .
  • -R WB2 is independently -R 1A4 , -R 1A6 , -R 1A7 , or -R 1A8 .
  • -R WB2 is independently -R 1A4 , -R 1A6 , -L 1A -R 1A4 , or -L 1A -R 1A6 .
  • -R WB2 if present, is independently -R 1A4 or -R 1A6 . In one embodiment, -R WB2 , if present, is independently -R 1M . In one embodiment, -R WB2 , if present, is independently -R 1A6 .
  • -R WB2 if present, is independently -L 1A -R 1A4 or -L 1A -R 1A6 . In one embodiment, -R WB2 , if present, is independently -L 1A -R 1M . In one embodiment, -R WB2 , if present, is independently -L 1A -R 1A6 .
  • -R WB2 if present, is independently selected from those groups exemplified for -R WB2 in the compounds shown below under the heading "Examples of Specific Embodiments”.
  • each -R 1B2 is independently:
  • each -L 1C - is independently saturated aliphatic C 1-5 alkylene; in each group -NR 1C2 R 1C3 , R 1C2 and R 1C3 , taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered non-aromatic ring having exactly 1 ring heteroatom or exactly 2 ring heteroatoms, wherein one of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is N, and the other of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is independently N or O; each -R 1C1 is independently: -R 1D1 -R 1D2 R 1D3 -R 1D4 R 1D5 R 1D6 R 1D7 R 1D8
  • each -R 1F1 is independently saturated aliphatic C 1-4 alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl; each -L 1F - is independently saturated aliphatic Ci -5 alkylene; and in each group -NR 1F2 R 1F3 , R 1F2 and R 1F3 , taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a A-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered non-aromatic ring having exactly 1 ring heteroatom or exactly 2 ring heteroatoms, wherein one of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is N, and the other of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is independently N or O.
  • each -L 1A - is independently -CH 2 -.
  • each -R 1A1 if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C 1-3 alkyl.
  • each -R 1M if present, is independently saturated C 3-5 cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, each -R 1A4 , if present, is independently saturated C 3 cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, each -R 1A6 , if present, is independently azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, azepinyl, diazepinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dioxanyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 1A6 is independently pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, or tetrahydropyranyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 1A7 is independently phenyl or naphthyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 1A7 is independently phenyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 1A7 is independently selected from groups of the following formulae, wherein each -R 1X is independently -R 1B1 or -R 1B2 :
  • each -R 1A7 is independently selected from groups of the following formulae, wherein each -R 1X is independently -R 1B1 or -R 1B2 :
  • each -R 1A7 is independently selected from groups of the following formula, wherein each -R 1X is independently -R 1B1 or -R 1B2 :
  • each -R 1A7 f if present, is independently selected from groups of the following formula, wherein each -R 1X is independently -R 1B1 or -R 1B2 :
  • each -R 1A7 is independently selected from groups of the following formula, wherein each -R 1X is independently -R 1B1 or -R j 1 1B2.
  • each -R 1A8 if present, is independently C 5 . 6 heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 1A8 is independently furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, or pyridazinyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 1A8 is independently furanyl, thienyl, pyridyl, or pyrimidinyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 1A8 is independently pyridyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 1A8 is independently pyrid-3-yl or pyrid-4-yl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 1A8 is independently selected from groups of the following formulae, wherein each -R 1X is independently -R 1B1 or -R 182 :
  • each -R 1A8 is independently C 9-10 heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 1A8 is independently benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzopyrrolyl, benzoimidazolyl, benzopyrazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzopyridyl, benzopyrimidinyl, or benzopyridazinyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 1B1 is independently:
  • each -R 1B1 is independently:
  • each -R 1B1 is independently: -R 1D7 , -R 1D8 , -L 1D -R 1D7 , or -L 1D -R 1D8 .
  • each -R 1B1 is independently:
  • each -R 1B2 is independently:
  • each -R 1B2 is independently:
  • each -L 1C is saturated aliphatic C 1-3 alkylene.
  • each -NR 1C2 R 1C3 is independently azetidino, pyrrolidino, imidazolidino, pyrazolidino, piperidino, piperazino, morpholino, azepino, or diazepino, and is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from saturated aliphatic C 1-3 alkyl, -F, and -CF 3 .
  • each -NR 1C2 R 1C3 is independently pyrrolidino, piperidino, piperazino, or morpholino, and is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from saturated aliphatic C 1-3 alkyl, -F, and -CF 3 .
  • each -R 1C1 is independently: -R 1D1 , -R 1D4 , -R 1D6 ,
  • each -R 1C1 is independently:
  • each -R 1C1 is independently: -R 1D1 -R 1D4 -R 1D7 -R 1D8 -L 1D -R 1D4 , -L 1D -R 1D7 , or -L 1D -R 1D8 .
  • each -R 1C1 is independently: -R 1D1 , -R 1D7 . -R 108 , -L 1D -R 1D7 , or -L 1D -R 1D8 .
  • each -R 1C1 is independently -R 1D1 , -R 1D7 , or -L 1D -R 1D7 .
  • each -R 1C1 is independently -R 1D7 or -L 1D -R 1D7 .
  • each -R 1C1 is independently -R 1D1 .
  • each -L 1D - is independently -CH 2 -.
  • each -R 1D1 is independently saturated aliphatic C 1-3 alkyl.
  • each -R 1D4 if present, is independently saturated Cs-ecycloalkyl.
  • each -R 1D6 is independently azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, azepinyl, diazepinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dioxanyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 1D6 is independently pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, or tetrahydropyranyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 1D7 is independently phenyl or naphthyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 1D7 is independently phenyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 1D8 is independently C 5-6 heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 1D8 is independently furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, or pyridazinyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 1D8 if present, is independently C 9-10 heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 1D8 is independently benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzopyrrolyl, benzoimidazolyl, benzopyrazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzopyridyl, benzopyrimidinyl, or benzopyridazinyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 1E1 is independently saturated aliphatic C 1-4 alkyl.
  • each -R 1E2 is independently:
  • each -R 1E2 is independently: -F, -Cl,
  • each -R 1F1 is independently saturated aliphatic C ⁇ alkyl.
  • each -L 1F is saturated aliphatic C 1-3 alkylene.
  • each -NR 1F2 R 1F3 is independently azetidino, pyrrolidino, imidazolidino, pyrazolidino, piperidino, piperazino, morpholino, azepino, or diazepino, and is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from C 1 ⁇ alkyl, -F, and -CF 3 .
  • each -NR 1F2 R 1F3 is independently pyrrolidino, piperidino, piperazino, or morpholino, and is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from C 1-3 alkyl, -F, and -CF 3 .
  • -Q 5A is independently:
  • -Q 5A is independently:
  • -Q 5A is independently:
  • -Q 5A if present, is independently:
  • -Q SA if present, is independently: p2A1 p2A2 p2A3 p2A4 p2A5 p2A6 p2A7 p2A8
  • -Q 5A if present, is independently -R w or -R 2 * 8 . In one embodiment, -Q 5A , if present, is independently -R ⁇ 7 . In one embodiment, -Q 5A , if present, is independently -R ⁇ 8 .
  • -Q 5A if present, is independently selected from those groups exemplified for -Q 5A in the compounds shown below under the heading "Examples of Specific Embodiments".
  • the Group -Q 8A is independently selected from those groups exemplified for -Q 5A in the compounds shown below under the heading "Examples of Specific Embodiments”.
  • -Q 8A is independently:
  • -Q 8A is independently:
  • -Q 8A is independently:
  • -Q 8A if present, is independently selected from those groups exemplified for -Q 8A in the compounds shown below under the heading "Examples of Specific Embodiments”.
  • -Q 5B is independently:
  • -Q 5B is independently: -R ⁇ 2 -R ⁇ 3 -R 2A4 -R 2 * 5 -R ⁇ 6 -R 2 * 7 -R 2A8
  • -Q 5B is independently: -R ⁇ 2 -R ⁇ 3 -R ⁇ 4 -R ⁇ 5 -R 2 * 6 .R 2 * 7 -R 2 * 8
  • I 2A _p2A4 I ⁇ A p ⁇ A ⁇ i 2A p2A6 i 2A p2A7 i 2A p1A8
  • -Q 5B is independently:
  • -Q 5B if present, is independently -R 2 * 7 or -R 2 * 8 . In one embodiment, -Q 5B , if present, is independently -R 2 * 7 . In one embodiment, -Q 5B , if present, is independently -R 2M .
  • -Q 5B if present, is independently selected from those groups exemplified for -Q 5B in the compounds shown below under the heading "Examples of Specific Embodiments”.
  • -Q 8B is independently:
  • -Q 8B if present, is independently: p2A1 _D2A4 _p2A5 _p2A6 _p2A8
  • -Q 8B if present, is independently selected from those groups exemplified for -Q 8B in the compounds shown below under the heading "Examples of Specific Embodiments”.
  • each of -Q 6A , -Q 7A , and -Q 7B is independently:
  • each of -Q 6A , -Q 7A , and -Q 7B is independently: p2A1 p2A2 p2A3 p2A4 p2A5 p2A6 p2A7 p2A8 -r ⁇ , -r ⁇ , -r ⁇ , -r ⁇ , -rv , -r ⁇ , -r ⁇ , -r ⁇ , -L 2A -R 2A4 , -L ⁇ -R ⁇ 5 , -L 2 ⁇ R 2 * 8 , -L 2A -R 2 * 7 , -L 2A -R 1A8 ,
  • each of -Q 6A , -Q 7A , and -Q 7B if present, is independently: -F, -Cl,
  • -Q 6A if present, is independently selected from those groups exemplified for -Q 6A in the compounds shown below under the heading "Examples of Specific Embodiments”.
  • -Q 7A is independently selected from those groups exemplified for -Q 7A in the compounds shown below under the heading "Examples of Specific Embodiments”.
  • -Q 7B if present, is independently selected from those groups exemplified for -Q 7B in the compounds shown below under the heading "Examples of Specific Embodiments”.
  • each -R 2 ⁇ is independently saturated aliphatic C 1-6 alkyl; each -R 2 ⁇ is independently aliphatic C 2-6 alkenyl; each -R 2 " is independently aliphatic C 2 ⁇ alkynyl; each -R 2 * 4 is independently saturated C ⁇ cycloalkyl; each -R ⁇ 5 is independently Cs- ⁇ cycloalkenyl; each -R 2 * 6 is independently non-aromatic C 3- ⁇ heterocyclyl; each -R ⁇ 7 is independently C 6 .iocarboaryl; each -R ⁇ 8 is independently C ⁇ oheteroaryl; each -L 2 *- is independently saturated aliphatic C 1-3 alkylene; wherein: each -R ⁇ 4 , -R 2 ⁇ 1 -R 2 * 6 , -R 2 ⁇ 1 and -R M is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more substituents -R 2B1 and/or one or more substituents
  • each -R 2B2 is independently:
  • each -L 20 - is independently saturated aliphatic C 1-5 alkylene; in each group -NR 202 R 203 , R 202 and R 203 , taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a A-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered non-aromatic ring having exactly 1 ring heteroatom or exactly 2 ring heteroatoms, wherein one of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is N 1 and the other of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is independently N or O; each -R 201 is
  • each -R 2D8 is independently C 5-10 heteroaryl
  • each -L 2D - is independently saturated aliphatic C 1-3 alkylene
  • each -R 2D4 , -R 2D5 , -R 2D6 , -R 2D7 , and -R 208 is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more substituents -R 2E1 and/or one or more substituents -R 2E2
  • each -R 2D1 , -R 2D2 , -R 2D3 , and -L 2D - is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more substituents -R 2E2
  • each -R 2E1 is independently saturated aliphatic C 1-4 alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl
  • each -R 2E2 is independently: -F 1 -Cl, -Br, -I 1
  • each -R 2F1 is independently saturated aliphatic C 1-4 alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl; each -L 2F - is independently saturated aliphatic Ci -5 alkylene; and in each group -NR 2F2 R 2F3 , R 2F2 and R 2F3 , taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered non-aromatic ring having exactly 1 ring heteroatom or exactly 2 ring heteroatoms, wherein one of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is N, and the other of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is independently N or O.
  • each -L 2 *- is independently -CH 2 -.
  • each -R 2 * 1 if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C 1-3 alkyl.
  • each -R 2 * 4 if present, is independently saturated C 5-6 cycloalkyl.
  • each -R 2 * 6 is independently azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, azepinyl, diazepinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dioxanyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 2 * 6 if present, is independently pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, or tetrahydropyranyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 2 * 7 if present, is independently phenyl or naphthyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 2 * 7 is independently phenyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 2 * 7 is independently selected from groups of the following formulae, wherein each -R 2 * is independently -R 2B1 or -R 2B2 :
  • each -R 2 * 7 is independently selected from groups of the following formulae, wherein each -R 2 * is independently -R 2B1 or -R 2B2 :
  • each -R 2 ⁇ 1 if present, is independently selected from groups of the following formulae, wherein each -R 2 * is independently -R 2B1 or -R 2B2 :
  • each -R 2 * 8 is independently C 5-6 heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 2 * 8 is independently furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, or pyridazinyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 2 * 8 is independently furanyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, or pyrimidinyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 2M if present, is independently pyrazolyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 2 * 8 if present, is independently pyrazol-4-yl, and is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, each -R 2 * 8 , if present, is independently selected from groups of the following formula, wherein each -R 2 * is independently -R 2B1 or -R 2B2 :
  • each -R 2 ⁇ 1 if present, is independently C 9-1 oheteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 2A8 is independently benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzopyrrolyl, benzoimidazolyl, benzopyrazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzooxadiazolyl, benzopyridyl, benzopyrimidinyl, benzopyridazinyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzofuranyl, benzo[1 ,3]dioxolyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxinyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]dioxepinyl, or 3,4-dihydro- 2H-benzo[1 ,4]oxazinyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 2 ⁇ 1 if present, is independently benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzopyrrolyl, benzoimidazolyl, benzopyrazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzopyridyl, benzopyrimidinyl, or benzopyridazinyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 2 ⁇ 1 if present, is independently 2,3-dihydro-benzofuranyl, benzo[1 ,3]dioxolyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxinyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[b][1 ,4]dioxepinyl, or 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1 ,4]oxazinyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 2 ⁇ 8 is independently 2,3-dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl, benzo[1 ,3]dioxol-5-yl, 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxin-6-yl, 3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[b][1 ,4]dioxepin-7-yl, or 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1 ,4]oxazin-7-yl; and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 2M is independently 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxin- 6-yl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 2B1 is independently: p2D1 D2D2 p2D4 D 2D7 R 2D8
  • each -R 2B1 is independently: -R 2D1 , -R 2D7 , -R 2D8 , -L 2D -R 2D7 , or -L 2D -R 2D8 .
  • each -R 2B2 is independently:
  • each -R 2B2 is independently:
  • each -L 2C is saturated aliphatic C 1-3 alkylene.
  • each -NR 2C2 R 2C3 is independently azetidino, pyrrolidino, imidazolidino, pyrazolidino, piperidino, piperazino, morpholino, azepino, or diazepino, and is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from saturated aliphatic C 1-3 alkyl, -F, and -CF 3 .
  • each -NR 202 R 203 is independently pyrrolidino, piperidino, piperazino, or morpholino, and is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from saturated aliphatic C 1-3 alkyl, -F, and -CF 3 .
  • each -R 2C1 is independently:
  • each -R 2C1 is independently:
  • each -R 2C1 is independently: -R 2D1 , -R 2D7 , -R 2D8 , -L 2D -R 2D7 , or -L 2D -R 2D8 . In one embodiment, each -R 2C1 is independently -R 2D1 , -R 2D7 , or -L 2D -R 2D7 .
  • each -R 2C1 is independently -R 2D7 , or -L 2D -R 2D7 .
  • each -R 2C1 is independently -R 2D1 .
  • each -L 2D - is independently -CH 2 -.
  • each -R 2D1 if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C 1-3 alkyl.
  • each -R 2D4 if present, is independently saturated C 5-6 cycloalkyl.
  • each -R 2D6 is independently azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, azepinyl, diazepinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dioxanyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 2D6 is independently pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, or tetrahydropyranyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 2D7 is independently phenyl or naphthyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 2D/ if present, is independently phenyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 2D8 is independently Cs-eheteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 2D8 is independently furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, or pyridazinyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 2D8 is independently C 9-10 heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 2D8 is independently benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzopyrrolyl, benzoimidazolyl, benzopyrazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzopyridyl, benzopyrimidinyl, or benzopyridazinyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • each -R 2E1 is independently saturated aliphatic C 1-4 alkyl.
  • each -R 2E2 is independently:
  • each -R 2E2 is independently:
  • each -R 2F1 is independently saturated aliphatic C ⁇ alkyl.
  • each -L 2F is saturated aliphatic Ci -3 alkylene.
  • each -NR 2F2 R 2F3 is independently azetidino, pyrrolidino, imidazolidino, pyrazolidino, piperidino, piperazino, morpholino, azepino, or diazepino, and is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from C 1-3 alkyl, -F, and -CF 3 .
  • each -NR 2F2 R 2F3 is independently pyrrolidino, piperidino, piperazino, or morpholino, and is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from C 1-3 alkyl, -F, and -CF 3 .
  • the compound is selected from compounds of the following formulae, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
  • -R 5A is independently -Q 5A ; -R 6A is independently -H;
  • -R 5B is independently -Q 5B ; -R 7B is independently -H;
  • -R 8B is independently -H
  • -R WA1 is independently -R 1A7 or -R 1A8 ;
  • -R WB1 is independently -R 1A7 or -R 1A8 ;
  • -Q 5A is independently -R w or -R ⁇ 8 ; and -Q 5B is independently -R ⁇ 7 or -R ⁇ 8 ;
  • each -R 1A7 , -R 1A8 , -R 2 * 7 , and -R ⁇ 8 is as defined herein.
  • -R WA1 is independently -R 1A7 ; and -R WB1 is independently -R 1A7 .
  • -R WA1 is independently -R 1A7 ;
  • -R WB1 is independently -R 1A7 ;
  • -Q 5A is independently -R ⁇ 7 ;
  • -Q 5B is independently -R ⁇ .
  • the BA compound has a molecular weight of from 174 to 1200.
  • the bottom of range is from 180, 200, 225, 250, 275, 300, or 350.
  • the top of range is 1100, 1000, 900, 800, 700, or 600. In one embodiment, the range is 180 to 600.
  • the compounds are selected from compounds of the following formulae and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
  • the compounds are selected from compounds of the following formulae and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
  • the compounds are selected from compounds of the following formulae and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
  • the compounds are selected from compounds of the following formulae and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
  • the compounds are selected from compounds of the following formulae and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof: In one embodiment, the compounds are selected from compounds of the following formulae and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof: In one embodiment, the compounds are selected from compounds of the following formulae and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
  • TAZ compounds as described herein, in substantially purified form and/or in a form substantially free from contaminants.
  • the substantially purified form is at least 50% by weight, e.g., at least 60% by weight, e.g., at least 70% by weight, e.g., at least 80% by weight, e.g., at least 90% by weight, e.g., at least 95% by weight, e.g., at least 97% by weight, e.g., at least 98% by weight, e.g., at least 99% by weight.
  • the substantially purified form refers to the compound in any stereoisomeric or enantiomeric form.
  • the substantially purified form refers to a mixture of stereoisomers, i.e., purified with respect to other compounds.
  • the substantially purified form refers to one stereoisomer, e.g., optically pure stereoisomer.
  • the substantially purified form refers to a mixture of enantiomers.
  • the substantially purified form refers to a equimolar mixture of enantiomers (i.e., a racemic mixture, a racemate).
  • the substantially purified form refers to one enantiomer, e.g., optically pure enantiomer.
  • the contaminants represent no more than 50% by weight, e.g., no more than 40% by weight, e.g., no more than 30% by weight, e.g., no more than 20% by weight, e.g., no more than 10% by weight, e.g., no more than 5% by weight, e.g., no more than 3% by weight, e.g., no more than 2% by weight, e.g., no more than 1% by weight.
  • the contaminants refer to other compounds, that is, other than stereoisomers or enantiomers. In one embodiment, the contaminants refer to other compounds and other stereoisomers. In one embodiment, the contaminants refer to other compounds and the other enantiomer.
  • the substantially purified form is at least 60% optically pure (i.e., 60% of the compound, on a molar basis, is the desired stereoisomer or enantiomer, and 40% is the undesired stereoisomer or enantiomer), e.g., at least 70% optically pure, e.g., at least 80% optically pure, e.g., at least 90% optically pure, e.g., at least 95% optically pure, e.g., at least 97% optically pure, e.g., at least 98% optically pure, e.g., at least 99% optically pure.
  • 60% optically pure i.e., 60% of the compound, on a molar basis, is the desired stereoisomer or enantiomer, and 40% is the undesired stereoisomer or enantiomer
  • at least 70% optically pure e.g., at least 80% optically pure, e.g., at least 90% optically pure, e
  • Certain compounds may exist in one or more particular geometric, optical, enantiomeric, diasteriomeric, epimeric, atropic, stereoisomeric, tautomeric, conformational, or anomeric forms, including but not limited to, cis- and trans-forms; E- and Z-forms; c-, t-, and r- forms; endo- and exo-forms; R-, S-, and meso-forms; D- and L-forms; d- and l-forms; (+) and (-) forms; keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms; syn- and anti-forms; synclinal- and anticlinal-forms; ⁇ - and ⁇ -forms; axial and equatorial forms; boat-, chair-, twist-, envelope-, and halfchair-forms; and combinations thereof, hereinafter collectively referred to as "isomers” (or "isomeric forms").
  • isomers are structural (or constitutional) isomers (i.e., isomers which differ in the connections between atoms rather than merely by the position of atoms in space).
  • a reference to a methoxy group, -OCH 3 is not to be construed as a reference to its structural isomer, a hydroxymethyl group, -CH 2 OH.
  • a reference to ortho-chlorophenyl is not to be construed as a reference to its structural isomer, meta-chlorophenyl.
  • a reference to a class of structures may well include structurally isomeric forms falling within that class (e.g., C 1-7 alkyl includes n-propyl and iso-propyl; butyl includes n-, iso-, sec-, and tert-butyl; methoxyphenyl includes ortho-, meta-, and para-methoxyphenyl).
  • C 1-7 alkyl includes n-propyl and iso-propyl
  • butyl includes n-, iso-, sec-, and tert-butyl
  • methoxyphenyl includes ortho-, meta-, and para-methoxyphenyl
  • keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms as in, for example, the following tautomeric pairs: keto/enol (illustrated below), imine/enamine, amide/imino alcohol, amidine/amidine, nitroso/oxime, thioketone/enethiol, N-nitroso/hydroxyazo, and nitro/aci-nitro.
  • keto enol enolate as in, for example, the following tautomeric pairs: keto/enol (illustrated below), imine/enamine, amide/imino alcohol, amidine/amidine, nitroso/oxime, thioketone/enethiol, N-nitroso/hydroxyazo, and nitro/aci-nitro.
  • H may be in any isotopic form, including 1 H, 2 H (D), and 3 H (T); C may be in any isotopic form, including 12 C, 13 C, and 14 C; O may be in any isotopic form, including 16 O and 18 O; and the like.
  • a reference to a particular compound includes all such isomeric forms, including mixtures (e.g., racemic mixtures) thereof.
  • Methods for the preparation e.g., asymmetric synthesis
  • separation e.g., fractional crystallisation and chromatographic means
  • isomeric forms are either known in the art or are readily obtained by adapting the methods taught herein, or known methods, in a known manner.
  • a salt may be formed with a suitable cation.
  • suitable inorganic cations include, but are not limited to, alkali metal ions such as Na + and K + , alkaline earth cations such as Ca 2+ and Mg 2+ , and other cations such as Al +3 .
  • Suitable organic cations include, but are not limited to, ammonium ion (i.e., NH 4 + ) and substituted ammonium ions (e.g., NH 3 R + , NH 2 R 2 + , NHR 3 + , NR 4 + ).
  • suitable substituted ammonium ions are those derived from: ethylamine, diethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, triethylamine, butylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine, benzylamine, phenylbenzylamine, choline, meglumine, and tromethamine, as well as amino acids, such as lysine and arginine.
  • An example of a common quaternary ammonium ion is N(CH 3 J 4 + .
  • a salt may be formed with a suitable anion.
  • suitable inorganic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following inorganic acids: hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, sulfuric, sulfurous, nitric, nitrous, phosphoric, and phosphorous.
  • Suitable organic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following organic acids: 2-acetyoxybenzoic, acetic, ascorbic, aspartic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, cinnamic, citric, edetic, ethanedisulfonic, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, glucheptonic, gluconic, glutamic, glycolic, hydroxymaleic, hydroxynaphthalene carboxylic, isethionic, lactic, lactobionic, lauric, maleic, malic, methanesulfonic, mucic, oleic, oxalic, palmitic, pamoic, pantothenic, phenylacetic, phenylsulfonic, propionic, pyruvic, salicylic, stearic, succinic, sulfanilic, tartaric, toluenesulfonic, and valeric.
  • solvate is used herein in the conventional sense to refer to a complex of solute (e.g., compound, salt of compound) and solvent. If the solvent is water, the solvate may be conveniently referred to as a hydrate, for example, a mono-hydrate, a di-hydrate, a tri-hydrate, etc.
  • a reference to a particular compound also includes solvate and hydrate forms thereof.
  • chemically protected form is used herein in the conventional chemical sense and pertains to a compound in which one or more reactive functional groups are protected from undesirable chemical reactions under specified conditions (e.g., pH, temperature, radiation, solvent, and the like).
  • specified conditions e.g., pH, temperature, radiation, solvent, and the like.
  • well known chemical methods are employed to reversibly render unreactive a functional group, which otherwise would be reactive, under specified conditions.
  • one or more reactive functional groups are in the form of a protected or protecting group (also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blocking group).
  • the aldehyde or ketone group is readily regenerated by hydrolysis using a large excess of water in the presence of acid.
  • an amine group may be protected, for example, as an amide (-NRC0-R) or a urethane (-NRC0-0R), for example, as: a methyl amide (-NHCO-CH 3 ); a benzyloxy amide (-NHCO-OCH 2 C 6 H 5 , -NH-Cbz); as a t-butoxy amide (-NHCO-OC(CH 3 ) 3 , -NH-Boc); a 2-biphenyl-2-propoxy amide (-NHCO-OC(CHs) 2 C 6 H 4 C 6 H 5 , -NH-Bpoc), as a 9- fluorenylmethoxy amide (-NH-Fmoc), as a 6-nitroveratryloxy amide (-NH-Nvoc), as a 2-trimethylsilylethyloxy amide (-NH-Teoc), as a 2,2,2-trichloroethyloxy amide (-NH-Troc), as
  • a carboxylic acid group may be protected as an ester for example, as: an C ⁇ alkyl ester (e.g., a methyl ester; a t-butyl ester); a C 1-7 haloalkyl ester (e.g., a C 1-7 trihaloalkyl ester); a triC ⁇ alkylsilyl-Cwalkyl ester; or a Cs- 2 oaryl-C 1-7 alkyl ester (e.g., a benzyl ester; a nitrobenzyl ester); or as an amide, for example, as a methyl amide.
  • an C ⁇ alkyl ester e.g., a methyl ester; a t-butyl ester
  • a C 1-7 haloalkyl ester e.g., a C 1-7 trihaloalkyl ester
  • a triC ⁇ alkylsilyl-Cwalkyl ester e
  • TAZ compounds of the present invention are described herein. These and/or other well known methods may be modified and/or adapted in known ways in order to facilitate the synthesis of additional compounds within the scope of the present invention.
  • compositions e.g., a pharmaceutical composition
  • a composition comprising a TAZ compound, as described herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient.
  • compositions e.g., a pharmaceutical composition
  • a composition comprising admixing a TAZ compound, as described herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient.
  • the compounds described herein are useful, for example, in the treatment of diseases and conditions that are ameliorated by the inhibition of AXL receptor tyrosine kinase, such as, for example, proliferative conditions, cancer, etc.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of inhibiting AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function, in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting a AXL receptor tyrosine kinase with an effective amount of a TAZ compound, as described herein.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of inhibiting AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function in a cell, in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting the cell with an effective amount of a TAZ compound, as described herein.
  • Suitable assays for determining AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function inhibition are described herein and/or are known in the art.
  • TAZ compounds described herein e.g., (a) regulate (e.g., inhibit) cell proliferation; (b) inhibit cell cycle progression; (c) promote apoptosis; or (d) a combination of one or more of these.
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of regulating (e.g., inhibiting) cell proliferation (e.g., proliferation of a cell), inhibiting cell cycle progression, promoting apoptosis, or a combination of one or more these, in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting a cell with an effective amount of a TAZ compound, as described herein.
  • the method is a method of regulating (e.g., inhibiting) cell proliferation (e.g., proliferation of a cell), in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting a cell with an effective amount of a TAZ compound, as described herein.
  • the method is performed in vitro. In one embodiment, the method is performed in vivo.
  • the TAZ compound is provided in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable composition.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable composition Any type of cell may be treated, including but not limited to, lung, gastrointestinal (including, e.g., bowel, colon), breast (mammary), ovarian, prostate, liver (hepatic), kidney (renal), bladder, pancreas, brain, and skin.
  • a candidate compound regulates (e.g., inhibits) cell proliferation, etc.
  • assays which may conveniently be used to assess the activity offered by a particular compound are described herein.
  • a sample of cells e.g., from a tumour
  • a compound brought into contact with said cells, and the effect of the compound on those cells observed.
  • effect the morphological status of the cells (e.g., alive or dead, etc.) may be determined.
  • this may be used as a prognostic or diagnostic marker of the efficacy of the compound in methods of treating a patient carrying cells of the same cellular type.
  • TAZ compound as described herein, for use in a method of treatment of the human or animal body by therapy.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to use of a TAZ compound, as described herein, in the manufacture of a medicament for use in treatment.
  • the medicament comprises the TAZ compound.
  • Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of treatment comprising administering to a patient in need of treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a TAZ compound, as described herein, preferably in the form of a pharmaceutical composition.
  • the treatment is treatment of a disease or condition that is mediated by AXL receptor tyrosine kinase.
  • Conditions Treated - Conditions Ameliorated by the Inhibition of AXL Receptor Tyrosine Kinase Function
  • the treatment is treatment of: a disease or condition that is ameliorated by the inhibition of AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function.
  • the treatment is treatment of: a proliferative condition.
  • proliferative condition pertains to an unwanted or uncontrolled cellular proliferation of excessive or abnormal cells which is undesired, such as, neoplastic or hyperplastic growth.
  • the treatment is treatment of: a proliferative condition characterised by benign, pre-malignant, or malignant cellular proliferation, including but not limited to, neoplasms, hyperplasias, and tumours (e.g., histocytoma, glioma, astrocyoma, osteoma), cancers (see below), psoriasis, bone diseases, fibroproliferative disorders (e.g., of connective tissues), pulmonary fibrosis, atherosclerosis, smooth muscle cell proliferation in the blood vessels, such as stenosis or restenosis following angioplasty.
  • a proliferative condition characterised by benign, pre-malignant, or malignant cellular proliferation, including but not limited to, neoplasms, hyperplasias, and tumours (e.g., histocytoma, glioma, astrocyoma, osteoma), cancers (see below), psoriasis, bone diseases, fibroprolife
  • the treatment is treatment of: cancer.
  • the treatment is treatment of: lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, gastrointestinal cancer, stomach cancer, bowel cancer, colon cancer, rectal cancer, colorectal cancer, thyroid cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, endometrial cancer, prostate cancer, testicular cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, renal cell carcinoma, bladder cancer, pancreatic cancer, brain cancer, glioma, sarcoma, osteosarcoma, bone cancer, nasopharyngeal cancer (e.g., head cancer, neck cancer), skin cancer, squamous cancer, Kaposi's sarcoma, melanoma, malignant melanoma, lymphoma, or leukemia.
  • lung cancer small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, gastrointestinal cancer, stomach cancer, bowel cancer, colon cancer
  • rectal cancer colorectal cancer, thyroid cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, endometrial cancer, prostate cancer, testicular cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, renal cell carcinoma, bladder
  • the treatment is treatment of: a carcinoma, for example a carcinoma of the bladder, breast, colon (e.g., colorectal carcinomas such as colon adenocarcinoma and colon adenoma), kidney, epidermal, liver, lung (e.g., adenocarcinoma, small cell lung cancer and non-small cell lung carcinomas), oesophagus, gall bladder, ovary, pancreas (e.g., exocrine pancreatic carcinoma), stomach, cervix, thyroid, prostate, skin (e.g., squamous cell carcinoma);
  • a carcinoma for example a carcinoma of the bladder, breast, colon (e.g., colorectal carcinomas such as colon adenocarcinoma and colon adenoma), kidney, epidermal, liver, lung (e.g., adenocarcinoma, small cell lung cancer and non-small cell lung carcinomas), oesophagus, gall bladder, ovary, pancreas
  • a hematopoietic tumour of lymphoid lineage for example leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, B-cell lymphoma, T-cell lymphoma, Hodgkin's lymphoma, non- Hodgkin's lymphoma, hairy cell lymphoma, or Burkett's lymphoma; a hematopoietic tumor of myeloid lineage, for example acute and chronic myelogenous leukemias, myelodysplastic syndrome, or promyelocytic leukemia; a tumour of mesenchymal origin, for example fibrosarcoma or habdomyosarcoma; a tumor of the central or peripheral nervous system, for example astrocytoma, neuroblastoma, glioma or schwannoma; melanoma; seminoma; teratocarcinoma; osteosarcoma; xenoderoma pigmentoum; keratoctanthom
  • the treatment is treatment of solid tumour cancer. In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of liquid tumour cancer. In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of hematological cancer.
  • the treatment is treatment of: colon cancer, gastric cancer, breast cancer, lung cancer, acute myeloid leukemia, thyroid cancer, ocular cancer, prostate cancer, ocular melanoma cancer, ovarian cancer, renal cancer, skin cancer, or squamous cell carcinoma.
  • the anti-cancer effect may arise through one or more mechanisms, including but not limited to, the regulation of cell proliferation, the inhibition of cell cycle progression, the inhibition of angiogenesis (the formation of new blood vessels), the inhibition of metastasis (the spread of a tumour from its origin), the inhibition of invasion (the spread of tumour cells into neighbouring normal structures), or the promotion of apoptosis
  • the compounds of the present invention may be used in the treatment of the cancers described herein, independent of the mechanisms discussed herein.
  • treatment pertains generally to treatment and therapy, whether of a human or an animal (e.g., in veterinary applications), in which some desired therapeutic effect is achieved, for example, the inhibition of the progress of the condition, and includes a reduction in the rate of progress, a halt in the rate of progress, alleviatiation of symptoms of the condition, amelioration of the condition, and cure of the condition.
  • Treatment as a prophylactic measure i.e., prophylaxis
  • prophylaxis is also included.
  • treatment includes the prophylaxis of cancer, reducing the incidence of cancer, alleviating the symptoms of cancer, etc.
  • terapéuticaally-effective amount refers to that amount of a compound, or a material, composition or dosage form comprising a compound, which is effective for producing some desired therapeutic effect, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, when administered in accordance with a desired treatment regimen.
  • treatment includes combination treatments and therapies, in which two or more treatments or therapies are combined, for example, sequentially or simultaneously.
  • the compounds described herein may also be used in combination therapies, e.g., in conjunction with other agents, for example, cytotoxic agents, anticancer agents, etc.
  • treatments and therapies include, but are not limited to, chemotherapy (the administration of active agents, including, e.g., drugs, antibodies (e.g., as in immunotherapy), prodrugs (e.g., as in photodynamic therapy, GDEPT, ADEPT, etc.); surgery; radiation therapy; photodynamic therapy; gene therapy; and controlled diets.
  • a compound as described herein may be beneficial to combine treatment with a compound as described herein with one or more other (e.g., 1 , 2, 3, 4) agents or therapies that regulates cell growth or survival or differentiation via a different mechanism, thus treating several characteristic features of cancer development.
  • one or more other agents or therapies that regulates cell growth or survival or differentiation via a different mechanism
  • One aspect of the present invention pertains to a compound as described herein, in combination with one or more additional therapeutic agents, as described below.
  • the agents may be administered simultaneously or sequentially, and may be administered in individually varying dose schedules and via different routes. For example, when administered sequentially, the agents can be administered at closely spaced intervals (e.g., over a period of 5-10 minutes) or at longer intervals (e.g., 1 , 2, 3, 4 or more hours apart, or even longer periods apart where required), the precise dosage regimen being commensurate with the properties of the therapeutic agent(s).
  • the agents i.e., the compound described here, plus one or more other agents
  • TAZ compounds described herein may also be used as cell culture additives to inhibit AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function, e.g., to inhibit cell proliferation, etc.
  • TAZ compounds described herein may also be used as part of an in vitro assay, for example, in order to determine whether a candidate host is likely to benefit from treatment with the compound in question.
  • TAZ compounds described herein may also be used as a standard, for example, in an assay, in order to identify other compounds, other AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function inhibitors, other anti-proliferative agents, other anti-cancer agents, etc.
  • kits comprising (a) a TAZ compound as described herein, or a composition comprising a TAZ compound as described herein, e.g., preferably provided in a suitable container and/or with suitable packaging; and (b) instructions for use, e.g., written instructions on how to administer the compound or composition.
  • the written instructions may also include a list of indications for which the active ingredient is a suitable treatment.
  • the TAZ compound or pharmaceutical composition comprising the TAZ compound may be administered to a subject by any convenient route of administration, whether systemically/peripherally or topically (i.e., at the site of desired action).
  • Routes of administration include, but are not limited to, oral (e.g., by ingestion); buccal; sublingual; transdermal (including, e.g., by a patch, plaster, etc.); transmucosal (including, e.g., by a patch, plaster, etc.); intranasal (e.g., by nasal spray); ocular (e.g., by eyedrops); pulmonary (e.g., by inhalation or insufflation therapy using, e.g., via an aerosol, e.g., through the mouth or nose); rectal (e.g., by suppository or enema); vaginal (e.g., by pessary); parenteral, for example, by injection, including subcutaneous, intradermal, intramuscular, intravenous, intraarterial, intracardiac, intrathecal, intraspinal, intracapsular, subcapsular, intraorbital, intraperitoneal, intratracheal, subcuticular
  • the subject/patient may be a chordate, a vertebrate, a mammal, a placental mammal, a marsupial (e.g., kangaroo, wombat), a rodent (e.g., a guinea pig, a hamster, a rat, a mouse), murine (e.g., a mouse), a lagomorph (e.g., a rabbit), avian (e.g., a bird), canine (e.g., a dog), feline (e.g., a cat), equine (e.g., a horse), porcine (e.g., a pig), ovine (e.g., a sheep), bovine (e.g., a cow), a primate, simian (e.g., a monkey or ape), a monkey (e.g., marmoset, baboon), an ape (e.g
  • the subject/patient may be any of its forms of development, for example, a foetus.
  • the subject/patient is a human.
  • the TAZ compound While it is possible for the TAZ compound to be administered alone, it is preferable to present it as a pharmaceutical formulation (e.g., composition, preparation, medicament) comprising at least one TAZ compound, as described herein, together with one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients well known to those skilled in the art, including, but not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents, excipients, adjuvants, fillers, buffers, preservatives, anti-oxidants, lubricants, stabilisers, solubilisers, surfactants (e.g., wetting agents), masking agents, colouring agents, flavouring agents, and sweetening agents.
  • the formulation may further comprise other active agents, for example, other therapeutic or prophylactic agents.
  • the present invention further provides pharmaceutical compositions, as defined above, and methods of making a pharmaceutical composition comprising admixing at least one TAZ compound, as described herein, together with one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients well known to those skilled in the art, e.g., carriers, diluents, excipients, etc. If formulated as discrete units (e.g., tablets, etc.), each unit contains a predetermined amount (dosage) of the compound.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable pertains to compounds, ingredients, materials, compositions, dosage forms, etc., which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of the subject in question (e.g., human) without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
  • Each carrier, diluent, excipient, etc. must also be “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation.
  • Suitable carriers, diluents, excipients, etc. can be found in standard pharmaceutical texts, for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences. 18th edition, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., 1990; and Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients, 5th edition, 2005.
  • the formulations may be prepared by any methods well known in the art of pharmacy. Such methods include the step of bringing into association the compound with a carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients. In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the compound with carriers (e.g., liquid carriers, finely divided solid carrier, etc.), and then shaping the product, if necessary.
  • carriers e.g., liquid carriers, finely divided solid carrier, etc.
  • the formulation may be prepared to provide for rapid or slow release; immediate, delayed, timed, or sustained release; or a combination thereof.
  • Formulations may suitably be in the form of liquids, solutions (e.g., aqueous, nonaqueous), suspensions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), emulsions (e.g., oil-in-water, water-in-oil), elixirs, syrups, electuaries, mouthwashes, drops, tablets (including, e.g., coated tablets), granules, powders, losenges, pastilles, capsules (including, e.g., hard and soft gelatin capsules), cachets, pills, ampoules, boluses, suppositories, pessaries, tinctures, gels, pastes, ointments, creams, lotions, oils, foams, sprays, mists, or aerosols.
  • solutions e.g., aqueous, nonaqueous
  • suspensions e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous
  • emulsions
  • Formulations may suitably be provided as a patch, adhesive plaster, bandage, dressing, or the like which is impregnated with one or more compounds and optionally one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients, including, for example, penetration, permeation, and absorption enhancers. Formulations may also suitably be provided in the form of a depot or reservoir.
  • the compound may be dissolved in, suspended in, or admixed with one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients.
  • the compound may be presented in a liposome or other microparticulate which is designed to target the compound, for example, to blood components or one or more organs.
  • Formulations suitable for oral administration include liquids, solutions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), suspensions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), emulsions (e.g., oil-in-water, water-in-oil), elixirs, syrups, electuaries, tablets, granules, powders, capsules, cachets, pills, ampoules, boluses.
  • Formulations suitable for buccal administration include mouthwashes, losenges, pastilles, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, depots, and reservoirs.
  • Losenges typically comprise the compound in a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth.
  • Pastilles typically comprise the compound in an inert matrix, such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia.
  • Mouthwashes typically comprise the compound in a suitable liquid carrier.
  • Formulations suitable for sublingual administration include tablets, losenges, pastilles, capsules, and pills.
  • Formulations suitable for oral transmucosal administration include liquids, solutions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), suspensions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), emulsions (e.g., oil- in-water, water-in-oil), mouthwashes, losenges, pastilles, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, depots, and reservoirs.
  • solutions e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous
  • suspensions e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous
  • emulsions e.g., oil- in-water, water-in-oil
  • mouthwashes e.g., gluges, pastilles, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, depots, and reservoirs.
  • Formulations suitable for non-oral transmucosal administration include liquids, solutions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), suspensions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), emulsions
  • suppositories e.g., oil-in-water, water-in-oil
  • suppositories pessaries, gels, pastes, ointments, creams, lotions, oils, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, depots, and reservoirs.
  • Formulations suitable for transdermal administration include gels, pastes, ointments, creams, lotions, and oils, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, bandages, dressings, depots, and reservoirs.
  • Tablets may be made by conventional means, e.g., compression or moulding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients.
  • Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the compound in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with one or more binders (e.g., povidone, gelatin, acacia, sorbitol, tragacanth, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose); fillers or diluents (e.g., lactose, microcrystalline cellulose, calcium hydrogen phosphate); lubricants (e.g., magnesium stearate, talc, silica); disintegrants (e.g., sodium starch glycolate, cross-linked povidone, cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose); surface-active or dispersing or wetting agents (e.g., sodium lauryl sulfate); preservatives (e.g., methyl p-hydroxybenzoate, propyl
  • Moulded tablets may be made by moulding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
  • the tablets may optionally be coated or scored and may be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the compound therein using, for example, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose in varying proportions to provide the desired release profile.
  • Tablets may optionally be provided with a coating, for example, to affect release, for example an enteric coating, to provide release in parts of the gut other than the stomach.
  • Ointments are typically prepared from the compound and a paraffinic or a water-miscible ointment base.
  • Creams are typically prepared from the compound and an oil-in-water cream base.
  • the aqueous phase of the cream base may include, for example, at least about 30% w/w of a polyhydric alcohol, i.e., an alcohol having two or more hydroxyl groups such as propylene glycol, butane-1 ,3-diol, mannitol, sorbitol, glycerol and polyethylene glycol and mixtures thereof.
  • the topical formulations may desirably include a compound which enhances absorption or penetration of the compound through the skin or other affected areas. Examples of such dermal penetration enhancers include dimethylsulfoxide and related analogues.
  • Emulsions are typically prepared from the compound and an oily phase, which may optionally comprise merely an emulsifier (otherwise known as an emulgent), or it may comprises a mixture of at least one emulsifier with a fat or an oil or with both a fat and an oil.
  • an emulsifier also known as an emulgent
  • a hydrophilic emulsifier is included together with a lipophilic emulsifier which acts as a stabiliser. It is also preferred to include both an oil and a fat.
  • the emulsifier(s) with or without stabiliser(s) make up the so-called emulsifying wax
  • the wax together with the oil and/or fat make up the so-called emulsifying ointment base which forms the oily dispersed phase of the cream formulations.
  • Suitable emulgents and emulsion stabilisers include Tween 60, Span 80, cetostearyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, glyceryl monostearate and sodium lauryl sulfate.
  • suitable oils or fats for the formulation is based on achieving the desired cosmetic properties, since the solubility of the compound in most oils likely to be used in pharmaceutical emulsion formulations may be very low.
  • the cream should preferably be a non-greasy, non-staining and washable product with suitable consistency to avoid leakage from tubes or other containers.
  • Straight or branched chain, mono- or dibasic alkyl esters such as di-isoadipate, isocetyl stearate, propylene glycol diester of coconut fatty acids, isopropyl myristate, decyl oleate, isopropyl palmitate, butyl stearate, 2-ethylhexyl palmitate or a blend of branched chain esters known as Crodamol CAP may be used, the last three being preferred esters. These may be used alone or in combination depending on the properties required. Alternatively, high melting point lipids such as white soft paraffin and/or liquid paraffin or other mineral oils can be used.
  • Formulations suitable for intranasal administration, where the carrier is a liquid include, for example, nasal spray, nasal drops, or by aerosol administration by nebuliser, include aqueous or oily solutions of the compound.
  • Formulations suitable for intranasal administration, where the carrier is a solid include, for example, those presented as a coarse powder having a particle size, for example, in the range of about 20 to about 500 microns which is administered in the manner in which snuff is taken, i.e., by rapid inhalation through the nasal passage from a container of the powder held close up to the nose.
  • Formulations suitable for pulmonary administration include those presented as an aerosol spray from a pressurised pack, with the use of a suitable propellant, such as dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichoro-tetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide, or other suitable gases.
  • a suitable propellant such as dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichoro-tetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide, or other suitable gases.
  • Formulations suitable for ocular administration include eye drops wherein the compound is dissolved or suspended in a suitable carrier, especially an aqueous solvent for the compound.
  • Formulations suitable for rectal administration may be presented as a suppository with a suitable base comprising, for example, natural or hardened oils, waxes, fats, semi-liquid or liquid polyols, for example, cocoa butter or a salicylate; or as a solution or suspension for treatment by enema.
  • a suitable base comprising, for example, natural or hardened oils, waxes, fats, semi-liquid or liquid polyols, for example, cocoa butter or a salicylate; or as a solution or suspension for treatment by enema.
  • Formulations suitable for vaginal administration may be presented as pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing in addition to the compound, such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.
  • Formulations suitable for parenteral administration include aqueous or non-aqueous, isotonic, pyrogen-free, sterile liquids (e.g., solutions, suspensions), in which the compound is dissolved, suspended, or otherwise provided (e.g., in a liposome or other microparticulate).
  • sterile liquids e.g., solutions, suspensions
  • Such liquids may additional contain other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients, such as anti-oxidants, buffers, preservatives, stabilisers, bacteriostats, suspending agents, thickening agents, and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood (or other relevant bodily fluid) of the intended recipient.
  • excipients include, for example, water, alcohols, polyols, glycerol, vegetable oils, and the like.
  • suitable isotonic carriers for use in such formulations include Sodium Chloride Injection, Ringer's Solution, or Lactated Ringer's Injection.
  • concentration of the compound in the liquid is from about 1 ng/ml to about 10 ⁇ g/ml, for example from about 10 ng/ml to about 1 ⁇ g/ml.
  • the formulations may be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose sealed containers, for example, ampoules and vials, and may be stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilised) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example water for injections, immediately prior to use.
  • sterile liquid carrier for example water for injections, immediately prior to use.
  • Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders, granules, and tablets.
  • TAZ compounds can vary from patient to patient. Determining the optimal dosage will generally involve the balancing of the level of therapeutic benefit against any risk or deleterious side effects.
  • the selected dosage level will depend on a variety of factors including, but not limited to, the activity of the particular TAZ compound, the route of administration, the time of administration, the rate of excretion of the TAZ compound, the duration of the treatment, other drugs, compounds, and/or materials used in combination, the severity of the condition, and the species, sex, age, weight, condition, general health, and prior medical history of the patient.
  • the amount of TAZ compound and route of administration will ultimately be at the discretion of the physician, veterinarian, or clinician, although generally the dosage will be selected to achieve local concentrations at the site of action which achieve the desired effect without causing substantial harmful or deleterious side-effects.
  • Administration can be effected in one dose, continuously or intermittently (e.g., in divided doses at appropriate intervals) throughout the course of treatment. Methods of determining the most effective means and dosage of administration are well known to those of skill in the art and will vary with the formulation used for therapy, the purpose of the therapy, the target cell(s) being treated, and the subject being treated. Single or multiple administrations can be carried out with the dose level and pattern being selected by the treating physician, veterinarian, or clinician.
  • a suitable dose of the TAZ compound is in the range of about 10 ⁇ g to about 250 mg (more typically about 100 ⁇ g to about 25 mg) per kilogram body weight of the subject per day.
  • the amount administered is calculated on the basis of the parent compound and so the actual weight to be used is increased proportionately.
  • DIPEA for ⁇ /, ⁇ /,-Di-isopropyethylamine, Hunig's base.
  • MeOH for Methyl alcohol, Methanol.
  • TFA Trifluoroacetic acid
  • THF Tetrahydrofuran
  • MP-TsOH for microporous p-toluenesulfonic acid.
  • DMF for ⁇ /,/V-Dimethylformamide.
  • Method 1 employed Gilson 306 pumps, Gilson 811C mixer, Gilson 806 manometric module, and Gilson UV/VIS 152 detector at 254 nm wavelength.
  • the mass spectrometer was a Finnigan AQA and a Waters SunFire, 5 ⁇ m pore size, C18 column of dimensions 50 x 4.60 mm was used.
  • the injection volume was 10 ⁇ L.
  • the mobile phase consisted of a mixture of water and acetonitrile containing 0.1% formic acid.
  • the eluent flow rate was 1.5 mL/min, using 95% water: 5% acetonitrile, changed linearly to 5% water: 95% acetonitrile over 5.5 minutes and then maintained at this mixture for 2 minutes.
  • Method 2 employed Waters 515 pumps, a Waters 2525 mixer and a Waters 2996 diode array detector. The detection was performed between 210 nm and 650 nm.
  • the mass spectrometer was a Waters micromass ZQ and a Waters SunFire, 5 ⁇ m pore size, C18 column of dimensions 50 x 4.60 mm was used. The injection volume was 10 ⁇ L.
  • the mobile phase consisted of a mixture of water and acetonitrile containing 0.1% formic acid.
  • the eluent flow rate was 1.5 mL/min, using 95% water: 5% acetonitrile, changed linearly to 5% water: 95% acetonitrile over 5.5 minutes and then maintained at this mixture for 2 minutes.
  • Method 3 employed a LAA209 Waters ZQ MUX LCMS system, Waters 1525 pumps and a Waters 2996 diode array detector with CTC PAL auto-sampler. The detection was performed between 210 nm and 400 nm.
  • the mass spectrometer was a Waters micromass ZQ and a Phenomenex Luna C18 column (3 ⁇ m pore size) of dimensions 50 x 4.60 mm was used. The injection volume was 10 ⁇ L.
  • the mobile phase consisted of a mixture of water and acetonitrile containing 0.1% formic acid.
  • the eluent flow rate was 2 mL/min, using 80% water: 20% acetonitrile, changed linearly to 20% water: 80% acetonitrile over 2.5 minutes and then maintained at this mixture for 1.5 minutes.
  • the pumps used was a Waters 2545 with valves directing to the different columns, the UV detector was a Waters 2996. The detection was done between 210nm and 650nm.
  • the mass spectrometer used was a Waters 3100 which detected masses between 100 and 700g/mol.
  • the column used was a XBridge, 5 micron pore size, C18 ,50x4.60 mm. The injection volume was 10//L of a solution (around 1mg/mL).
  • the flow rate was 1.5 mL/min and the mobile phases of water pH 10 0.03% ammonium hydroxide) (3 ml/10l)and acetonitrile 0.03% ammonium hydroxide (3 ml/101)
  • the elution was started at 95% water:5% acetonitrile ramping up to 5% water:95% acetonitrile over 5.50 minutes.
  • the eluent level was returned to the starting conditions of 95% water:5% acetonitrile over 6 seconds. These conditions were held for 1.4 minutes to allow equilibration of the column before the next sample was injected. The run lasted 7 minutes in total.
  • the mass spectrometer was a Waters micromass ZQ and a SunFire, 5 ⁇ m pore size, C18 column of dimensions 50 x 19 mm was used.
  • the injection volume was up to 500 ⁇ L of solution at a maximum concentration of 50 mg/mL.
  • the mobile phase consisted of a mixture of water and acetonitrile containing 0.1% formic acid.
  • the eluent flow rate was 25 mL/min using 95% water, 5% acetonitrile, changing linearly over 5.3 minutes to 95% acetonitrile, 5% water, and maintaining for 0.5 minutes.
  • compound ds could be purified following a basic method:
  • the pump used was a Waters 2545 with valves directing to the different columns, the UV detector was a Waters 2996. The detection was done between 210nm and 650nm.
  • the mass spectrometer used was a Waters 3100 which detected masses between 100 and 700g/mol.
  • a XBridge, 5 micron pore size, C18 column of dimensions 19x50mm was used.
  • the injection volume was chosen by the user and can be up to 500//L of the solution (max 50mg/ml_).
  • the flow rate was 25mUmin and the mobile phases of water pH 10 0.03% ammonium hydroxide (3 ml/10l)and acetonitrile 0.03% ammonium hydroxide (3 ml/101)
  • the elution was started at 95% water:5% acetonitrile ramping up to 5% water:95% acetonitrile over 5.30 minutes.
  • the eluent level was returned to the starting conditions of 95% water:5% acetonitrile over 0.6 minutes. These conditions were held for 1.4 minutes to allow equilibration of the column before the next sample was injected. The run lasted 7 minutes in total.
  • the bromo derivative was involved in a Suzuki type reaction utilising a palladium catalyst or other suitable catalyst such as tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium and a suitable boronic acid or boronic ester.
  • the amide derivatives may be synthesised starting from acid chlorides or other suitable activated esters or carboxylic acids and a peptide coupling agent such as HBTU.
  • amide derivatives may be synthesised starting from acid chlorides or other suitable activated esters or carboxylic acids and a peptide coupling agent such as HBTU.
  • the bromo derivative was involved in a Suzuki reaction utilising a palladium catalyst such as tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium or other suitable catalyst and a suitable boronic acid or boronic ester.
  • Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-bromo-[1,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide (0.05g, 0.178mmol), 1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-4-boronic acid, pinacol ester (0.054g, 0.231mmol) and dimethylacetamide (1mL) were added to a microwave tube containing a stirrer bar, potassium phosphate solution (0.5M in water, 0.7mL, 0.356mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0.02g, 0.018mmol). The reaction was heated to 15O 0 C for 10min under microwave heating.
  • the aniline derivatives may be obtained via a palladium catalysed reaction assisted by microwave or conventional heating and an appropriately substituted aniline.
  • a microwave tube was charged with cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-bromo- [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide (0.05g, 0.178mmol), p-anisidine (0.044g, 0.356mmol), bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium (0.008g, 0.009mmol), xantphos (0.01Og, 0.018mmol) and sodium terf-butoxide (0.038g, 0.392mmol) in dioxane (1 mL). A couple of drops of dimethylacetamide were added to assist with microwave absorption. The mixture was heated at 14O 0 C for 30min.
  • oxo derivatives were synthesised starting from cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-bromo- [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide (described above) following the scheme illustrated below.
  • the oxo derivatives may be obtained via a nucleophilic substitution reaction utilising an appropriately substituted phenol and potassium carbonate or other suitable base.
  • thio derivatives may be obtained via a nucleophilic substitution reaction utilising an appropriately substituted thio-phenol and sodium hydride or other suitable base.
  • phthalimido cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-bromo-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide derivatives (described above) following the scheme illustrated below.
  • the phthalimido group may be removed by hydrazinolysis in a refluxing solvent such as ethanol.
  • Boc group may be cleaved utilising trifluoroacetic acid or other suitable conditions known to someone skilled in the art.
  • sulfonamides may be obtained using an appropriately substituted sulfonyl chloride, a suitable base such as triethylamine and the pyrazolo derivative.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention pertains generally to the field of therapeutic compounds, and more specifically to certain triazolo compounds (referred to herein as TAZ compounds), and especially certain [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine and [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidine compounds, which, inter alia, inhibit AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function. The present invention also pertains to pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds, and the use of such compounds and compositions, both in vitro and in vivo, to inhibit AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function, and in the treatment of diseases and conditions that are mediated by AXL receptor tyrosine kinase, that are ameliorated by the inhibition of AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function, etc., including proliferative conditions such as cancer, etc.

Description

π .2.41TRlAZOLOfI .5-A1PYRIDINE AND π .2.41TRIAZOLOn .5-C1PYRIMIDINE
COMPOUNDS AND THEIR USE
RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application is related to United States provisional patent application number 60/978,792 filed 10 October 2007 and United Kingdom patent application number 0719803.9 filed 10 October 2007, the contents of both of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
TECHNICAL FIELD
The present invention pertains generally to the field of therapeutic compounds, and more specifically to certain triazolo compounds (referred to herein as TAZ compounds), and especially certain [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridine and [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-c]pyrimidine compounds, which, inter alia, inhibit AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function. The present invention also pertains to pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds, and the use of such compounds and compositions, both in vitro and in vivo, to inhibit AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function, and in the treatment of diseases and conditions that are mediated by AXL receptor tyrosine kinase, that are ameliorated by the inhibition of AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function, etc., including proliferative conditions such as cancer, etc.
BACKGROUND
A number of patents and publications are cited herein in order to more fully describe and disclose the invention and the state of the art to which the invention pertains. Each of these references is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety into the present disclosure, to the same extent as if each individual reference was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.
Throughout this specification, including the claims which follow, unless the context requires otherwise, the word "comprise," and variations such as "comprises" and "comprising," will be understood to imply the inclusion of a stated integer or step or group of integers or steps but not the exclusion of any other integer or step or group of integers or steps.
It must be noted that, as used in the specification and the appended claims, the singular forms "a," "an," and "the" include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to "a pharmaceutical carrier" includes mixtures of two or more such carriers, and the like. Ranges are often expressed herein as from "about" one particular value, and/or to "about" another particular value. When such a range is expressed, another embodiment includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by the use of the antecedent "about," it will be understood that the particular value forms another embodiment.
This disclosure includes information that may be useful in understanding the present invention. It is not an admission that any of the information provided herein is prior art or relevant to the presently claimed invention, or that any publication specifically or implicitly referenced is prior art.
AxI receptor tyrosine kinase (nucleotide accession numbers NM_021913 and NM 001699) is a transmembrane receptor tyrosine kinase (RTK) protein and a member of the AxI RTK subfamily. The AxI RTK gene has a chromosomal location of 19q13.2 (see, e.g., O'Bryan et al., 1991). AxI is also known as UFO, ARK and TYRO7 and has IUBMB Enzyme Nomenclature EC 2.7.10.1.
The AxI RTK subfamily comprises AxI, Mer (Stk, Nyk) and Tyro3(Rse/Dtk/Sky). This subfamily is characterised by a common protein domain structure. The AxI RTK subfamily all possess the combination of two extracellular N-terminal immunoglobulin type domains and two fibronectin III domains, a single span transmembrane region followed by C-terminal kinase domain (see, e.g., Hafizi et al., 2006a).
Gas6 acts as a ligand to all of the AxI RTK family, but exhibits differing affinities for the receptors and activates the three proteins to varying degrees. Gas6 is a member of the vitamin K-dependent family of proteins and shows a 43% sequence identity and the same domain organisation to protein S, a serum protein which has been shown to be a negative regulator of blood coagulation (see, e.g., Hafizi et al., 2006b).
Gas6 is upregulated in growth arrested cells (see, e.g., Manfioletti et al., 1993) which indicates a function in protection of the cell against cellular stresses. It has since been shown that Gas6 can cross link AxI monomers and promote cellular survival, proliferation and migration (see, e.g., Bellosta et al., 1997; Sainaghi et al., 2005; Fridell et al., 1998).
Homophilic binding of the AxI extracellular domain can result in cellular aggregation and this event is independent of the intracellular kinase activity (see, e.g., Bellosta et al., 1995).
The AxI intracellular kinase domain (ICD) is responsible for the oncogenic transforming ability of AxI RTK. The Gas6/Axl signal transduction pathway operates, although not exclusively, through activation of the phosphatidylinositol 3- kinase (PI3K) pathway (see, e.g., Shankar et al., 2006).
The PI3K/Akt signaling network is crucial to widely divergent physiological processes that include cell cycle progression, differentiation, transcription, translation and apoptosis (see, e.g., Hanada et al., 2004).
Activation of PI3K/Akt signaling results in disturbance of control of cell proliferation and apoptosis, ensuing in competitive growth advantage for tumor cells. Activation of Akt is associated with phosphorylation of Ser473 (see, e.g., Alessi et al., 1996) and monitoring changes in levels of total and phosphorolated Akt within the cell enables an assessment of the efficacy of drugs which act upstream of Akt.
The intracellular domain of AxI kinase has been shown to associate with many proteins (p55gamma, pδδalpha and beta subunits of PI3K, phospholipaseC-gamma, Grb2, c-Src, Lck, SOCS-1 , Nck2, RanBMP, C1-TEN and AxI ICD itself) (see, e.g., Hafizi et al., 2006a; Braunger et al., 1997; Hafizi et al., 2002).
AxI is ubiquitously expressed at low levels and is detectable in a variety of organs (see, e.g., Rescigno et al., 1991 ). Expression patterns of the other two family members (Mer and Tyro3) differ from that of AxI. Expression of Tyro3 is predominantly in the brain and the CNS (see, e.g., Mark et al., 1994), and expression of Mer is almost exclusively in the monocyte cell lineage (see, e.g., Graham et al., 1994).
Overexpression of AxI has been demonstrated in numerous cancer cell lines (e.g., colon, gastric, breast, lung, AML, thyroid, ocular, prostate, ocular melanoma, ovarian, renal, and SCC) (see, e.g., Sainaghi et al., 2005; Sawaby et al., 2007; Vajkoczy et al., 2006; Meric et al., 2002; Shieh et al., 2005). This expression has been linked to the development of oncogenic cellular phenotype (see, e.g., Shieh et al., 2005). Overexpression of AxI has been linked to stage of disease and prognosis (see, e.g., Sawabu et al., 2007; Shieh et al., 2005; Sun et al., 2003; Green et al., 2006).
Modulation of AxI levels in vivo and in vitro demonstrates the involvement of AxI in the progression of a cancer phenotype. siRNA mediated silencing demonstrates that AxI is a regulator of multiple angiogenic behaviours in vitro and AxI knockdown reduces growth of breast carcinoma cell lines in a xenograft (see, e.g., Holland et al., 2005).
There is a need for additional and better therapeutic agents for the treatment of proliferative conditions, such as cancer, etc., including, for example, additional and better therapeutic agents that inhibit AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function. - A - π .2.41TrJaZOlOn .5-alPyridines
WO 2008/025821 (Wilson - Cellzome), and its priority application, EP 1 894 931 (Wilson - Cellzome), were published in March 2008, after the priority date of this application. These documents describe certain compounds (Compounds (PP-012) to (PP-026)) which are the subject of provisos described herein.
WO 2003/010167 (Nettekoven - Hoffmann LaRoche), corresponding to US Patent No 6,514,989 (Nettekoven), describes certain [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridine compounds. However, in each compound that has a substituent corresponding to -R5A, the substituent that would correspond to -R8A is a group -H or -OMe, which is not permitted by the present definition of compounds.
WO 2003/031445 (Nettekoven - Hoffmann LaRoche), corresponding to US Patent No 6,693, 116 (Nettekoven), describes certain [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridine compounds. However, in each compound, the substituent that would correspond to -R5A is a group -OMe, which is not permitted by the present definition of compounds.
Nettekoven et al., 2003 (Nettekoven et al., 2003, Synthesis, Vol. 11 , pp. 1649-1652) describes certain [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridine compounds. However, in each compound, the substituent that would correspond to -R8A is a group -OMe, which is not permitted by the present definition of compounds.
WO 2006/038116 (Butler - Warner Lambert) describes certain [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridine compounds. However, in each compound, the group what would correspond to -NH-W is a urea, which is not permitted by the present definition of compounds.
H ,2.4lTriazoloH ,5-c1Pyrimidines
US Patent No 5,358,950 (Bru-Magniez) describes certain [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-c]pyrimidine compounds. However, in each compound, the substituent that would correspond to -R5B is a group methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-pentyl, or n-hexyl, which is not permitted by the present definition of compounds.
US Patent No 3,046,276 (Miller), and its priority document, GB 897,870 (Miller - ICI
Limited) describe certain [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-c]pyrimidine compounds. However, in each compound, the substituent that would correspond to -R5B is a group methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-pentyl, or n-hexyl, which is not permitted by the present definition of compounds. WO 2005/018532 (Westman - Actar Ab.) describes certain 1 H-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- c]quinazoline compounds (having a fused tricyclic core) which are not encompassed by the present definition of compounds.
US Patent No 3,053,844 (Miller) and its priority document, GB 873,223 (Miller - ICI
Limited) describe certain [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-c]pyrimidine compounds. However, in all but one of the compounds, the substituent that would correspond to -R5B is a group methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-pentyl, or n-hexyl, which is not permitted by the present definition of compounds. In the one remaining compound (see col. 8, lines 34-35 of US Patent No 3,053,844; Reg. No. 94267-11-5P), the substituent that would correspond to -R5B is a group ethylthio (-SCH2CH3), which is permitted by the present definition of compounds; however, in that compound, the substituent that would correspond to -RWB2 is a group -Me, which is not permitted by the present definition of compounds.
EP 0 132 851 (Paul - American Cyanamid), and the related journal article, Medwig et al., 1990 (Medwig et al., 1990, J. Med. Chem., Vol. 33(4), pp. 1230-1241 ), describe certain [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-c]pyrimidine compounds. However, in each compound, the substituent that would correspond to -NH-WB is a group which is not permitted by the present definition of compounds. For the relevant amines (where -NH-WB is -NH-RWB1), the substituent that would correspond to -RWB1 is a group -Me, -CH2CH(OH)CH2CI, or
-CH2C(=O)OEt, which is not permitted by the present definition of compounds. For the relevant amides (where -NH-WB is -NH-C(=O)-RWB2), the substituent that would correspond to -RWB2 is a group -Me or -CH2-oxiranyl, which is not permitted by the present definition of compounds.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
One aspect of the invention pertains to certain triazolo compounds (referred to herein as TAZ compounds), as described herein.
Another aspect of the invention pertains to a composition (e.g., a pharmaceutical composition) comprising a TAZ compound, as described herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
Another aspect of the invention pertains to method of preparing a composition (e.g., a pharmaceutical composition) comprising the step of admixing a TAZ compound, as described herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of inhibiting AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function in a cell, in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting the cell with an effective amount of a TAZ compound, as described herein.
Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of regulating (e.g., inhibiting) cell proliferation (e.g., proliferation of a cell), inhibiting cell cycle progression, promoting apoptosis, or a combination of one or more these, in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting a cell with an effective amount of a TAZ compound, as described herein.
Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of treatment comprising administering to a subject in need of treatment a therapeutically-effective amount of a TAZ compound, as described herein, preferably in the form of a pharmaceutical composition.
Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a TAZ compound as described herein for use in a method of treatment of the human or animal body by therapy.
Another aspect of the present invention pertains to use of a TAZ compound, as described herein, in the manufacture of a medicament for use in treatment.
In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of a disease or condition that is mediated by AXL receptor tyrosine kinase.
In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of a disease or condition that is ameliorated by the inhibition of AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function.
In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of a proliferative condition. In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of cancer.
In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of solid tumour cancer. In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of liquid tumour cancer. In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of hematological cancer.
In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of: colon cancer, gastric cancer, breast cancer, lung cancer, acute myeloid leukemia, thyroid cancer, ocular cancer, prostate cancer, ocular melanoma cancer, ovarian cancer, renal cancer, skin cancer, or squamous cell carcinoma.
Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a kit comprising (a) a TAZ compound, as described herein, preferably provided as a pharmaceutical composition and in a suitable container and/or with suitable packaging; and (b) instructions for use, for example, written instructions on how to administer the compound.
Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a TAZ compound obtainable by a method of synthesis as described herein, or a method comprising a method of synthesis as described herein.
Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a TAZ compound obtained by a method of synthesis as described herein, or a method comprising a method of synthesis as described herein.
Another aspect of the present invention pertains to novel intermediates, as described herein, which are suitable for use in the methods of synthesis described herein.
Another aspect of the present invention pertains to the use of such novel intermediates, as described herein, in the methods of synthesis described herein.
As will be appreciated by one of skill in the art, features and preferred embodiments of one aspect of the invention will also pertain to other aspect of the invention. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
Compounds
One aspect of the present invention relates to certain [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridines and [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-c]pyrimidines (for convenience, collectively referred to herein as "triazolo compounds" or "TAZ compounds") which are 2-amines or 2-amides.
In one especially preferred embodiment, the compounds are 2-amines.
Figure imgf000009_0001
[1 ,2,4]Triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridine [1 ,2,4]Triazolo[1 ,5-c]pyrimidine
In one embodiment, the compounds are selected from compounds of the following formula, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
Figure imgf000009_0002
wherein:
-X= is independently -CR6= or -N=;
and wherein:
if -X= is -CR6=, then:
-R5 is independently -R5A; -R6 is independently -R6A; -R7 is independently -R7A; -R8 is independently -R8A; and
-W is independently -WA;
wherein:
-R5A is independently -Q5A; -R6A is independently -H or -Q6A;
-R7A is independently -H or -Q7A; -R8A is independently -H or -Q8A; and -WA is independently -RWA1 or -C(=O)RWA2; if -X= is -N=, then:
-R5 is independently -R5B; -R7 is independently -R7B; -R8 is independently -R8B; and -W is independently -WB;
wherein:
-R5B is independently -Q5B; -R7B is independently -H or -Q7B; -R8B is independently -H or -Q8B; and -WB is independently -RWB1 or -C(=O)RWB2.
Optional Provisos
It should be noted that the below-described provisos are relevant only in the context of definitions of the "amides" (where -W is -C(=O)RWA2 or -C(=O)RWB2) and so the provisos may be disregarded in the context of definitions of the "amines" (where -W is -R ,'WA1 or
-RWB1).
In one or more aspects of the present invention (e.g., compounds, compositions, compounds for use in therapy, use of compounds in the manufacture of a medicament, methods, methods of treatment, etc.), the compounds are optionally as defined herein, but with one or more optional provisos, as defined herein.
In one embodiment, the proviso is that the compound is not a compound selected from PP-001 through PP-011.
(Compounds PP-001 through PP-011 were obtained from a commercial source.)
Figure imgf000010_0001
Figure imgf000011_0001
Figure imgf000012_0001
In one embodiment, the proviso is that the compound is not a compound selected from PP-001 through PP-011 , and salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof. In one or more aspects of the present invention (e.g., compounds for use in therapy, use of compounds in the manufacture of a medicament, methods, methods of treatment, etc.), the compounds are optionally as defined herein, but without the above proviso.
For example, a reference to a particular group of compounds "without the recited proviso" (e.g., for use in therapy) is intended to be a reference to the compounds as defined, but wherein the definition no longer includes the indicated proviso. In such cases, it is as if the indicated proviso has been deleted from the definition of compounds, and the definition has been expanded to encompass those compounds which otherwise would have been excluded by the indicated proviso.
In one embodiment, the proviso is that the compound is not a compound selected from PP-001 through PP-026.
(Compounds PP-012 through PP-026 are shown in WO 2008/025821 and/or EP 1 894 931 , both published in March 2008, after the priority date of this application.)
Figure imgf000013_0001
Figure imgf000014_0001
Figure imgf000015_0001
In one embodiment, the proviso is that the compound is not a compound selected from PP-001 through PP-026, and salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof. In one or more aspects of the present invention (e.g., compounds for use in therapy, use of compounds in the manufacture of a medicament, methods, methods of treatment, etc.), the compounds are optionally as defined herein, but without the above proviso.
For example, a reference to a particular group of compounds "without the recited proviso" (e.g., for use in therapy) is intended to be a reference to the compounds as defined, but wherein the definition no longer includes the indicated proviso. In such cases, it is as if the indicated proviso has been deleted from the definition of compounds, and the definition has been expanded to encompass those compounds which otherwise would have been excluded by the indicated proviso.
"Amines" and "Amides"
In one embodiment ("amines"):
-WA is independently -RWA1 ; and -WB is independently -RWB1.
In one embodiment ("amides"): -WA is independently -C(=O)RWA2; and
-WB is independently -C(=O)RWB2.
The Group -X=
In one embodiment, -X= is independently -CR6= or -N=.
In one embodiment:
-X= is independently -CR6=; -R5 is independently -R5A; -R6 is independently -R6A;
-R7 is independently -R7A; -R8 is independently -R8A; and -W is independently -WA; s in, for example:
Figure imgf000016_0001
In one embodiment:
-X= is independently -N=; -R5 is independently -R5B; -R7 is independently -R7B; -R8 is independently -R8B; and
-W is independently -WB;
as in, for example:
Figure imgf000017_0001
The Group -WA
In one embodiment, -WA is independently -RWA1 or -C(=O)RWA2. In one embodiment, -WA is independently -RWA1. In one embodiment, -WA is independently -C(=O)R ->VWA2
The Group -WB
In one embodiment, -WB is independently -RWB1 or -C(=O)RWB2. In one embodiment, -WB is independently -RWB1.
In one embodiment, -WB is independently -C(=O)RWB2.
Combinations of the Groups -X= and -W
(A) In one embodiment:
-X= is independently -CR6=;
-R5 is independently -R5A;
-R6 is independently -R6A;
-R7 is independently -R7A; -R8 is independently -R8A;
-W is independently -WA; and
-WA is independently -RWA1; as in, for example:
Figure imgf000018_0001
(B) In one embodiment:
-X= is independently -N=; -R5 is independently -R5B; -R7 is independently -R7B; -R8 is independently -R8B; -W is independently -WB; and -WB is independently -RWB1;
as in, for example:
Figure imgf000018_0002
(C) In one embodiment:
-X= is independently -CR6=;
-R5 is independently -R5A;
-R6 is independently -R6A;
-R7 is independently -R7A;
-R8 is independently -R8A;
-W is independently -WA; and
-WA is independently -C(=O)RWA2;
as in, for example:
Figure imgf000018_0003
(D) In one embodiment:
-X= is independently -N=; -R5 is independently -R5B; -R7 is independently -R7B; -R8 is independently -R8B; -W is independently -WB; and -WB is independently -C(=O)RWB2;
as in, for example:
Figure imgf000019_0001
The Group -R6A
In one embodiment, -R6A, if present, is independently -H or -Q6A. In one embodiment, -R6A, if present, is independently -H. In one embodiment, -R6A, if present, is independently -Q6A.
The Group -R7A
In one embodiment, -R7A is independently -H or -Q7A. In one embodiment, -R7A is independently -H. In one embodiment, -R7A is independently -Q7A.
The Group -RβA
In one embodiment, -R8A is independently -H or -Q8A. In one embodiment, -R8A is independently -H. In one embodiment, -R8A is independently -Q8A.
The Group -R7B
In one embodiment, -R7B is independently -H or -Q7B. In one embodiment, -R7B is independently -H. In one embodiment, -R7B is independently -Q7B.
The Group -R8B
In one embodiment, -R8B is independently -H or -Q8B. In one embodiment, -R8B is independently -H. In one embodiment, -R8B is independently -Q8B. The Group -RWA1
In one embodiment, -RWA1, if present, is independently: -R1A1 -R1A2 -R1A3 -R1A4 -R1A5 -R1A6 -R1A7 -R1A8
-L1A-R1A4, -L1A-R1A5, -L1A-R1A6, -L1A-R1A7, or -L1A-R1A8.
In one embodiment, -RWA1, if present, is independently: p1A1 p1A4 D1A6 _p1A7 p1A8 -L1A-R1M, -L1A-R1A6, -L1A-R1A7, or -L1A-R1A8.
In one embodiment, -RWA1, if present, is independently:
Figure imgf000020_0001
-L1A-R1A4, or -L1A-R1A6.
In one embodiment, -RWA1, if present, is independently: -R1A1 -R1A4 -R1A7 -R1A8 -L1A-R1A4, -L1A-R1A7, or -L1A-R1A8.
In one embodiment, -RWA1, if present, is independently:
Figure imgf000020_0002
-L1A-R1M, -L1A-R1A6, -L1A-R1A7, or -L1A-R1A8.
In one embodiment, -RWA1, if present, is independently: -R1A4, -R1A6, -R1A7, or -R1A8.
In one embodiment, -RWA1, if present, is independently: -R1A1, -L1A-R1A6, -R1A7, or -R1A8.
In one embodiment, -RWA1, if present, is independently: -L1A-R1M, -L1A-R1A6, -R1A7, or -R1A8.
In one embodiment, -RWA1, if present, is independently:
-R1A7, -R1A8, -L1A-R1A7, or -L1A-R1A8.
In one embodiment, -RWA1, if present, is independently -R1A7 or -R1A8.
In one embodiment, -RWA1, if present, is independently -R1A7.
In one embodiment, -RWA1, if present, is independently -R1A8. In one embodiment, -RWA1, if present, is independently selected from those groups exemplified for -RWA1 in the compounds shown below under the heading "Examples of Specific Embodiments".
The Group -RWA2
In one embodiment, -RWA2, if present, is independently: p1A1 _D1A2 p1A3 _p1A4 _p1A5 _p1A6 _p1A7 _p1A8 i 1A_p1A4 I 1A p1A5 i 1A_p1A6 i 1A_p1A7 _| 1A_p1A8
In one embodiment, -RWA2, if present, is independently: p1A1 D1A4 p1A6 p1A7 D1A8
I 1A p1A4 I 1A p1A6 ι 1A p1A7 Q_ i 1A_p1A8
In one embodiment, -RWA2, if present, is independently: -R1A1, -R1M, -R1A6, -L1A-R1A4, or -L1A-R1A6.
In one embodiment, -RWA2, if present, is independently -R1A1, -R1M, or -R1A6.
In one embodiment, -RWA2, if present, is independently -R1A1.
In one embodiment, -RWA2, if present, is independently -R1M, -R1A6, -L1A-R1A4, or -L1A-R1A6.
In one embodiment, -RWA2, if present, is independently -R1M or -R1A6.
In one embodiment, -RWA2, if present, is independently -R1A4.
In one embodiment, -RWA2, if present, is independently -R1A6.
In one embodiment, -RWA2, if present, is independently -L1A-R1A4, or -L1A-R1A6.
In one embodiment, -RWA2, if present, is independently -L1A-R1M.
In one embodiment, -RWA2, if present, is independently -L1A-R1A6.
In one embodiment, -RWA2, if present, is independently selected from those groups exemplified for -RWA2 in the compounds shown below under the heading "Examples of Specific Embodiments".
The Group -RWB1
In one embodiment, -RWB1, if present, is independently:
R1A2 D1A3 D1A4 D1A5 D1A6 D1A7 D1A8 i -• * I -r\ , -r\ , -r\ , -r\ , ,
-L1A-R1M, -L1A-R1A5, -L1A-R1A7, or -L1A-R1A8. In one embodiment, -RWB1, if present, is independently:
Figure imgf000022_0001
-L1A-R1A4, -L1A-R1A7, or -L1A-R1A8.
In one embodiment, -RWB1, if present, is independently: -R1A4, -R1A6, -R1A7, -R1A8, or
I 1A p1A4
In one embodiment, -RWB1, if present, is independently: -R1M, -R1A7, -R1A8,
-L1A-R1A4, -L1A-R1A7, or -L1A-R1A8.
In one embodiment, -RWB1, if present, is independently:
Figure imgf000022_0002
-L1A-R1M, -L1A-R1A7, or -L1A-R1A8.
In one embodiment, -RWB1, if present, is independently:
.R1A7 .R1A8 or _L1A.RiA4
In one embodiment, -RWB1, if present, is independently: -R1A4, -R1A6, -R1A7, or -R1A8.
In one embodiment, -RWB1, if present, is independently:
-R1A7, -R1A8, -L1A-R1A7, or -L1A-R1A8.
In one embodiment, -RWB1, if present, is independently -R1A7 or -R1A8. In one embodiment, -RWB1, if present, is independently -R1A7. In one embodiment, -RWB1, if present, is independently -R1A8.
In one embodiment, -RWB1, if present, is independently selected from those groups exemplified for -RWB1 in the compounds shown below under the heading "Examples of Specific Embodiments".
The Group -RWB2
In one embodiment, -RWB2, if present, is independently:
R1A2 D1A3 D1A4 D1A5 D1A6 D1A7 D1A8
-L1A-R1A4, -L1A-R1A5, -L1A-R1A6, -L1A-R1A7, or -L1A-R1A8.
In one embodiment, -RWB2, if present, is independently:
_p1A4 _R1A6 _p1A7 _p1A8 -L1A-R1M, -L1A-R1A6, -L1A-R1A7, or -L1A-R1A8.
In one embodiment, -RWB2, if present, is independently:
Figure imgf000023_0001
-L1A-R1A4, or -L1A-R1A6.
In one embodiment, -RWB2, if present, is independently -R1A4, -R1A6, -R1A7, or -R1A8.
In one embodiment, -RWB2, if present, is independently -R1A4, -R1A6, -L1A-R1A4, or -L1A-R1A6.
In one embodiment, -RWB2, if present, is independently -R1A4 or -R1A6. In one embodiment, -RWB2, if present, is independently -R1M. In one embodiment, -RWB2, if present, is independently -R1A6.
In one embodiment, -RWB2, if present, is independently -L1A-R1A4 or -L1A-R1A6. In one embodiment, -RWB2, if present, is independently -L1A-R1M. In one embodiment, -RWB2, if present, is independently -L1A-R1A6.
In one embodiment, -RWB2, if present, is independently selected from those groups exemplified for -RWB2 in the compounds shown below under the heading "Examples of Specific Embodiments".
The Groups Associated with -RWA1. -RWA2. -RWB1. and -RWB2
In one embodiment: each -R1A1 is independently saturated aliphatic Chalky!; each -R1A2 is independently aliphatic C2^alkenyl; each -R1A3 is independently aliphatic C2-6alkynyl; each -R1A4 is independently saturated C3-6cycloalkyl; each -R1A5 is independently Ca^cycloalkenyl; each -R1A6 is independently non-aromatic C3^heterocyclyl; each -R1A7 is independently C6-iocarboaryl; each -R1A8 is independently C5-10heteroaryl; each -L1A- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-3alkylene; wherein: each -R1M, -R1A5, -R1A6, -R1A7, and -R1A8 is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more substituents -R1B1 and/or one or more substituents -R1B2, and each -R1A1, -R1A2, -R1A3, and -L1A- is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more substituents -R1B2, wherein: each -R1B1 is independently: R1D1 D1D2 D1D3 D1D4 D1D5 D1D6 D1D7 D1D8 , -K , -K , -K , -K , -K , -K , -K ,
-L1D-R1D4, -L1D-R1D5, -L1D-R1D6, -L1D-R1D7, or -L1D-R1D8; each -R1B2 is independently:
-F, -Cl, -Br, -I1 -CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -L1C-OH, -O-L1C-OH, -OR1C1, -L1C-OR1C1, -O-L1C-OR1C1, -SH, -SR1C1, -CN, -NO2,
-NH2, -NHR1C1, -NR1C1 2, -NR102R103, -L1C-NH2, -L1C-NHR1C1, -L1C-NR1C1 2, -L1C-NR1C2R1C3, -O-L1C-NH2, -O-L1C-NHR1C1, -O-L1C-NR1C1 2, -O-L1C-NR1C2R1C3, -C(=O)OH, -C(=O)OR1C1, -C(=O)R1C1,
-C(=O)NH2> -C(=O)NHR1C1, -C(=O)NR1C1 2, -C(=O)NR1C2R1C3, -NHC(=O)R1C1, -NR1C1C(=O)R1C1, -NHC(=O)OR1C1, -NR1C1C(=O)OR1C1,
-OC(=O)NH2, -OC(=O)NHR1C1, -OC(=O)NR1C1 2, -OC(=O)NR1C2R1C3, -NHC(=O)NH2, -NHC(=O)NHR1C1,
-NHC(=O)NR1C1 2, -NHC(=O)NR1C2R1C3, -NR1C1C(=O)NH2, -NR1C1C(=O)NHR1C1, -NR1C1C(=O)NR1C1 2, -NR1C1C(=O)NR1C2R1C3, -NHS(=O)2R1C1, -NR1C1S(=O)2R1C1, -S(=O)2NH2, -S(=O)2NHR1C1, -S(=O)2NR1C1 2, -S(=O)2NR1C2R1C3,
-S(=O)R1C1, -S(=O)2R1C1, -OS(=O)2R1C1, or -S(=O)2OR1C1; wherein: each -L1C- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-5alkylene; in each group -NR1C2R1C3, R1C2 and R1C3, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered non-aromatic ring having exactly 1 ring heteroatom or exactly 2 ring heteroatoms, wherein one of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is N, and the other of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is independently N or O; each -R1C1 is independently: -R1D1 -R1D2 R1D3 -R1D4 R1D5 R1D6 R1D7 R1D8
-L1D-R1D4, -L1D-R1D5, -L1D-R1D6, -L1D-R1D7, or -L1D-R1D8; each -R1D1 is independently saturated aliphatic Chalky!; each -R1D2 is independently aliphatic C2-6alkenyl; each -R1D3 is independently aliphatic C2-6alkynyl; each -R1D4 is independently saturated C3-6cycloalkyl; each -R1D5 is independently Ca-ecycloalkenyl; each -R1D6 is independently non-aromatic Ca-sheterocyclyl; each -R1D7 is independently C6-iocarboaryl; each -R1D8 is independently C-^oheteroaryl; each -L1D- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-3alkylene; wherein: each -R1D4, -R1D5, -R106, -R1D7, and -R1D8 is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more substituents -R1E1 and/or one or more substituents -R1E2, each -R1D1, -R1D2, -R1D3, and -L1D- is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more substituents -R1E2, and wherein: each -R1E1 is independently saturated aliphatic C^alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl; each -R1E2 is independently: -F, -Cl, -Br, -I, -CF3, -OCF3, -OH, -L1F-OH, -O-L1F-OH,
-OR1F1, -L1F-OR1F1, -O-L1F-OR1F1, -SH, -SR1F1, -CN, -NO2, -NH2, -NHR1F1, -NR1F1 2, -NR1F2R1F3,
-L1F-NH2, -L1F-NHR1F1, -L1F-NR1F1 2, -L1F-NR1F2R1F3, -C(=O)OH, -C(=O)OR1F1,
-C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR1F1, -C(=O)NR1F1 2, or -C(=O)NR1F2R1F3; wherein: each -R1F1 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl; each -L1F- is independently saturated aliphatic Ci-5alkylene; and in each group -NR1F2R1F3, R1F2 and R1F3, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a A-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered non-aromatic ring having exactly 1 ring heteroatom or exactly 2 ring heteroatoms, wherein one of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is N, and the other of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is independently N or O.
In one embodiment, each -L1A-, if present, is independently -CH2-.
In one embodiment, each -R1A1, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-3alkyl.
In one embodiment, each -R1M, if present, is independently saturated C3-5cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, each -R1A4, if present, is independently saturated C3cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, each -R1A6, if present, is independently azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, azepinyl, diazepinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dioxanyl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment, each -R1A6, if present, is independently pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, or tetrahydropyranyl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment, each -R1A7, if present, is independently phenyl or naphthyl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment, each -R1A7, if present, is independently phenyl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment, each -R1A7, if present, is independently selected from groups of the following formulae, wherein each -R1X is independently -R1B1 or -R1B2:
Figure imgf000026_0001
In one embodiment, each -R1A7, if present, is independently selected from groups of the following formulae, wherein each -R1X is independently -R1B1 or -R1B2:
Figure imgf000026_0002
In one embodiment, each -R1A7, if present, is independently selected from groups of the following formula, wherein each -R1X is independently -R1B1 or -R1B2:
Figure imgf000026_0003
In one embodiment, each -R1A7 f if present, is independently selected from groups of the following formula, wherein each -R1X is independently -R1B1 or -R1B2:
Figure imgf000026_0004
In one embodiment, each -R1A7, if present, is independently selected from groups of the following formula, wherein each -R1X is independently -R1B1 or -R j11B2.
Figure imgf000027_0001
In one embodiment, each -R1A8, if present, is independently C5.6heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment, each -R1A8, if present, is independently furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, or pyridazinyl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment, each -R1A8, if present, is independently furanyl, thienyl, pyridyl, or pyrimidinyl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment, each -R1A8, if present, is independently pyridyl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment, each -R1A8, if present, is independently pyrid-3-yl or pyrid-4-yl, and is optionally substituted.
Figure imgf000027_0002
pyrid-3-yl pyrid-4-yl
In one embodiment, each -R1A8, if present, is independently selected from groups of the following formulae, wherein each -R1X is independently -R1B1 or -R182:
Figure imgf000027_0003
In one embodiment, each -R1A8, if present, is independently C9-10heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment, each -R1A8, if present, is independently benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzopyrrolyl, benzoimidazolyl, benzopyrazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzopyridyl, benzopyrimidinyl, or benzopyridazinyl, and is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, each -R1B1 is independently:
Figure imgf000028_0001
-L1D-R1D4, or -L1D-R1D6.
In one embodiment, each -R1B1 is independently:
_p1D4 _o1D7 -R1D8
-L1D-R1D4, -L1D-R1D7, or -L1D-R1D8.
In one embodiment, each -R1B1 is independently: -R1D7, -R1D8, -L1D-R1D7, or -L1D-R1D8.
In one embodiment, each -R1B1 is independently:
_p1D1 _p1D2 _p1D4 _R1D7 -R1D8 -L1D-R1D4, -L1D-R1D6, -L1D-R1D7, or -L1D-R1D8.
In one embodiment, each -R1B2 is independently:
-F, -Cl,
-CF3, -OCF3, -OH, -L1C-OH, -O-L1C-OH,
-OR1C1, -L1C-OR1C1, -O-L1C-OR1C1,
-SR1C1,
-CN,
-NO2, -NH2, -NHR1C1, -NR1C1 2, -NR1C2R1C3,
-L1C-NH2, -L1C-NHR1C1, -L1C-NR1C1 2, -L1C-NR1C2R1C3,
-O-L1C-NH2, -O-L1C-NHR1C1, -O-L1C-NR1C1 2, -O-L1C-NR1C2R1C3,
-C(=O)OR1C1,
-C(=O)R1C1, -C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR1C1, -C(=O)NR1C1 2, -C(=O)NR1C2R1C3,
-NHC(=O)R1C1, -NR1C1C(=O)R1C1,
-NHC(=O)NH2, -NHC(=O)NHR1C1,
-NHC(=O)NR1C1 2, -NHC(=O)NR1C2R1C3,
-NR1C1C(=O)NH2, -NR1C1C(=O)NHR1C1, -NR1C1C(=O)NR1C1 2, -NR1C1C(=O)NR1C2R1C3,
-NHS(=O)2R1C1, -NR1C1S(=O)2R1C1,
-S(=O)2NH2, -S(=O)2NHR1C1, -S(=O)2NR1C1 2, -S(=O)2NR1C2R1C3,
-S(=O)R1C1, or -S(=O)2R1C1. In one embodiment, each -R1B2 is independently:
-F, -Cl,
-CF3. -OCF3,
-OH, -L1C-OH, -O-L1C-OH, -OR1C1, -L1C-OR1C1, -O-L1C-OR1C1,
-SR1C1,
-CN,
-NO2,
-NH2, -NHR1C1, -NR1C1 2, -NR1C2R1C3, -L1C-NH2, -L1C-NHR1C1, -L1C-NR1C1 2, -L1C-NR1C2R1C3,
-O-L1C-NH2, -O-L1C-NHR1C1, -O-L1C-NR1C1 2, -O-L1C-NR1C2R1C3,
-C(=O)R1C1,
-C(=O)NHR1C1, -C(=O)NR1C1 2, -C(=O)NR1C2R1C3,
-NHC(=O)R1C1, -NR1C1C(=O)R1C1, -NHC(=O)NHR1C1,
-NHC(=O)NR1C1 2, -NHC(=O)NR1C2R1C3,
-NR1C1C(=O)NHR1C1,
-NR1C1C(=O)NR1C1 2, -NR1C1C(=O)NR1C2R1C3,
-NHS(=O)2R1C1, -NR1C1S(=O)2R1C1, -S(=O)2NHR1C1, -S(=O)2NR1C1 2, -S(=O)2NR1C2R1C3,
-S(=O)R1c1, or -S(=O)2R1C1.
In one embodiment, each -L1C is saturated aliphatic C1-3alkylene.
In one embodiment, each -NR1C2R1C3 is independently azetidino, pyrrolidino, imidazolidino, pyrazolidino, piperidino, piperazino, morpholino, azepino, or diazepino, and is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from saturated aliphatic C1-3alkyl, -F, and -CF3.
In one embodiment, each -NR1C2R1C3 is independently pyrrolidino, piperidino, piperazino, or morpholino, and is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from saturated aliphatic C1-3alkyl, -F, and -CF3.
In one embodiment, each -R1C1 is independently: -R1D1, -R1D4, -R1D6,
-L1D-R1D4, or -L1D-R1D6.
In one embodiment, each -R1C1 is independently:
_p1D1 _p1D4 _p1D6 _p1D7 _p1D8 -L1D-R104, -L1D-R1D6, -L1D-R1D7, or -L1D-R1D8. In one embodiment, each -R1C1 is independently: -R1D1 -R1D4 -R1D7 -R1D8 -L1D-R1D4, -L1D-R1D7, or -L1D-R1D8.
In one embodiment, each -R1C1 is independently: -R1D1, -R1D7. -R108, -L1D-R1D7, or -L1D-R1D8.
In one embodiment, each -R1C1 is independently -R1D1, -R1D7, or -L1D-R1D7.
In one embodiment, each -R1C1 is independently -R1D7 or -L1D-R1D7.
In one embodiment, each -R1C1 is independently -R1D1.
In one embodiment, each -L1D-, if present, is independently -CH2-.
In one embodiment, each -R1D1, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-3alkyl.
In one embodiment, each -R1D4, if present, is independently saturated Cs-ecycloalkyl.
In one embodiment, each -R1D6, if present, is independently azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, azepinyl, diazepinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dioxanyl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment, each -R1D6, if present, is independently pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, or tetrahydropyranyl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment, each -R1D7, if present, is independently phenyl or naphthyl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment, each -R1D7, if present, is independently phenyl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment, each -R1D8, if present, is independently C5-6heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment, each -R1D8, if present, is independently furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, or pyridazinyl, and is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, each -R1D8, if present, is independently C9-10heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment, each -R1D8, if present, is independently benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzopyrrolyl, benzoimidazolyl, benzopyrazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzopyridyl, benzopyrimidinyl, or benzopyridazinyl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment, each -R1E1 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
In one embodiment, each -R1E2 is independently:
-F, -Cl1 -Br,
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -L1F-OH, -O-L1F-OH, -OR1F1, -L1F-OR1F1, -O-L1F-OR1F1,
-SR1F1,
-CN,
-NO2.
-NH2, -NHR1F1, -NR1F1 2, -NR1F2R1F3, -L1F-NH2, -L1F-NHR1F1, -L1F-NR1F1 2, -L1F-NR1F2R1F3,
-C(=O)OR1F1,
-C(=O)NHR1F1, -C(=O)NR1F1 2, or -C(=O)NR1F2R1F3.
In one embodiment, each -R1E2 is independently: -F, -Cl,
-CF3, -OCF3,
-CN,
-OH, -L1F-OH, -O-L1F-OH,
-OR1F1, -L1F-OR1F1, -O-L1F-OR1F1, -NH2, -NHR1F1, -NR1F1 2, -NR1F2R1F3,
-L1F-NH2, -L1F-NHR1F1, -L1F-NR1 F1 2, -L1F-NR1 F2R1F3,
-C(=O)NHR1F1, -C(=O)NR1F1 2, or -C(=O)NR1F2R1F3.
In one embodiment, each -R1F1 is independently saturated aliphatic C^alkyl.
In one embodiment, each -L1F is saturated aliphatic C1-3alkylene.
In one embodiment, each -NR1F2R1F3 is independently azetidino, pyrrolidino, imidazolidino, pyrazolidino, piperidino, piperazino, morpholino, azepino, or diazepino, and is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from C1 ^alkyl, -F, and -CF3. In one embodiment, each -NR1F2R1F3 is independently pyrrolidino, piperidino, piperazino, or morpholino, and is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from C1-3alkyl, -F, and -CF3.
The Group -Q5A
In one embodiment, -Q5A, if present, is independently:
R2A1 D2A2 D2A3 D2A4 rp2A5 D2A6 D2A7 r->2A8 i ~r\ , ~r\ , -t\ , -r\ , -tΛ , -r\ , -r\ , -L^-R^4, -L2A-R2A5, -L^-R^6, -12A-R2A\ -L^-R1 A8,
-F, -Cl, -Br, -I1
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH,
-L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1, -O-R2D4, -O-R2D6, -O-R2D7, -O-R2D8,
-O-L2D-R2D4, -O-L2D-R2D6, -O-L2D-R2D7, -O-L2D-R2D8,
-SH1 -SR201,
-CN,
-NO2, -NH2, -NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR202R203,
-L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-N R202R203,
-O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2O1 2, -O-L2C-NR2O2R203,
-C(=O)OH, -C(=O)OR2C1,
-C(=0)R201, -C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR2C1, -C(=O)NR2O1 2, -C(=O)NR2C2R203,
-NHC(=O)R2C1, -NR2O1C(=O)R2C1,
-NHC(=O)OR2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)OR201,
-OC(=O)NH2, -OC(=O)NHR2C1, -OC(=O)NR2C1 2> -OC(=O)NR202R203,
-NHC(=O)NH2, -NHC(=O)NHR201, -NHC(=O)NR2O1 2, -NHC(=O)NR2C2R203,
-NR2C1C(=O)NH2, -NR2C1C(=O)NHR2C1,
-NR2C1C(=O)NR1C1 2, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2O2R203,
-NHS(=O)2R2C1, -NR1O1S(=O)2R2C1,
-S(=O)2NH2, -S(=O)2NHR201, -S(=O)2NR2C1 2, -S(=O)2NR2O2R203, -S(=O)R201 , -S(=O)2R201 , -OS(=O)2R2C1 , or -S(=O)2OR2C1.
In one embodiment, -Q5A, if present, is independently:
R2A1 D2A2 D2A3 D2A4 D2A5 D2A6 D2A7 D2AB i -r\ , -r\ , -r\ , -r\ , -r\ , -r\ , -t\ ,
-L^-R^4 -L 2^R2*5 -i ^-R2^ -I ^-R^7 -I 2A-R1A8 -CF3, -OCF3,
-L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH, -L2C-OR2C1. -O-L2C-OR2C1,
-O-R2D4, -O-R2D6, -O-R2D7, -O-R2D8 t
-O-L2D-R2D4, -O-L2D-R2D6, -O-L2D-R2D7, -O-L2D-R2D8,
-SR2C1, -NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3,
-L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-C(=O)OR2C1,
-C(=O)R2C1, -C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR2C1 , -C(=O)NR2C1 2, -C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHC(=O)R2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1,
-NHC(=O)NH2, -NHC(=O)NHR2C1,
-NHC(=O)NR2C1 2, -NHC(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NR2C1C(=O)NH2, -NR2C1C(=O)NHR2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)NR1C1 2, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHS(=O)2R2C1, -NR1C1S(=O)2R2C1,
-S(=O)2NH2, -S(=O)2NHR2C1, -S(=O)2NR2C1 2, -S(=O)2NR2C2R2C3,
-S(=O)R2C1, or -S(=O)2R2C1.
embodiment, -Q5A, if present, is independently:
R2A1 D2A2 D2A3 D2A4 D2A5 D2A6 O2KT D2A8 I 2A_D2A4 I 2A p2A5 i 2A _p2A6 _ι 2A _p2A7 ι 2A p1A8
-L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1,
-O-R2D4, -O-R2D6, -O-R2D7, -O-R2D8, -O-L2D-R2D4, -O-L2D-R2D6, -O-L2D-R2D7, -O-L2D-R2D8,
-SR2C1,
-NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2l -NR202R203,
-L2C-NHR201, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-N R202R203,
-O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2O-NR2C1 2, -O-L2O-N R202R203, -C(=O)R2C1,
-C(=O)NHR201, -C(=O)NR2C1 2, -C(=O)NR2C2R203,
-NHC(=O)R2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)R201,
-NHC(=O)NHR2C1,
-NHC(=O)NR2C1 2l -NHC(=O)NR2C2R203, -NR2C1C(=O)NHR2C1,
-NR2C1C(=O)NR1C1 2, -NR2O1C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHS(=O)2R2C1, -NR1C1S(=O)2R2C1,
-S(=O)2NHR2C1, -S(=O)2NR2C1 2, -S(=O)2NR2C2R203,
-S(=O)R201, or -S(=O)2R2C1. In one embodiment, -Q5A, if present, is independently:
_p2A1 _D2A2 _R2A3 _R2A4 _R2A5 _R2A6 _p2A7 _R2A8
-L^-R2*4 -L ^-R2*5 -L^-R2*6 -L^-R^7 -L^-R1^
-L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1, -SR2C1,
-NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3,
-L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-C(=O)R2C1, -C(=O)NHR2C1. -C(=O)NR2C1 2, -C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHC(=O)R2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1,
-NHC(=O)NHR2C1,
-NHC(=O)NR2C1 2, -NHC(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NR2C1C(=O)NHR2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)NR1C1 2, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHS(=O)2R2C1. -NR1C1S(=O)2R2C1,
-S(=O)2NHR2C1, -S(=O)2NR2C1 2, -S(=O)2NR2C2R2C3,
-S(=O)R2C1, or -S(=O)2R2C1.
In one embodiment, -QSA, if present, is independently: p2A1 p2A2 p2A3 p2A4 p2A5 p2A6 p2A7 p2A8
-L2^R2*4 -L^-R^5 -L 2A-R^6 -L2A-R2A7 .1 ^.R1*8
-L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1,
-SR2C1, -NHR^. -NR^z. -NR^R203,
-L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2l -L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-C(=O)NHR2C1, -C(=O)NR2C1 2, -C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHC(=O)R2C1, or -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1.
In one embodiment, -Q5A, if present, is independently -Rw or -R2*8. In one embodiment, -Q5A, if present, is independently -R^7. In one embodiment, -Q5A, if present, is independently -R^8.
In one embodiment, -Q5A, if present, is independently selected from those groups exemplified for -Q5A in the compounds shown below under the heading "Examples of Specific Embodiments". The Group -Q8A
In one embodiment, -Q8A, if present, is independently:
R2A1 D2A2 D2A3 p2A4 r->2A5 rj2A6 D2A7 D2A8 -L2^R2*4, -L2^R2*5, -L2^R2*6, -L^-R2*7, -L2^R1*8,
-F, -Cl, -Br, -I,
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH1 -L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH,
-L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1, -SH, -SR2C1,
-NO2,
-NH2, -NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3,
-L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3, -C(=O)R2C1,
-C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR2C1, -C(=O)NR2C1 2, -C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHC(=O)R2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1,
-NHC(=O)OR2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)OR2C1,
-OC(=O)NH2, -OC(=O)NHR2C1, -OC(=O)NR2C1 2, -OC(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NHC(=O)NH2, -NHC(=O)NHR2C1,
-NHC(=O)NR2C1 2, -NHC(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NR2C1C(=O)NH2, -NR2C1C(=O)NHR2C1,
-NR2C1C(=O)NR1C1 2, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHS(=O)2R2C1, -NR1C1S(=O)2R2C1, -S(=O)2NH2, -S(=O)2NHR2C1, -S(=O)2NR2C1 2, -S(=O)2NR2C2R2C3,
-S(=O)R2C1, -S(=O)2R2C1, -OS(=O)2R2C1, or -S(=O)2OR2C1.
In one embodiment, -Q8A, if present, is independently:
Figure imgf000035_0001
-F, -Cl,
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH,
-L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1, -SR2C1,
-NO2,
-NH2, -NHR2C\ -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3,
-L2C-NH2> -L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3, -C(=O)R2C1,
-C(=O)NHR2C1, -C(=O)NR2C1 2, -C(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NHC(=O)R2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1, -NHC(=O)NHR2C1,
-NHC(=O)NR2C1 2, -NHC(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NR2C1C(=O)NH2, -NR2C1C(=O)NHR2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)NR1C1 2, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHS(=O)2R2C1, -NR1C1S(=O)2R2C1, -S(=O)2NHR2C1, -S(=O)2NR2C1 2, -S(=O)2NR2C2R2C3, -S(=O)R2C1, or -S(=O)2R2C1.
In one embodiment, -Q8A, if present, is independently:
Figure imgf000036_0001
-F, -Cl,
-NO2,
-CF3, -OCF3, -OH, -L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH,
-L2C-OR2C\ -O-L2C-OR2C1,
-SR2C1,
-NH2, -NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3,
-L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-NR2C2R2C3, -O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, or -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3.
In one embodiment, -Q8A, if present, is independently selected from those groups exemplified for -Q8A in the compounds shown below under the heading "Examples of Specific Embodiments".
The Group -Q5B
In one embodiment, -Q5B, if present, is independently:
R2A2 D2A3 D2A4 D2A5 D2A6 D2A7 D2A8 -L^-R2*4, -L^-R2*5, -L^-R2*6, -L^-R2*7, -L^-R1*8,
-F, -Cl, -Br, -I,
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH,
-OR2C1, -L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1, -SH, -SR2C1,
-CN,
-NO2,
-NH2, -NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3,
-L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-NR2C2R2C3, -O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-C(=O)OH, -C(=O)OR2C1, -C(=O)R2C1,
-C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR2C1, -C(=O)NR2C1 2, -C(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NHC(=O)R2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1, -NHC(=O)OR2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)OR2C1, -OC(=O)NH2, -OC(=O)NHR2C1, -OC(=O)NR2C1 2, -OC(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHC(=O)NH2, -NHC(=O)NHR2C1, -NHC(=O)NR2C1 2, -NHC(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NR2C1C(=O)NH2, -NR2C1C(=O)NHR2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)NR1C1 21 -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NHS(=O)2R2C1, -NR1C1S(=O)2R2C1,
-S(=O)2NH2, -S(=O)2NHR2C1, -S(=O)2NR2C1 2, -S(=O)2NR2C2R2C3, -S(=O)R2C1, -S(=O)2R2C1, -OS(=O)2R2C1, or -S(=O)2OR2C1.
In one embodiment, -Q5B, if present, is independently: -R^2 -R^3 -R2A4 -R2*5 -R^6 -R2*7 -R2A8
| 2A_p2A4 I 2A_p2A5 i 2A p2A6 i 2A_p2A7 .1 2A_pj1A8
-L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH,
-OR2C1, -L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1,
-SR2C1, -NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3,
-L2C-NH2l -L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-C(=O)R2C1,
-C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR2C1, -C(=O)NR2C1 2, -C(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NHC(=O)R2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1,
-NHC(=O)NHR2C1,
-NHC(=O)NR2C1 2, -NHC(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NR2C1C(=O)NHR2C1,
-NR2C1C(=O)NR1C1 2, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NHS(=O)2R2C1, -NR1C1S(=O)2R2C1,
-S(=O)2NH2, -S(=O)2NHR2C1, -S(=O)2NR2C1 2, -S(=O)2NR2C2R2C3,
-S(=O)R2C1, or -S(=O)2R2C1.
In one embodiment, -Q5B, if present, is independently: -R^2 -R^3 -R^4 -R^5 -R2*6 .R2*7 -R2*8
I 2A _p2A4 I ΣA pΣAδ i 2A p2A6 i 2A p2A7 i 2A p1A8
-L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH, -OR2C1, -L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1, -SR2C1, -NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3,
-L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-NR2C2R2C3, -O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C\ -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3, -C(=O)R2C1,
-C(=O)NHR2C1, -C(=O)NR2C1 2> -C(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NHC(=O)R2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1, -NHC(=O)NHR2C1,
-NHC(=O)NR2C1 2, -NHC(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NR2C1C(=O)NHR2C1,
-NR2C1C(=O)NR1C1 2, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NHS(=O)2R2C1, -NR1C1S(=O)2R2C1, -S(=O)2NHR2C1 , -S(=O)2NR2C1 2, -S(=O)2NR2C2R2C3,
-S(=O)R2C1, or -S(=O)2R2C1.
In one embodiment, -Q5B, if present, is independently:
R2A2
Figure imgf000038_0001
-L^-R2*4, -L2^R2*5, -L2^R2*6, -L2^R2*7, -L^-R1*8,
-L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH,
-0R2C1, -L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1,
-SR2C1,
-NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3, -L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR2C1 , -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-C(=O)NHR2C1, -C(=O)NR2C1 2, -C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHC(=O)R2C1, or -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1.
In one embodiment, -Q5B, if present, is independently -R2*7 or -R2*8. In one embodiment, -Q5B, if present, is independently -R2*7. In one embodiment, -Q5B, if present, is independently -R2M.
In one embodiment, -Q5B, if present, is independently selected from those groups exemplified for -Q5B in the compounds shown below under the heading "Examples of Specific Embodiments".
The Group -Q8B
In one embodiment, -Q8B, if present, is independently:
R2A1 D2A2 D2A3 D2M D2A5 D2A6 D2A7 D2A8 i -r\ , -r\ , -ΓΛ , -r\ , -r\ , -r\ , -r\ ,
-L^-R2*4, -L^-R^5, -L^-R^6, -L^-R2*7, -L^-R1^, -F, -Cl, -Br, -I, -CF3, -OCF3, -OH, -L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH,
-OR2C1, -L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1, -SH, -SR2C1,
-CN,
-NO2,
-NH2, -NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3, -L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-C(=O)OH, -C(=O)OR2C1,
-C(=O)R2C1,
-C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR2C1, -C(=O)NR2C1 2, -C(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NHC(=O)R2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1,
-NHC(=O)OR2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)OR2C1,
-OC(=O)NH2, -OC(=O)NHR2C1, -OC(=O)NR2C1 2, -OC(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHC(=O)NH2, -NHC(=O)NHR2C1,
-NHC(=O)NR2C1 2, -NHC(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NR2C1C(=O)NH2, -NR2C1C(=O)NHR2C1,
-NR2C1C(=O)NR1C1 2, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHS(=O)2R2C1, -NR1C1S(=O)2R2C1,
-S(=O)2NH2> -S(=O)2NHR2C1, -S(=O)2NR2C1 2l -S(=O)2NR2C2R2C3,
-S(=O)R2C1, -S(=O)2R2C\ -OS(=O)2R2C1, or -S(=O)2OR2C1.
In one embodiment, -Q8B, if present, is independently: p2A1 _D2A4 _p2A5 _p2A6 _p2A8
I 2A_p2A4 i 2A_p2A5 i 2A_p2A6 i 2A_p1A8
-F, -Cl, -CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH,
-OR2C\ -L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1,
-SR2C1,
-CN, -NO2,
-NH2, -NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3,
-L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-C(=O)R2C1, -C(=O)NHR2C1, -C(=O)NR2C1 2, -C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHC(=O)R2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1,
-NHC(=O)NHR2C1,
-NHC(=O)NR2C1 2, -NHC(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NR2C1C(=O)NHR2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)NR1C1 2, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHS(=O)2R2C1, -NR1C1S(=O)2R2C1, -S(=O)2NHR2C1, -S(=O)2NR2C1 2l -S(=O)2NR2C2R2C3, -S(=O)R2C1, or -S(=O)2R2C1.
In one embodiment, -Q8B, if present, is independently: -R2^1 -R=*4, -R2^1
-F, -Cl,
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH,
-0R2C1, -L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1, -SR2C1,
-CN,
-NH2, -NHR2C\ -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3,
-L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2> -L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, or -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3.
In one embodiment, -Q8B, if present, is independently selected from those groups exemplified for -Q8B in the compounds shown below under the heading "Examples of Specific Embodiments".
The Groups -Q6A, -Q7A. and -Q7B
In one embodiment, each of -Q6A, -Q7A, and -Q7B, if present, is independently:
R2A1 D2A2 D2A3 D2A4 D2A5 D2A6 O2M D2A8
-L^-R^4 -L 2A-R2*5 -L^-R2*6 -I ^-R2^7 .1 ^.R1*8 -F, -Cl, -Br, -I,
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH,
-OR2C1, -L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1,
-SH, -SR2C1, -CN,
-NO2,
-NH2, -NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3,
-L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2l -L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3, -C(=O)OH, -C(=O)OR2C1,
-C(=O)R2C1,
-C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR2C1, -C(=O)NR2C1 2, -C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHC(=O)R2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1,
-NHC(=O)OR2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)OR2C1, -OC(=O)NH2, -OC(=O)NHR2C1, -OC(=O)NR2C1 2, -OC(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHC(=O)NH2, -NHC(=O)NHR2C1, -NHC(=O)NR2C1 2, -NHC(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NR2C1C(=O)NH2l -NR2C1C(=O)NHR2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)NR1C1 2, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NHS(=O)2R2C1, -NR1C1S(=O)2R2C1, -S(=O)2NH2, -S(=O)2NHR2C1, -S(=O)2NR2C1 2, -S(=O)2NR2C2R2C3,
-S(=O)R2C1, -S(=O)2R2C1, -OS(=O)2R2C1, or -S(=O)2OR2C1.
In one embodiment, each of -Q6A, -Q7A, and -Q7B, if present, is independently: p2A1 p2A2 p2A3 p2A4 p2A5 p2A6 p2A7 p2A8 -r\ , -r\ , -r\ , -r\ , -r\ , -rv , -r\ , -r\ , -L2A-R2A4, -L^-R^5, -L2^R2*8, -L2A-R2*7, -L2A-R1A8,
-F, -Cl,
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH,
-OR2C1, -L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1, -SR2C1,
-CN,
-NO2.
-NH2, -NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR202R203,
-L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR201, -L2O-NR2O1 2, -L20-NR2C2R203, -O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR201, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -O-L2C-N R202R203,
-C(=O)OR2C1,
-C(=O)R201,
-C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR2C1, -C(=O)NR2C1 2, -C(=O)N R202R203,
-NHC(=O)R2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1, -NHC(=O)NH2, -NHC(=O)NHR2C1,
-NHC(=O)NR2C1 2, -NHC(=O)NR2C2R203,
-NR2O1C(=O)NH2, -NR2C1C(=O)NHR2C1,
-NR2O1C(=O)NR1C1 2, -NR201CC=O)NR202R203,
-NHSC=O)2R201, -NR101SC=O)2R201, -SC=O)2NHR201, -S(=O)2NR2O1 2, -SC=O)2NR202R203,
-S(=O)R2C1, or -S(=O)2R201.
In one embodiment, each of -Q6A, -Q7A, and -Q7B, if present, is independently:
Figure imgf000041_0001
-F, -Cl,
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -L2C-OH, -O-L20-OH,
-OR201, -L20-OR201, -O-L20-OR2C1,
-SR201, -CN,
-NO2, -NH2, -NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3,
-L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, or -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3.
In one embodiment, -Q6A, if present, is independently selected from those groups exemplified for -Q6A in the compounds shown below under the heading "Examples of Specific Embodiments".
In one embodiment, -Q7A, if present, is independently selected from those groups exemplified for -Q7A in the compounds shown below under the heading "Examples of Specific Embodiments".
In one embodiment, -Q7B, if present, is independently selected from those groups exemplified for -Q7B in the compounds shown below under the heading "Examples of Specific Embodiments".
The Groups Associated with -Q5A. -Q5B. -Q6A. -Q7A. -Q7B. -Q8A. and -Q8B
In one embodiment: each -R2^ is independently saturated aliphatic C1-6alkyl; each -R2^ is independently aliphatic C2-6alkenyl; each -R2" is independently aliphatic C2^alkynyl; each -R2*4 is independently saturated C^cycloalkyl; each -R^5 is independently Cs-βcycloalkenyl; each -R2*6 is independently non-aromatic C3-βheterocyclyl; each -R^7 is independently C6.iocarboaryl; each -R^8 is independently C^oheteroaryl; each -L2*- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-3alkylene; wherein: each -R^4, -R2^1 -R2*6, -R2^1 and -RM is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more substituents -R2B1 and/or one or more substituents -R2B2, and each -R2^1 -R2^1 -R2*3, and -L2*- is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more substituents -R2B2, wherein: each -R2B1 is independently:
R2D1 D2D2 D2D3 D2D4 D2D5 D2D6 D2D7 D2D8 ) "■ » i ~r\ , -r\ , -r\ , -r\ , -r\ , -r\ ,
-L2D-R2D4, -L2D-R2D5, -L2D-R2D6, -L2D-R2D7, or -L2D-R2D8; each -R2B2 is independently:
-F, -Cl, -Br1 -I, -CF3. -OCF3,
-OH, -L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH, -OR2C1, -L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1, -SH1 -SR2C1, -CN, -NO2, -NH2, -NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR202R203,
-L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR201, -L2O-NR2C1 2, -L20-N R202R203, -O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR201 2, -O-L2C-N R202R203, -C(=O)OH, -C(=O)OR201, -C(=O)R2C1, -C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR2C1, -C(=O)NR2C1 2, -C(=O)NR2C2R203,
-NHC(=O)R2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1, -NHC(=O)OR201, -NR2O1C(=O)OR2C1,
-OC(=O)NH2, -OC(=O)NHR2C1, -OC(=O)NR2C1 2, -OC(=O)NR2C2R203, -NHC(=O)NH2, -NHC(=O)NHR2C1, -NHC(=O)NR2C1 2, -NHC(=O)NR2C2R203,
-NR2C1C(=O)NH2, -NR2C1C(=O)NHR2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C1 2, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C2R203, -NHS(=O)2R201, -NR2C1S(=O)2R2C1,
-S(=O)2NH2, -S(=O)2NHR2C1, -S(=O)2NR2C1 2, -S(=O)2NR2C2R203, -S(=O)R201 , -S(=O)2R2C1 , -OS(=O)2R2C1 , or -S(=O)2OR2C1 ; wherein: each -L20- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-5alkylene; in each group -NR202R203, R202 and R203, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a A-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered non-aromatic ring having exactly 1 ring heteroatom or exactly 2 ring heteroatoms, wherein one of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is N1 and the other of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is independently N or O; each -R201 is independently:
R2D1 D2D2 D2D3 D2D4 D2D5 D2D6 D2D7 D2D8 -L2D-R2D4, -L2D-R2D5, -L2D-R2D6, -L2D-R2D7, or -L2D-R2D8; each -R2D1 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-6alkyl; each -R2D2 is independently aliphatic C2-6alkenyl; each -R2D3 is independently aliphatic C2-6alkynyl; each -R2D4 is independently saturated C3-6cycloalkyl; each -R2D5 is independently C3-6cycloalkenyl; each -R2D6 is independently non-aromatic Ca-βheterocyclyl; each -R2D? is independently C6.iocarboaryl; each -R2D8 is independently C5-10heteroaryl; each -L2D- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-3alkylene; wherein: each -R2D4, -R2D5, -R2D6, -R2D7, and -R208 is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more substituents -R2E1 and/or one or more substituents -R2E2, each -R2D1, -R2D2, -R2D3, and -L2D- is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more substituents -R2E2, and wherein: each -R2E1 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl; each -R2E2 is independently: -F1 -Cl, -Br, -I1 -CF3, -OCF3, -OH, -L2F-OH, -O-L2F-OH,
-OR2F1, -L2F-OR2F1, -O-L2F-OR2F1, -SH, -SR2F1, -CN, -NO2, -NH2, -NHR2F1, -NR2F1 2, -NR2F2R2F3,
-L2F-NH2, -L2F-NHR2F1, -L2F-NR2F1 2, -L2F-NR2F2R2F3, -C(=O)OH, -C(=O)OR2F1,
-C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR2F1, -C(=O)NR2F1 2, or -C(=O)NR2F2R2F3; wherein: each -R2F1 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl; each -L2F- is independently saturated aliphatic Ci-5alkylene; and in each group -NR2F2R2F3, R2F2 and R2F3, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered non-aromatic ring having exactly 1 ring heteroatom or exactly 2 ring heteroatoms, wherein one of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is N, and the other of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is independently N or O.
In one embodiment, each -L2*-, if present, is independently -CH2-.
In one embodiment, each -R2*1, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-3alkyl.
In one embodiment, each -R2*4, if present, is independently saturated C5-6cycloalkyl.
In one embodiment, each -R2*6, if present, is independently azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, azepinyl, diazepinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dioxanyl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment, each -R2*6, if present, is independently pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, or tetrahydropyranyl, and is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, each -R2*7, if present, is independently phenyl or naphthyl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment, each -R2*7, if present, is independently phenyl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment, each -R2*7, if present, is independently selected from groups of the following formulae, wherein each -R2* is independently -R2B1 or -R2B2:
Figure imgf000045_0001
In one embodiment, each -R2*7, if present, is independently selected from groups of the following formulae, wherein each -R2* is independently -R2B1 or -R2B2:
Figure imgf000045_0002
In one embodiment, each -R2^1 if present, is independently selected from groups of the following formulae, wherein each -R2* is independently -R2B1 or -R2B2:
Figure imgf000045_0003
In one embodiment, each -R2*8, if present, is independently C5-6heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment, each -R2*8, if present, is independently furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, or pyridazinyl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment, each -R2*8, if present, is independently furanyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, or pyrimidinyl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment, each -R2M, if present, is independently pyrazolyl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment, each -R2*8, if present, is independently pyrazol-4-yl, and is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, each -R2*8, if present, is independently selected from groups of the following formula, wherein each -R2* is independently -R2B1 or -R2B2:
Figure imgf000046_0001
In one embodiment, each -R2^1 if present, is independently C9-1oheteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment, each -R2A8, if present, is independently benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzopyrrolyl, benzoimidazolyl, benzopyrazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzooxadiazolyl, benzopyridyl, benzopyrimidinyl, benzopyridazinyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzofuranyl, benzo[1 ,3]dioxolyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxinyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]dioxepinyl, or 3,4-dihydro- 2H-benzo[1 ,4]oxazinyl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment, each -R2^1 if present, is independently benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzopyrrolyl, benzoimidazolyl, benzopyrazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzopyridyl, benzopyrimidinyl, or benzopyridazinyl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment, each -R2^1 if present, is independently 2,3-dihydro-benzofuranyl, benzo[1 ,3]dioxolyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxinyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[b][1 ,4]dioxepinyl, or 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1 ,4]oxazinyl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment, each -R2^8, if present, is independently 2,3-dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl, benzo[1 ,3]dioxol-5-yl, 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxin-6-yl, 3,4-dihydro-2H- benzo[b][1 ,4]dioxepin-7-yl, or 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1 ,4]oxazin-7-yl; and is optionally substituted.
Figure imgf000046_0002
2,3-dihydrobenzofuran-5-yl benzo[1 ,3]dioxol-5-yl
Figure imgf000046_0003
2,3-dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxin-6-yl 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1 ,4]dioxepin-7-yl
Figure imgf000047_0001
3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1 ,4]oxazin-7-yl
In one embodiment, each -R2M, if present, is independently 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxin- 6-yl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment, each -R2B1 is independently: p2D1 D2D2 p2D4 D2D7 R2D8
-L2D-R2D4, -L2D-R2°7, or -L2D-R2D8.
In one embodiment, each -R2B1 is independently: -R2D1, -R2D7, -R2D8, -L2D-R2D7, or -L2D-R2D8.
In one embodiment, each -R2B2 is independently:
-F, -Cl, -CF31 -OCF3,
-OH, -L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH,
-OR2C1, -L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1,
-SR2C1,
-CN, -NO2,
-NH2, -NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3,
-L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-C(=O)OH, -C(=O)OR2C1, -C(=O)R2C1,
-C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR2C1, -C(=O)NR2C1 2, -C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHC(=O)R2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1,
-NHC(=O)NH2, -NHC(=O)NHR2C1,
-NHC(=O)NR2C1 2, -NHC(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NR2C1C(=O)NH2, -NR2C1C(=O)NHR2C1,
-NR2C1C(=O)NR2C1 2, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHS(=O)2R2C1, -NR2C1S(=O)2R2C1,
-S(=O)2NH2, -S(=O)2NHR2C1, -S(=O)2NR2C1 2, -S(=O)2NR2C2R2C3,
-S(=O)R2C1, or -S(=O)2R2C1.
In one embodiment, each -R2B2 is independently:
-F, -Cl,
-CF3, -OCF3, -OH, -L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH,
-OR2C1, -L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-0R2C1,
-SR2C1,
-CN, -NO2,
-NH2, -NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2l -NR2C2R2C3,
-L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-C(=O)R2C1, -C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR2C1, -C(=O)NR2C1 2, -C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHC(=O)R2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1,
-NHC(=O)NH2, -NHC(=O)NHR2C1,
-NHC(=O)NR2C1 2, -NHC(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NR2C1C(=O)NH2, -NR2C1C(=O)NHR2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C1 2, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHS(=O)2R2C1, -NR2C1S(=O)2R2C1,
-S(=O)2NH2, -S(=O)2NHR2C1, -S(=O)2NR2C1 2> -S(=O)2NR2C2R2C3,
-S(=O)R2C1, or -S(=O)2R2C1.
In one embodiment, each -L2C is saturated aliphatic C1-3alkylene.
In one embodiment, each -NR2C2R2C3 is independently azetidino, pyrrolidino, imidazolidino, pyrazolidino, piperidino, piperazino, morpholino, azepino, or diazepino, and is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from saturated aliphatic C1-3alkyl, -F, and -CF3.
In one embodiment, each -NR202R203 is independently pyrrolidino, piperidino, piperazino, or morpholino, and is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from saturated aliphatic C1-3alkyl, -F, and -CF3.
In one embodiment, each -R2C1 is independently:
R2D1 D2D4 D2D6 r>2D7 D2D8
-L2D-R2D4, -L2D-R2D6, -L2D-R2D7, or -L2D-R2D8.
In one embodiment, each -R2C1 is independently:
Figure imgf000048_0001
-L2D-R2D4, -L2D-R2D7, or -L2D-R2D8.
In one embodiment, each -R2C1 is independently: -R2D1 , -R2D7, -R2D8, -L2D-R2D7, or -L2D-R2D8. In one embodiment, each -R2C1 is independently -R2D1, -R2D7, or -L2D-R2D7.
In one embodiment, each -R2C1 is independently -R2D7, or -L2D-R2D7.
In one embodiment, each -R2C1 is independently -R2D1.
In one embodiment, each -L2D-, if present, is independently -CH2-.
In one embodiment, each -R2D1, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-3alkyl.
In one embodiment, each -R2D4, if present, is independently saturated C5-6cycloalkyl.
In one embodiment, each -R2D6, if present, is independently azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, azepinyl, diazepinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dioxanyl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment, each -R2D6, if present, is independently pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, or tetrahydropyranyl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment, each -R2D7, if present, is independently phenyl or naphthyl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment, each -R2D/, if present, is independently phenyl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment, each -R2D8, if present, is independently Cs-eheteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment, each -R2D8, if present, is independently furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, or pyridazinyl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment, each -R2D8, if present, is independently C9-10heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment, each -R2D8, if present, is independently benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzopyrrolyl, benzoimidazolyl, benzopyrazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzopyridyl, benzopyrimidinyl, or benzopyridazinyl, and is optionally substituted. In one embodiment, each -R2E1 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
In one embodiment, each -R2E2 is independently:
-F, -Cl, -CF3, -OCF3,
-OH1 -L2F-OH, -O-L2F-OH,
-0R2F1, -L2F-OR2F1, -O-L2F-OR2F1,
-SR2F1,
-CN, -NO2,
-NH2, -NHR2F1, -NR2F1 2, -NR2F2R2F3,
-L2F-NH2, -L2F-NHR2F1, -L2F-NR2F1 2, -L2F-NR2F2R2F3,
-C(=O)OR2F1,
-C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR2F1, -C(=O)NR2F1 2, or -C(=O)NR2F2R2F3.
In one embodiment, each -R2E2 is independently:
-F, -Cl,
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -L2F-OH, -O-L2F-OH, -0R2F1, -L2F-OR2F1, -O-L2F-OR2F1,
-CN,
-NH2, -NHR2F1, -NR2F1 2, -NR2F2R2F3,
-L2F-NH2, -L2F-NHR2F1, -L2F-NR2F1 2, -L2F-NR2F2R2F3,
-C(=O)NHR2F1, -C(=O)NR2F1 2, or -C(=O)NR2F2R2F3.
In one embodiment, each -R2F1 is independently saturated aliphatic C^alkyl.
In one embodiment, each -L2F is saturated aliphatic Ci-3alkylene.
In one embodiment, each -NR2F2R2F3 is independently azetidino, pyrrolidino, imidazolidino, pyrazolidino, piperidino, piperazino, morpholino, azepino, or diazepino, and is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from C1-3alkyl, -F, and -CF3.
In one embodiment, each -NR2F2R2F3 is independently pyrrolidino, piperidino, piperazino, or morpholino, and is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from C1-3alkyl, -F, and -CF3. Some Especially Preferred Compounds
In one especially preferred embodiment, the compound is selected from compounds of the following formulae, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
Figure imgf000051_0001
wherein:
-R5A is independently -Q5A; -R6A is independently -H;
-R7A is independently -H; -R8A is independently -H;
-R5B is independently -Q5B; -R7B is independently -H;
-R8B is independently -H;
-RWA1 is independently -R1A7 or -R1A8; -RWB1 is independently -R1A7 or -R1A8;
-Q5A is independently -Rw or -R^8; and -Q5B is independently -R^7 or -R^8;
wherein each -R1A7, -R1A8, -R2*7, and -R^8 is as defined herein.
In one embodiment, additionally:
-RWA1 is independently -R1A7; and -RWB1 is independently -R1A7.
In one embodiment, additionally:
-RWA1 is independently -R1A7;
-RWB1 is independently -R1A7;
-Q5A is independently -R^7; and
-Q5B is independently -R^. Molecular Weight
In one embodiment, the BA compound has a molecular weight of from 174 to 1200. In one embodiment, the bottom of range is from 180, 200, 225, 250, 275, 300, or 350. In one embodiment, the top of range is 1100, 1000, 900, 800, 700, or 600. In one embodiment, the range is 180 to 600.
Combinations
Each and every compatible combination of the embodiments described above is explicitly disclosed herein, as if each and every combination was individually and explicitly recited.
Examples of Specific Embodiments
In one embodiment, the compounds are selected from compounds of the following formulae and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
Figure imgf000053_0001
Figure imgf000054_0001
Figure imgf000055_0001
Figure imgf000056_0001
Figure imgf000057_0001
Figure imgf000058_0001
Figure imgf000059_0001
Figure imgf000060_0001
Figure imgf000061_0001
Figure imgf000062_0001
Figure imgf000063_0001
Figure imgf000064_0001
Figure imgf000065_0001
Figure imgf000066_0001
Figure imgf000067_0001
Figure imgf000068_0001
Figure imgf000069_0001
Figure imgf000070_0001
Figure imgf000071_0001
Figure imgf000072_0001
Figure imgf000073_0001
Figure imgf000074_0001
Figure imgf000075_0001
Figure imgf000076_0001
Figure imgf000077_0001
Figure imgf000078_0001
Figure imgf000079_0001
Figure imgf000080_0001
Figure imgf000081_0001
Figure imgf000082_0001
Figure imgf000083_0001
Figure imgf000084_0001
Figure imgf000085_0001
Figure imgf000086_0001
Figure imgf000087_0001
In one embodiment, the compounds are selected from compounds of the following formulae and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
Figure imgf000087_0002
In one embodiment, the compounds are selected from compounds of the following formulae and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
Figure imgf000088_0001
Figure imgf000089_0001
Figure imgf000090_0001
Figure imgf000091_0001
Figure imgf000092_0001
Figure imgf000093_0001
Figure imgf000094_0001
Figure imgf000095_0001
Figure imgf000096_0001
Figure imgf000097_0001
Figure imgf000098_0001
Figure imgf000099_0001
Figure imgf000100_0001
Figure imgf000101_0001
Figure imgf000102_0001
Figure imgf000103_0001
Figure imgf000104_0001
Figure imgf000105_0001
Figure imgf000106_0001
Figure imgf000107_0001
Figure imgf000108_0001
Figure imgf000109_0001
Figure imgf000110_0001
In one embodiment, the compounds are selected from compounds of the following formulae and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
Figure imgf000110_0002
Figure imgf000111_0001
Figure imgf000112_0001
Figure imgf000113_0001
Figure imgf000114_0001
Figure imgf000115_0001
Figure imgf000116_0001
Figure imgf000117_0001
Figure imgf000118_0001
Figure imgf000119_0001
Figure imgf000120_0001
Figure imgf000121_0001
Figure imgf000122_0001
Figure imgf000123_0001
Figure imgf000124_0001
Figure imgf000125_0001
Figure imgf000126_0001
Figure imgf000127_0001
Figure imgf000128_0001
Figure imgf000129_0001
Figure imgf000130_0001
Figure imgf000131_0001
Figure imgf000132_0001
Figure imgf000133_0001
Figure imgf000134_0001
Figure imgf000135_0001
Figure imgf000136_0001
Figure imgf000137_0001
Figure imgf000138_0001
Figure imgf000139_0001
Figure imgf000140_0001
Figure imgf000141_0001
Figure imgf000142_0001
Figure imgf000143_0001
Figure imgf000144_0001
Figure imgf000145_0001
Figure imgf000146_0001
Figure imgf000147_0001
Figure imgf000148_0001
Figure imgf000149_0001
Figure imgf000150_0001
Figure imgf000151_0001
Figure imgf000152_0001
Figure imgf000153_0001
Figure imgf000154_0001
Figure imgf000155_0001
Figure imgf000156_0001
Figure imgf000157_0001
Figure imgf000158_0001
Figure imgf000159_0001
Figure imgf000160_0001
Figure imgf000161_0001
Figure imgf000162_0001
Figure imgf000163_0001
Figure imgf000164_0001
Figure imgf000165_0001
Figure imgf000166_0001
Figure imgf000167_0001
Figure imgf000168_0001
Figure imgf000169_0001
Figure imgf000170_0001
Figure imgf000171_0001
Figure imgf000172_0001
Figure imgf000173_0001
Figure imgf000174_0001
Figure imgf000175_0001
Figure imgf000176_0001
Figure imgf000177_0001
Figure imgf000178_0001
Figure imgf000179_0001
Figure imgf000180_0001
Figure imgf000181_0001
Figure imgf000182_0001
Figure imgf000183_0001
Figure imgf000184_0001
Figure imgf000185_0001
Figure imgf000186_0001
Figure imgf000187_0001
Figure imgf000188_0001
Figure imgf000189_0001
Figure imgf000190_0001
Figure imgf000191_0001
Figure imgf000192_0001
Figure imgf000193_0001
Figure imgf000194_0001
Figure imgf000195_0001
Figure imgf000196_0001
Figure imgf000197_0001
Figure imgf000198_0001
Figure imgf000199_0001
Figure imgf000200_0001
Figure imgf000201_0001
Figure imgf000202_0001
Figure imgf000203_0001
Figure imgf000204_0001
Figure imgf000205_0001
Figure imgf000206_0001
Figure imgf000207_0001
Figure imgf000208_0001
Figure imgf000209_0001
Figure imgf000210_0001
In one embodiment, the compounds are selected from compounds of the following formulae and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
Figure imgf000211_0001
In one embodiment, the compounds are selected from compounds of the following formulae and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
Figure imgf000212_0001
Figure imgf000213_0001
Figure imgf000214_0001
In one embodiment, the compounds are selected from compounds of the following formulae and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
Figure imgf000215_0001
Substantiallv Purified Forms
One aspect of the present invention pertains to TAZ compounds, as described herein, in substantially purified form and/or in a form substantially free from contaminants.
In one embodiment, the substantially purified form is at least 50% by weight, e.g., at least 60% by weight, e.g., at least 70% by weight, e.g., at least 80% by weight, e.g., at least 90% by weight, e.g., at least 95% by weight, e.g., at least 97% by weight, e.g., at least 98% by weight, e.g., at least 99% by weight.
Unless specified, the substantially purified form refers to the compound in any stereoisomeric or enantiomeric form. For example, in one embodiment, the substantially purified form refers to a mixture of stereoisomers, i.e., purified with respect to other compounds. In one embodiment, the substantially purified form refers to one stereoisomer, e.g., optically pure stereoisomer. In one embodiment, the substantially purified form refers to a mixture of enantiomers. In one embodiment, the substantially purified form refers to a equimolar mixture of enantiomers (i.e., a racemic mixture, a racemate). In one embodiment, the substantially purified form refers to one enantiomer, e.g., optically pure enantiomer.
In one embodiment, the contaminants represent no more than 50% by weight, e.g., no more than 40% by weight, e.g., no more than 30% by weight, e.g., no more than 20% by weight, e.g., no more than 10% by weight, e.g., no more than 5% by weight, e.g., no more than 3% by weight, e.g., no more than 2% by weight, e.g., no more than 1% by weight.
Unless specified, the contaminants refer to other compounds, that is, other than stereoisomers or enantiomers. In one embodiment, the contaminants refer to other compounds and other stereoisomers. In one embodiment, the contaminants refer to other compounds and the other enantiomer.
In one embodiment, the substantially purified form is at least 60% optically pure (i.e., 60% of the compound, on a molar basis, is the desired stereoisomer or enantiomer, and 40% is the undesired stereoisomer or enantiomer), e.g., at least 70% optically pure, e.g., at least 80% optically pure, e.g., at least 90% optically pure, e.g., at least 95% optically pure, e.g., at least 97% optically pure, e.g., at least 98% optically pure, e.g., at least 99% optically pure.
Isomers
Certain compounds may exist in one or more particular geometric, optical, enantiomeric, diasteriomeric, epimeric, atropic, stereoisomeric, tautomeric, conformational, or anomeric forms, including but not limited to, cis- and trans-forms; E- and Z-forms; c-, t-, and r- forms; endo- and exo-forms; R-, S-, and meso-forms; D- and L-forms; d- and l-forms; (+) and (-) forms; keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms; syn- and anti-forms; synclinal- and anticlinal-forms; α- and β-forms; axial and equatorial forms; boat-, chair-, twist-, envelope-, and halfchair-forms; and combinations thereof, hereinafter collectively referred to as "isomers" (or "isomeric forms").
Note that, except as discussed below for tautomeric forms, specifically excluded from the term "isomers," as used herein, are structural (or constitutional) isomers (i.e., isomers which differ in the connections between atoms rather than merely by the position of atoms in space). For example, a reference to a methoxy group, -OCH3, is not to be construed as a reference to its structural isomer, a hydroxymethyl group, -CH2OH. Similarly, a reference to ortho-chlorophenyl is not to be construed as a reference to its structural isomer, meta-chlorophenyl. However, a reference to a class of structures may well include structurally isomeric forms falling within that class (e.g., C1-7alkyl includes n-propyl and iso-propyl; butyl includes n-, iso-, sec-, and tert-butyl; methoxyphenyl includes ortho-, meta-, and para-methoxyphenyl).
The above exclusion does not pertain to tautomeric forms, for example, keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms, as in, for example, the following tautomeric pairs: keto/enol (illustrated below), imine/enamine, amide/imino alcohol, amidine/amidine, nitroso/oxime, thioketone/enethiol, N-nitroso/hydroxyazo, and nitro/aci-nitro.
Figure imgf000217_0001
keto enol enolate
Note that specifically included in the term "isomer" are compounds with one or more isotopic substitutions. For example, H may be in any isotopic form, including 1H, 2H (D), and 3H (T); C may be in any isotopic form, including 12C, 13C, and 14C; O may be in any isotopic form, including 16O and 18O; and the like.
Unless otherwise specified, a reference to a particular compound includes all such isomeric forms, including mixtures (e.g., racemic mixtures) thereof. Methods for the preparation (e.g., asymmetric synthesis) and separation (e.g., fractional crystallisation and chromatographic means) of such isomeric forms are either known in the art or are readily obtained by adapting the methods taught herein, or known methods, in a known manner. Salts
It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle a corresponding salt of the compound, for example, a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts are discussed in Berge et al., 1977, "Pharmaceutically Acceptable Salts." J. Pharm. ScL Vol. 66, pp. 1-19.
For example, if the compound is anionic, or has a functional group which may be anionic (e.g., -COOH may be -COO"), then a salt may be formed with a suitable cation. Examples of suitable inorganic cations include, but are not limited to, alkali metal ions such as Na+ and K+, alkaline earth cations such as Ca2+ and Mg2+, and other cations such as Al+3. Examples of suitable organic cations include, but are not limited to, ammonium ion (i.e., NH4 +) and substituted ammonium ions (e.g., NH3R+, NH2R2 +, NHR3 +, NR4 +). Examples of some suitable substituted ammonium ions are those derived from: ethylamine, diethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, triethylamine, butylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine, benzylamine, phenylbenzylamine, choline, meglumine, and tromethamine, as well as amino acids, such as lysine and arginine. An example of a common quaternary ammonium ion is N(CH3J4 +.
If the compound is cationic, or has a functional group which may be cationic (e.g., -NH2 may be -NH3 +), then a salt may be formed with a suitable anion. Examples of suitable inorganic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following inorganic acids: hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, sulfuric, sulfurous, nitric, nitrous, phosphoric, and phosphorous.
Examples of suitable organic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following organic acids: 2-acetyoxybenzoic, acetic, ascorbic, aspartic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, cinnamic, citric, edetic, ethanedisulfonic, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, glucheptonic, gluconic, glutamic, glycolic, hydroxymaleic, hydroxynaphthalene carboxylic, isethionic, lactic, lactobionic, lauric, maleic, malic, methanesulfonic, mucic, oleic, oxalic, palmitic, pamoic, pantothenic, phenylacetic, phenylsulfonic, propionic, pyruvic, salicylic, stearic, succinic, sulfanilic, tartaric, toluenesulfonic, and valeric. Examples of suitable polymeric organic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following polymeric acids: tannic acid, carboxymethyl cellulose.
Unless otherwise specified, a reference to a particular compound also includes salt forms thereof. Hvdrates and Solvates
It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle a corresponding hydrate or solvate of the compound. The term "solvate" is used herein in the conventional sense to refer to a complex of solute (e.g., compound, salt of compound) and solvent. If the solvent is water, the solvate may be conveniently referred to as a hydrate, for example, a mono-hydrate, a di-hydrate, a tri-hydrate, etc.
Unless otherwise specified, a reference to a particular compound also includes solvate and hydrate forms thereof.
Chemically Protected Forms
It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle the compound in a chemically protected form. The term "chemically protected form" is used herein in the conventional chemical sense and pertains to a compound in which one or more reactive functional groups are protected from undesirable chemical reactions under specified conditions (e.g., pH, temperature, radiation, solvent, and the like). In practice, well known chemical methods are employed to reversibly render unreactive a functional group, which otherwise would be reactive, under specified conditions. In a chemically protected form, one or more reactive functional groups are in the form of a protected or protecting group (also known as a masked or masking group or a blocked or blocking group). By protecting a reactive functional group, reactions involving other unprotected reactive functional groups can be performed, without affecting the protected group; the protecting group may be removed, usually in a subsequent step, without substantially affecting the remainder of the molecule. See, for example, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (T. Green and P. Wuts; 4th Edition; John Wiley and Sons, 2006).
A wide variety of such "protecting," "blocking," or "masking" methods are widely used and well known in organic synthesis. For example, a compound which has two nonequivalent reactive functional groups, both of which would be reactive under specified conditions, may be derivatized to render one of the functional groups "protected," and therefore unreactive, under the specified conditions; so protected, the compound may be used as a reactant which has effectively only one reactive functional group. After the desired reaction (involving the other functional group) is complete, the protected group may be "deprotected" to return it to its original functionality.
For example, a hydroxy group may be protected as an ether (-OR) or an ester (-OC(=O)R), for example, as: a t-butyl ether; a benzyl, benzhydryl (diphenylmethyl), or trityl (triphenylmethyl) ether; a trimethylsilyl or t-butyldimethylsilyl ether; or an acetyl ester (-OC(=O)CH3, -OAc). For example, an aldehyde or ketone group may be protected as an acetal (R-CH(OR)2) or ketal (R2C(OR)2), respectively, in which the carbonyl group (>C=O) is converted to a diether (>C(OR)2), by reaction with, for example, a primary alcohol. The aldehyde or ketone group is readily regenerated by hydrolysis using a large excess of water in the presence of acid.
For example, an amine group may be protected, for example, as an amide (-NRC0-R) or a urethane (-NRC0-0R), for example, as: a methyl amide (-NHCO-CH3); a benzyloxy amide (-NHCO-OCH2C6H5, -NH-Cbz); as a t-butoxy amide (-NHCO-OC(CH3)3, -NH-Boc); a 2-biphenyl-2-propoxy amide (-NHCO-OC(CHs)2C6H4C6H5, -NH-Bpoc), as a 9- fluorenylmethoxy amide (-NH-Fmoc), as a 6-nitroveratryloxy amide (-NH-Nvoc), as a 2-trimethylsilylethyloxy amide (-NH-Teoc), as a 2,2,2-trichloroethyloxy amide (-NH-Troc), as an allyloxy amide (-NH-Alloc), as a 2(-phenylsulfonyl)ethyloxy amide (-NH-Psec); or, in suitable cases (e.g., cyclic amines), as a nitroxide radical (>N-O»).
For example, a carboxylic acid group may be protected as an ester for example, as: an C^alkyl ester (e.g., a methyl ester; a t-butyl ester); a C1-7haloalkyl ester (e.g., a C1-7trihaloalkyl ester); a triC^alkylsilyl-Cwalkyl ester; or a Cs-2oaryl-C1-7alkyl ester (e.g., a benzyl ester; a nitrobenzyl ester); or as an amide, for example, as a methyl amide.
For example, a thiol group may be protected as a thioether (-SR), for example, as: a benzyl thioether; an acetamidomethyl ether (-S-CH2NHC(=O)CH3).
Chemical Synthesis
Several methods for the chemical synthesis of TAZ compounds of the present invention are described herein. These and/or other well known methods may be modified and/or adapted in known ways in order to facilitate the synthesis of additional compounds within the scope of the present invention.
Compositions
One aspect of the present invention pertains to a composition (e.g., a pharmaceutical composition) comprising a TAZ compound, as described herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient.
Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of preparing a composition (e.g., a pharmaceutical composition) comprising admixing a TAZ compound, as described herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient. Uses
The compounds described herein are useful, for example, in the treatment of diseases and conditions that are ameliorated by the inhibition of AXL receptor tyrosine kinase, such as, for example, proliferative conditions, cancer, etc.
Use in Methods of Inhibiting AXL Receptor Tyrosine Kinase
One aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of inhibiting AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function, in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting a AXL receptor tyrosine kinase with an effective amount of a TAZ compound, as described herein.
One aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of inhibiting AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function in a cell, in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting the cell with an effective amount of a TAZ compound, as described herein.
Suitable assays for determining AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function inhibition are described herein and/or are known in the art.
Use in Methods of Inhibiting Cell Proliferation. Etc.
The TAZ compounds described herein, e.g., (a) regulate (e.g., inhibit) cell proliferation; (b) inhibit cell cycle progression; (c) promote apoptosis; or (d) a combination of one or more of these.
One aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of regulating (e.g., inhibiting) cell proliferation (e.g., proliferation of a cell), inhibiting cell cycle progression, promoting apoptosis, or a combination of one or more these, in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting a cell with an effective amount of a TAZ compound, as described herein.
In one embodiment, the method is a method of regulating (e.g., inhibiting) cell proliferation (e.g., proliferation of a cell), in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting a cell with an effective amount of a TAZ compound, as described herein.
In one embodiment, the method is performed in vitro. In one embodiment, the method is performed in vivo.
In one embodiment, the TAZ compound is provided in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable composition. Any type of cell may be treated, including but not limited to, lung, gastrointestinal (including, e.g., bowel, colon), breast (mammary), ovarian, prostate, liver (hepatic), kidney (renal), bladder, pancreas, brain, and skin.
One of ordinary skill in the art is readily able to determine whether or not a candidate compound regulates (e.g., inhibits) cell proliferation, etc. For example, assays which may conveniently be used to assess the activity offered by a particular compound are described herein.
For example, a sample of cells (e.g., from a tumour) may be grown in vitro and a compound brought into contact with said cells, and the effect of the compound on those cells observed. As an example of "effect," the morphological status of the cells (e.g., alive or dead, etc.) may be determined. Where the compound is found to exert an influence on the cells, this may be used as a prognostic or diagnostic marker of the efficacy of the compound in methods of treating a patient carrying cells of the same cellular type.
Use in Methods of Therapy
Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a TAZ compound, as described herein, for use in a method of treatment of the human or animal body by therapy.
Use in the Manufacture of Medicaments
Another aspect of the present invention pertains to use of a TAZ compound, as described herein, in the manufacture of a medicament for use in treatment.
In one embodiment, the medicament comprises the TAZ compound.
Methods of Treatment
Another aspect of the present invention pertains to a method of treatment comprising administering to a patient in need of treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a TAZ compound, as described herein, preferably in the form of a pharmaceutical composition.
Conditions Treated - Conditions Mediated by AXL Receptor Tyrosine Kinase
In one embodiment (e.g., of use in methods of therapy, of use in the manufacture of medicaments, of methods of treatment), the treatment is treatment of a disease or condition that is mediated by AXL receptor tyrosine kinase. Conditions Treated - Conditions Ameliorated by the Inhibition of AXL Receptor Tyrosine Kinase Function
In one embodiment (e.g., of use in methods of therapy, of use in the manufacture of medicaments, of methods of treatment), the treatment is treatment of: a disease or condition that is ameliorated by the inhibition of AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function.
Conditions Treated - Proliferative Conditions and Cancer
In one embodiment (e.g., of use in methods of therapy, of use in the manufacture of medicaments, of methods of treatment), the treatment is treatment of: a proliferative condition.
The term "proliferative condition," as used herein, pertains to an unwanted or uncontrolled cellular proliferation of excessive or abnormal cells which is undesired, such as, neoplastic or hyperplastic growth.
In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of: a proliferative condition characterised by benign, pre-malignant, or malignant cellular proliferation, including but not limited to, neoplasms, hyperplasias, and tumours (e.g., histocytoma, glioma, astrocyoma, osteoma), cancers (see below), psoriasis, bone diseases, fibroproliferative disorders (e.g., of connective tissues), pulmonary fibrosis, atherosclerosis, smooth muscle cell proliferation in the blood vessels, such as stenosis or restenosis following angioplasty.
In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of: cancer.
In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of: lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, gastrointestinal cancer, stomach cancer, bowel cancer, colon cancer, rectal cancer, colorectal cancer, thyroid cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, endometrial cancer, prostate cancer, testicular cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, renal cell carcinoma, bladder cancer, pancreatic cancer, brain cancer, glioma, sarcoma, osteosarcoma, bone cancer, nasopharyngeal cancer (e.g., head cancer, neck cancer), skin cancer, squamous cancer, Kaposi's sarcoma, melanoma, malignant melanoma, lymphoma, or leukemia.
In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of: a carcinoma, for example a carcinoma of the bladder, breast, colon (e.g., colorectal carcinomas such as colon adenocarcinoma and colon adenoma), kidney, epidermal, liver, lung (e.g., adenocarcinoma, small cell lung cancer and non-small cell lung carcinomas), oesophagus, gall bladder, ovary, pancreas (e.g., exocrine pancreatic carcinoma), stomach, cervix, thyroid, prostate, skin (e.g., squamous cell carcinoma);
/ a hematopoietic tumour of lymphoid lineage, for example leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, B-cell lymphoma, T-cell lymphoma, Hodgkin's lymphoma, non- Hodgkin's lymphoma, hairy cell lymphoma, or Burkett's lymphoma; a hematopoietic tumor of myeloid lineage, for example acute and chronic myelogenous leukemias, myelodysplastic syndrome, or promyelocytic leukemia; a tumour of mesenchymal origin, for example fibrosarcoma or habdomyosarcoma; a tumor of the central or peripheral nervous system, for example astrocytoma, neuroblastoma, glioma or schwannoma; melanoma; seminoma; teratocarcinoma; osteosarcoma; xenoderoma pigmentoum; keratoctanthoma; thyroid follicular cancer; or Kaposi's sarcoma.
In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of solid tumour cancer. In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of liquid tumour cancer. In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of hematological cancer.
In one embodiment, the treatment is treatment of: colon cancer, gastric cancer, breast cancer, lung cancer, acute myeloid leukemia, thyroid cancer, ocular cancer, prostate cancer, ocular melanoma cancer, ovarian cancer, renal cancer, skin cancer, or squamous cell carcinoma.
The anti-cancer effect may arise through one or more mechanisms, including but not limited to, the regulation of cell proliferation, the inhibition of cell cycle progression, the inhibition of angiogenesis (the formation of new blood vessels), the inhibition of metastasis (the spread of a tumour from its origin), the inhibition of invasion (the spread of tumour cells into neighbouring normal structures), or the promotion of apoptosis
(programmed cell death). The compounds of the present invention may be used in the treatment of the cancers described herein, independent of the mechanisms discussed herein.
Treatment
The term "treatment," as used herein in the context of treating a condition, pertains generally to treatment and therapy, whether of a human or an animal (e.g., in veterinary applications), in which some desired therapeutic effect is achieved, for example, the inhibition of the progress of the condition, and includes a reduction in the rate of progress, a halt in the rate of progress, alleviatiation of symptoms of the condition, amelioration of the condition, and cure of the condition. Treatment as a prophylactic measure (i.e., prophylaxis) is also included. For example, use with patients who have not yet developed the condition, but who are at risk of developing the condition, is encompassed by the term "treatment." For example, treatment includes the prophylaxis of cancer, reducing the incidence of cancer, alleviating the symptoms of cancer, etc.
The term "therapeutically-effective amount," as used herein, pertains to that amount of a compound, or a material, composition or dosage form comprising a compound, which is effective for producing some desired therapeutic effect, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, when administered in accordance with a desired treatment regimen.
Combination Therapies
The term "treatment" includes combination treatments and therapies, in which two or more treatments or therapies are combined, for example, sequentially or simultaneously. For example, the compounds described herein may also be used in combination therapies, e.g., in conjunction with other agents, for example, cytotoxic agents, anticancer agents, etc. Examples of treatments and therapies include, but are not limited to, chemotherapy (the administration of active agents, including, e.g., drugs, antibodies (e.g., as in immunotherapy), prodrugs (e.g., as in photodynamic therapy, GDEPT, ADEPT, etc.); surgery; radiation therapy; photodynamic therapy; gene therapy; and controlled diets.
For example, it may be beneficial to combine treatment with a compound as described herein with one or more other (e.g., 1 , 2, 3, 4) agents or therapies that regulates cell growth or survival or differentiation via a different mechanism, thus treating several characteristic features of cancer development.
One aspect of the present invention pertains to a compound as described herein, in combination with one or more additional therapeutic agents, as described below.
The particular combination would be at the discretion of the physician who would select dosages using his common general knowledge and dosing regimens known to a skilled practitioner.
The agents (i.e., the compound described herein, plus one or more other agents) may be administered simultaneously or sequentially, and may be administered in individually varying dose schedules and via different routes. For example, when administered sequentially, the agents can be administered at closely spaced intervals (e.g., over a period of 5-10 minutes) or at longer intervals (e.g., 1 , 2, 3, 4 or more hours apart, or even longer periods apart where required), the precise dosage regimen being commensurate with the properties of the therapeutic agent(s). The agents (i.e., the compound described here, plus one or more other agents) may be formulated together in a single dosage form, or alternatively, the individual agents may be formulated separately and presented together in the form of a kit, optionally with instructions for their use.
Other Uses
The TAZ compounds described herein may also be used as cell culture additives to inhibit AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function, e.g., to inhibit cell proliferation, etc.
The TAZ compounds described herein may also be used as part of an in vitro assay, for example, in order to determine whether a candidate host is likely to benefit from treatment with the compound in question.
The TAZ compounds described herein may also be used as a standard, for example, in an assay, in order to identify other compounds, other AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function inhibitors, other anti-proliferative agents, other anti-cancer agents, etc.
Kits
One aspect of the invention pertains to a kit comprising (a) a TAZ compound as described herein, or a composition comprising a TAZ compound as described herein, e.g., preferably provided in a suitable container and/or with suitable packaging; and (b) instructions for use, e.g., written instructions on how to administer the compound or composition.
The written instructions may also include a list of indications for which the active ingredient is a suitable treatment.
Routes of Administration
The TAZ compound or pharmaceutical composition comprising the TAZ compound may be administered to a subject by any convenient route of administration, whether systemically/peripherally or topically (i.e., at the site of desired action).
Routes of administration include, but are not limited to, oral (e.g., by ingestion); buccal; sublingual; transdermal (including, e.g., by a patch, plaster, etc.); transmucosal (including, e.g., by a patch, plaster, etc.); intranasal (e.g., by nasal spray); ocular (e.g., by eyedrops); pulmonary (e.g., by inhalation or insufflation therapy using, e.g., via an aerosol, e.g., through the mouth or nose); rectal (e.g., by suppository or enema); vaginal (e.g., by pessary); parenteral, for example, by injection, including subcutaneous, intradermal, intramuscular, intravenous, intraarterial, intracardiac, intrathecal, intraspinal, intracapsular, subcapsular, intraorbital, intraperitoneal, intratracheal, subcuticular, intraarticular, subarachnoid, and intrastemal; by implant of a depot or reservoir, for example, subcutaneously or intramuscularly.
The Subject/Patient
The subject/patient may be a chordate, a vertebrate, a mammal, a placental mammal, a marsupial (e.g., kangaroo, wombat), a rodent (e.g., a guinea pig, a hamster, a rat, a mouse), murine (e.g., a mouse), a lagomorph (e.g., a rabbit), avian (e.g., a bird), canine (e.g., a dog), feline (e.g., a cat), equine (e.g., a horse), porcine (e.g., a pig), ovine (e.g., a sheep), bovine (e.g., a cow), a primate, simian (e.g., a monkey or ape), a monkey (e.g., marmoset, baboon), an ape (e.g., gorilla, chimpanzee, orangutang, gibbon), or a human.
Furthermore, the subject/patient may be any of its forms of development, for example, a foetus.
In one preferred embodiment, the subject/patient is a human.
Formulations
While it is possible for the TAZ compound to be administered alone, it is preferable to present it as a pharmaceutical formulation (e.g., composition, preparation, medicament) comprising at least one TAZ compound, as described herein, together with one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients well known to those skilled in the art, including, but not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents, excipients, adjuvants, fillers, buffers, preservatives, anti-oxidants, lubricants, stabilisers, solubilisers, surfactants (e.g., wetting agents), masking agents, colouring agents, flavouring agents, and sweetening agents. The formulation may further comprise other active agents, for example, other therapeutic or prophylactic agents.
Thus, the present invention further provides pharmaceutical compositions, as defined above, and methods of making a pharmaceutical composition comprising admixing at least one TAZ compound, as described herein, together with one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients well known to those skilled in the art, e.g., carriers, diluents, excipients, etc. If formulated as discrete units (e.g., tablets, etc.), each unit contains a predetermined amount (dosage) of the compound.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable," as used herein, pertains to compounds, ingredients, materials, compositions, dosage forms, etc., which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of the subject in question (e.g., human) without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. Each carrier, diluent, excipient, etc. must also be "acceptable" in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation.
Suitable carriers, diluents, excipients, etc. can be found in standard pharmaceutical texts, for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences. 18th edition, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., 1990; and Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients, 5th edition, 2005.
The formulations may be prepared by any methods well known in the art of pharmacy. Such methods include the step of bringing into association the compound with a carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients. In general, the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the compound with carriers (e.g., liquid carriers, finely divided solid carrier, etc.), and then shaping the product, if necessary.
The formulation may be prepared to provide for rapid or slow release; immediate, delayed, timed, or sustained release; or a combination thereof.
Formulations may suitably be in the form of liquids, solutions (e.g., aqueous, nonaqueous), suspensions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), emulsions (e.g., oil-in-water, water-in-oil), elixirs, syrups, electuaries, mouthwashes, drops, tablets (including, e.g., coated tablets), granules, powders, losenges, pastilles, capsules (including, e.g., hard and soft gelatin capsules), cachets, pills, ampoules, boluses, suppositories, pessaries, tinctures, gels, pastes, ointments, creams, lotions, oils, foams, sprays, mists, or aerosols.
Formulations may suitably be provided as a patch, adhesive plaster, bandage, dressing, or the like which is impregnated with one or more compounds and optionally one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients, including, for example, penetration, permeation, and absorption enhancers. Formulations may also suitably be provided in the form of a depot or reservoir.
The compound may be dissolved in, suspended in, or admixed with one or more other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients. The compound may be presented in a liposome or other microparticulate which is designed to target the compound, for example, to blood components or one or more organs.
Formulations suitable for oral administration (e.g., by ingestion) include liquids, solutions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), suspensions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), emulsions (e.g., oil-in-water, water-in-oil), elixirs, syrups, electuaries, tablets, granules, powders, capsules, cachets, pills, ampoules, boluses.
Formulations suitable for buccal administration include mouthwashes, losenges, pastilles, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, depots, and reservoirs. Losenges typically comprise the compound in a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth. Pastilles typically comprise the compound in an inert matrix, such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia. Mouthwashes typically comprise the compound in a suitable liquid carrier.
Formulations suitable for sublingual administration include tablets, losenges, pastilles, capsules, and pills.
Formulations suitable for oral transmucosal administration include liquids, solutions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), suspensions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), emulsions (e.g., oil- in-water, water-in-oil), mouthwashes, losenges, pastilles, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, depots, and reservoirs.
Formulations suitable for non-oral transmucosal administration include liquids, solutions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), suspensions (e.g., aqueous, non-aqueous), emulsions
(e.g., oil-in-water, water-in-oil), suppositories, pessaries, gels, pastes, ointments, creams, lotions, oils, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, depots, and reservoirs.
Formulations suitable for transdermal administration include gels, pastes, ointments, creams, lotions, and oils, as well as patches, adhesive plasters, bandages, dressings, depots, and reservoirs.
Tablets may be made by conventional means, e.g., compression or moulding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the compound in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with one or more binders (e.g., povidone, gelatin, acacia, sorbitol, tragacanth, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose); fillers or diluents (e.g., lactose, microcrystalline cellulose, calcium hydrogen phosphate); lubricants (e.g., magnesium stearate, talc, silica); disintegrants (e.g., sodium starch glycolate, cross-linked povidone, cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose); surface-active or dispersing or wetting agents (e.g., sodium lauryl sulfate); preservatives (e.g., methyl p-hydroxybenzoate, propyl p-hydroxybenzoate, sorbic acid); flavours, flavour enhancing agents, and sweeteners. Moulded tablets may be made by moulding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent. The tablets may optionally be coated or scored and may be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the compound therein using, for example, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose in varying proportions to provide the desired release profile. Tablets may optionally be provided with a coating, for example, to affect release, for example an enteric coating, to provide release in parts of the gut other than the stomach.
Ointments are typically prepared from the compound and a paraffinic or a water-miscible ointment base.
Creams are typically prepared from the compound and an oil-in-water cream base. If desired, the aqueous phase of the cream base may include, for example, at least about 30% w/w of a polyhydric alcohol, i.e., an alcohol having two or more hydroxyl groups such as propylene glycol, butane-1 ,3-diol, mannitol, sorbitol, glycerol and polyethylene glycol and mixtures thereof. The topical formulations may desirably include a compound which enhances absorption or penetration of the compound through the skin or other affected areas. Examples of such dermal penetration enhancers include dimethylsulfoxide and related analogues.
Emulsions are typically prepared from the compound and an oily phase, which may optionally comprise merely an emulsifier (otherwise known as an emulgent), or it may comprises a mixture of at least one emulsifier with a fat or an oil or with both a fat and an oil. Preferably, a hydrophilic emulsifier is included together with a lipophilic emulsifier which acts as a stabiliser. It is also preferred to include both an oil and a fat. Together, the emulsifier(s) with or without stabiliser(s) make up the so-called emulsifying wax, and the wax together with the oil and/or fat make up the so-called emulsifying ointment base which forms the oily dispersed phase of the cream formulations.
Suitable emulgents and emulsion stabilisers include Tween 60, Span 80, cetostearyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, glyceryl monostearate and sodium lauryl sulfate. The choice of suitable oils or fats for the formulation is based on achieving the desired cosmetic properties, since the solubility of the compound in most oils likely to be used in pharmaceutical emulsion formulations may be very low. Thus the cream should preferably be a non-greasy, non-staining and washable product with suitable consistency to avoid leakage from tubes or other containers. Straight or branched chain, mono- or dibasic alkyl esters such as di-isoadipate, isocetyl stearate, propylene glycol diester of coconut fatty acids, isopropyl myristate, decyl oleate, isopropyl palmitate, butyl stearate, 2-ethylhexyl palmitate or a blend of branched chain esters known as Crodamol CAP may be used, the last three being preferred esters. These may be used alone or in combination depending on the properties required. Alternatively, high melting point lipids such as white soft paraffin and/or liquid paraffin or other mineral oils can be used. Formulations suitable for intranasal administration, where the carrier is a liquid, include, for example, nasal spray, nasal drops, or by aerosol administration by nebuliser, include aqueous or oily solutions of the compound.
Formulations suitable for intranasal administration, where the carrier is a solid, include, for example, those presented as a coarse powder having a particle size, for example, in the range of about 20 to about 500 microns which is administered in the manner in which snuff is taken, i.e., by rapid inhalation through the nasal passage from a container of the powder held close up to the nose.
Formulations suitable for pulmonary administration (e.g., by inhalation or insufflation therapy) include those presented as an aerosol spray from a pressurised pack, with the use of a suitable propellant, such as dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichoro-tetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide, or other suitable gases.
Formulations suitable for ocular administration include eye drops wherein the compound is dissolved or suspended in a suitable carrier, especially an aqueous solvent for the compound.
Formulations suitable for rectal administration may be presented as a suppository with a suitable base comprising, for example, natural or hardened oils, waxes, fats, semi-liquid or liquid polyols, for example, cocoa butter or a salicylate; or as a solution or suspension for treatment by enema.
Formulations suitable for vaginal administration may be presented as pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing in addition to the compound, such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.
Formulations suitable for parenteral administration (e.g., by injection), include aqueous or non-aqueous, isotonic, pyrogen-free, sterile liquids (e.g., solutions, suspensions), in which the compound is dissolved, suspended, or otherwise provided (e.g., in a liposome or other microparticulate). Such liquids may additional contain other pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients, such as anti-oxidants, buffers, preservatives, stabilisers, bacteriostats, suspending agents, thickening agents, and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood (or other relevant bodily fluid) of the intended recipient. Examples of excipients include, for example, water, alcohols, polyols, glycerol, vegetable oils, and the like. Examples of suitable isotonic carriers for use in such formulations include Sodium Chloride Injection, Ringer's Solution, or Lactated Ringer's Injection. Typically, the concentration of the compound in the liquid is from about 1 ng/ml to about 10 μg/ml, for example from about 10 ng/ml to about 1 μg/ml. The formulations may be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose sealed containers, for example, ampoules and vials, and may be stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilised) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example water for injections, immediately prior to use. Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders, granules, and tablets.
Dosage
It will be appreciated by one of skill in the art that appropriate dosages of the TAZ compounds, and compositions comprising the TAZ compounds, can vary from patient to patient. Determining the optimal dosage will generally involve the balancing of the level of therapeutic benefit against any risk or deleterious side effects. The selected dosage level will depend on a variety of factors including, but not limited to, the activity of the particular TAZ compound, the route of administration, the time of administration, the rate of excretion of the TAZ compound, the duration of the treatment, other drugs, compounds, and/or materials used in combination, the severity of the condition, and the species, sex, age, weight, condition, general health, and prior medical history of the patient. The amount of TAZ compound and route of administration will ultimately be at the discretion of the physician, veterinarian, or clinician, although generally the dosage will be selected to achieve local concentrations at the site of action which achieve the desired effect without causing substantial harmful or deleterious side-effects.
Administration can be effected in one dose, continuously or intermittently (e.g., in divided doses at appropriate intervals) throughout the course of treatment. Methods of determining the most effective means and dosage of administration are well known to those of skill in the art and will vary with the formulation used for therapy, the purpose of the therapy, the target cell(s) being treated, and the subject being treated. Single or multiple administrations can be carried out with the dose level and pattern being selected by the treating physician, veterinarian, or clinician.
In general, a suitable dose of the TAZ compound is in the range of about 10 μg to about 250 mg (more typically about 100 μg to about 25 mg) per kilogram body weight of the subject per day. Where the compound is a salt, hydrate, or solvate, or the like, the amount administered is calculated on the basis of the parent compound and so the actual weight to be used is increased proportionately. EXAMPLES
The following examples are provided solely to illustrate the present invention and are not intended to limit the scope of the invention, as described herein.
For convenience, the following common abbreviations are used herein:
LCMS for Liquid Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry.
HPLC for High Pressure Liquid Chromatography.
NMR for Nuclear Magnetic Resonance. DMSO for Dimethylsulfoxide.
RT for Retention Time.
Ml for Molecular Ion.
Boc for te/t-Butoxycarbonyl.
DIPEA for Λ/,Λ/,-Di-isopropyethylamine, Hunig's base. MeOH for Methyl alcohol, Methanol.
EtOH for Ethyl alcohol, Ethanol.
Pd(dba)2 for Bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium(0).
DMA for Λ/,Λ/-Dimethylacetamide.
MW for Microwave. Et3N for Triethylamine.
DCM for Dichloromethane, Methylene chloride.
NaOtBu for sodium terf-butoxide.
KOtBu for potassium terf-butoxide.
TFA for Trifluoroacetic acid. THF for Tetrahydrofuran.
EtSO2CI for Ethanesulfonyl chloride.
MsCI for Methanesulfonyl chloride.
HBTU for 2-(1H-Benzotriazole-1-yl)-1 ,1 ,3,3-tetramethylaminium hexafluorophosphate.
MP-TsOH for microporous p-toluenesulfonic acid. DMF for Λ/,/V-Dimethylformamide.
BuLi for Butyl lithium.
Xantphos for 4,5-Bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene. h for hours. min for minutes.
Synthesis Examples
General Methods: Flash Chromatography
Flash chromatography was performed using BDH silica gel 60. General Methods: NMR
Proton NMR spectra were recorded using a Bruker AMX-300 NMR machine at 300 MHz. Shifts were reported in ppm values relative to an internal standard of tetramethylsilane (TMS) or residual protic solvent. The following abbreviations were used to describe the splitting patterns: s (singlet), d (doublet), t (triplet), q (quartet), m (multiplet), dd (double- doublet), dt (double-triplet), br (broad).
General Methods: LCMS Methods
Samples analysed by High Performance Liquid Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry employed the following conditions.
Method 1
Method 1 employed Gilson 306 pumps, Gilson 811C mixer, Gilson 806 manometric module, and Gilson UV/VIS 152 detector at 254 nm wavelength. The mass spectrometer was a Finnigan AQA and a Waters SunFire, 5 μm pore size, C18 column of dimensions 50 x 4.60 mm was used. The injection volume was 10 μL.
The mobile phase consisted of a mixture of water and acetonitrile containing 0.1% formic acid. The eluent flow rate was 1.5 mL/min, using 95% water: 5% acetonitrile, changed linearly to 5% water: 95% acetonitrile over 5.5 minutes and then maintained at this mixture for 2 minutes.
Method: 2
Method: 2 employed Waters 515 pumps, a Waters 2525 mixer and a Waters 2996 diode array detector. The detection was performed between 210 nm and 650 nm. The mass spectrometer was a Waters micromass ZQ and a Waters SunFire, 5 μm pore size, C18 column of dimensions 50 x 4.60 mm was used. The injection volume was 10 μL.
The mobile phase consisted of a mixture of water and acetonitrile containing 0.1% formic acid. The eluent flow rate was 1.5 mL/min, using 95% water: 5% acetonitrile, changed linearly to 5% water: 95% acetonitrile over 5.5 minutes and then maintained at this mixture for 2 minutes.
Method: 3
Method: 3 employed a LAA209 Waters ZQ MUX LCMS system, Waters 1525 pumps and a Waters 2996 diode array detector with CTC PAL auto-sampler. The detection was performed between 210 nm and 400 nm. The mass spectrometer was a Waters micromass ZQ and a Phenomenex Luna C18 column (3 μm pore size) of dimensions 50 x 4.60 mm was used. The injection volume was 10 μL.
The mobile phase consisted of a mixture of water and acetonitrile containing 0.1% formic acid. The eluent flow rate was 2 mL/min, using 80% water: 20% acetonitrile, changed linearly to 20% water: 80% acetonitrile over 2.5 minutes and then maintained at this mixture for 1.5 minutes.
Method basic
The pumps used was a Waters 2545 with valves directing to the different columns, the UV detector was a Waters 2996. The detection was done between 210nm and 650nm. The mass spectrometer used was a Waters 3100 which detected masses between 100 and 700g/mol. The column used was a XBridge, 5 micron pore size, C18 ,50x4.60 mm.The injection volume was 10//L of a solution (around 1mg/mL). The flow rate was 1.5 mL/min and the mobile phases of water pH 10 0.03% ammonium hydroxide) (3 ml/10l)and acetonitrile 0.03% ammonium hydroxide (3 ml/101) The elution was started at 95% water:5% acetonitrile ramping up to 5% water:95% acetonitrile over 5.50 minutes. The eluent level was returned to the starting conditions of 95% water:5% acetonitrile over 6 seconds. These conditions were held for 1.4 minutes to allow equilibration of the column before the next sample was injected.The run lasted 7 minutes in total.
General Methods: Preparatory HPLC
Samples purified by Mass Spectrometry directed High Performance Liquid Chromatography employed the following conditions.
Waters 515 pumps, a Waters 2525 mixer and a Waters 2996 diode array detector. The detection was performed between 210 nm and 650 nm. The mass spectrometer was a Waters micromass ZQ and a SunFire, 5 μm pore size, C18 column of dimensions 50 x 19 mm was used. The injection volume was up to 500 μL of solution at a maximum concentration of 50 mg/mL. The mobile phase consisted of a mixture of water and acetonitrile containing 0.1% formic acid. The eluent flow rate was 25 mL/min using 95% water, 5% acetonitrile, changing linearly over 5.3 minutes to 95% acetonitrile, 5% water, and maintaining for 0.5 minutes.
Or, compound ds could be purified following a basic method:
The pump used was a Waters 2545 with valves directing to the different columns, the UV detector was a Waters 2996. The detection was done between 210nm and 650nm. The mass spectrometer used was a Waters 3100 which detected masses between 100 and 700g/mol. A XBridge, 5 micron pore size, C18 column of dimensions 19x50mm was used. The injection volume was chosen by the user and can be up to 500//L of the solution (max 50mg/ml_). The flow rate was 25mUmin and the mobile phases of water pH 10 0.03% ammonium hydroxide (3 ml/10l)and acetonitrile 0.03% ammonium hydroxide (3 ml/101) The elution was started at 95% water:5% acetonitrile ramping up to 5% water:95% acetonitrile over 5.30 minutes. The eluent level was returned to the starting conditions of 95% water:5% acetonitrile over 0.6 minutes. These conditions were held for 1.4 minutes to allow equilibration of the column before the next sample was injected.The run lasted 7 minutes in total.
General Synthesis Procedure A
Compounds were synthesised starting from 2-amino-6-bromopyridine following the scheme illustrated below. In general, 2-amino-6-bromopyridine and ethoxycarbonyl isothiocyanate are stirred in dichloromethane at ambient temperature. After concentration under reduced pressure and washing with an appropriate solvent, the solid was collected via filtration. The thiourea derivative which was subjected to a cyclisation procedure, employing hydroxylamine in a protic solvent, to yield intermediate 2-amino-5-bromo- [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridine. The bromo derivative was involved in a Suzuki type reaction utilising a palladium catalyst or other suitable catalyst such as tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium and a suitable boronic acid or boronic ester. The amide derivatives may be synthesised starting from acid chlorides or other suitable activated esters or carboxylic acids and a peptide coupling agent such as HBTU.
Scheme 1
Figure imgf000236_0001
Svnthesis 1 1-(6-Bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-3-carboethoxy-thiourea
Figure imgf000237_0001
To a solution of 2-amino-6-bromopyridine (25g, 144.5mmol) in dichloromethane (25mL) cooled to 5 0C was added ethoxycarbonyl isothiocyanate (17.1mL, 144.5mmol) dropwise over 15 min. The reaction mixture was then allowed to warm to room temperature at which it was stirred for 16 h. Evaporation in vacuo gave a yellow solid, which was collected by filtration and thoroughly washed with cyclohexane. No further purification was required. Yield: 41.5g, 94%; LCMS method: 1 , RT: 5.66min, Ml: 304-306 [M+1].
Synthesis 2 5-Bromo-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine
Figure imgf000237_0002
To a suspension of hydroxylamine hydrochloride (22.84g, 329mmol) in ethanol/methanol (100mL/100mL) was added N.N-diisopropylethylamine (34.4mL, 197mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. 1-(6-Bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-3-carboethoxy- thiourea (2Og, 65.75mmol) was then added and the mixture slowly heated to reflux. After 3 h at reflux the mixture was allowed to cool and filtered to collect the precipitated solid. Further product was collected by evaporation in vacuo of the filtrate, addition of water and filtration. The combined solids were washed successively with water, ethanol/methanol and diethyl ether then dried in vacuo to afford the expected compound as a white solid. No further purification was required. Yield: 12.3g, 88%; LCMS method: 1 , RT: 1.34min, Ml: 213-215 [M+1].
Synthesis 3 5-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine
Figure imgf000237_0003
5-Bromo-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyιϊdin-2-ylamine (2g, 9.4mmol), 4-methoxybenzeneboronic acid (1.71g, 11.26mmol), potassium phosphate (3.98g, 18.77mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0.54g, 0.47mmol) were added to a microwave tube containing a stirrer bar. Dimethylacetamide (12ml_) and water (4ml_) were then added and the reaction was heated to 1500C for 10min. The reaction was filtered through silica and washed through with methanol and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was suspended in diethyl ether and the solid collected and was used without further purification. Yield: 1.7Og, 71%; LCMS method: 1, RT: 3.43min, Ml: 241 [M+1]. NMR 1 H (DMSO): 3.82 (s, 3H), 6.16 (brs, 2H), 6.96 (d, 1H), 7.06 (d, 2H), 7.29 (d, 1H), 7.46 (t, 1 H), 7.92 (d, 2H).
Synthesis 4 N-[5-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-isobutyramide (WW-012)
Figure imgf000238_0001
To a solution of the 5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine (0.07g, 0.291 mmol) in dry acetonitrile (2ml_) was added triethylamine (0.12mL, 0.874mmol) followed by isopropanecarbonyl chloride (0.046mL, 0.437mmol). The reaction mixture was then allowed to warm to ambient temperature overnight. Further triethylamine (1.5eq) and acid chloride (1.2eq) were added to ensure complete reaction. The solvent was then removed and 3ml_ of methanol-ammonia 7M was added to the crude and the mixture was stirred 6h. The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure and the crude was purified by preparatory HPLC. LCMS method: 2, RT: 4.33min, Ml: 311 [M+1]. NMR 1 H (DMSO): 1.05 (d, 6H), 2.65-2.75 (m, 1 H), 3.86 (s, 3H)1 7.06 (d, 2H), 7.19 (d, 1 H), 7.57-7.69 (m, 2H), 7.95 (d, 2H), 10.68 (brs, 1H).
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000238_0002
Figure imgf000239_0003
General Procedure Synthesis B
Compounds were synthesised starting from 5-bromo-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2- ylamine (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, amide derivatives may be synthesised starting from acid chlorides or other suitable activated esters or carboxylic acids and a peptide coupling agent such as HBTU. The bromo derivative was involved in a Suzuki reaction utilising a palladium catalyst such as tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium or other suitable catalyst and a suitable boronic acid or boronic ester.
Scheme 2
Figure imgf000239_0001
Synthesis 5 (5-bromo-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide
Figure imgf000239_0002
To a solution of the 5-bromo-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine (3g, 14.08mmol) in dry acetonitrile (2OmL) was added triethylamine (4.9ml_, 35.2mmol) followed by cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride (1.5ml_, 15.5mmol). The reaction mixture was then allowed to warm to ambient temperature and was stirred overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure then water was added to the crude and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic was dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. To the crude, 2OmL of methanol-ammonia 7M was added and the solution was stirred for 6h. The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure and the crude was washed with diethyl ether. Yield: 2.81 g, 71%, LCMS method: 1, RT: 4.61 min, Ml: 280-282 [M+1].
Synthesis 6
Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(1-propyl-1/-/-pyrazol-4-yl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2- yl]-amide (WW-124)
Figure imgf000240_0001
Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-bromo-[1,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide (0.05g, 0.178mmol), 1-propyl-1H-pyrazole-4-boronic acid, pinacol ester (0.054g, 0.231mmol) and dimethylacetamide (1mL) were added to a microwave tube containing a stirrer bar, potassium phosphate solution (0.5M in water, 0.7mL, 0.356mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0.02g, 0.018mmol). The reaction was heated to 15O0C for 10min under microwave heating. The crude was purified straight away by preparatory chromatography after filtration. LCMS method: 2, RT: 3.75min; Ml: 311 [M+1]; NMR 1H (DMSO): 0.80-0.88 (m, 7H)1 1.78-1.90 (m, 2H), 2.05 (brs, 1 H), 4.16 (t, 2H), 7.52 (dd, 1 H), 7.55 (d, 1 H), 7.66 (t, 1H), 8.51 (s, 1H), 8.86 (s, 1 H), 11.11 (brs, 1 H).
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000240_0002
Figure imgf000241_0001
Figure imgf000242_0001
Figure imgf000243_0002
General Synthesis Procedure C
Compounds were synthesised starting from cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-bromo- [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the 5-amino derivatives may be obtained via a nucleophilic substitution of an appropriately substituted amine on the bromo derivative via microwave heating or conventional heating
Scheme 3
Figure imgf000243_0001
Svnthesis 7
Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid {5-[(pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2- yl}-amide (WW-075)
Figure imgf000244_0001
To a solution of cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-bromo-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)- amide (0.05g, 0.178mmol) in dimethylacetamide (1mL) in a microwave vial, 2- aminomethylpyridine (0.096g, 0.89mmol) was added and the solution was heated in the microwave at 15O0C for 15min. The crude was purified straight away by preparatory chromatography after filtration. LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.07min, Ml: 309 [M+1]. NMR (1 H, DMSO, 300MHz): 10.91 (s, 1H), 8.57 (d, 1 H), 7.77 (t, 1H), 7.30-7.49 (m, 4H), 6.85 (d, 1 H), 6.08 (d, 1 H), 4.67 (d, 2H), 2.07 (brs, 1 H)1 0.83 (d, 4H)
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000244_0002
Figure imgf000245_0003
General Synthesis Procedure D
Compounds were synthesised starting from cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-bromo- [1,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the aniline derivatives may be obtained via a palladium catalysed reaction assisted by microwave or conventional heating and an appropriately substituted aniline.
Scheme 4
Figure imgf000245_0001
Synthesis 8
Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(4-methoxy-phenylamino)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2- yl]-amide (WW-127)
Figure imgf000245_0002
A microwave tube was charged with cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-bromo- [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide (0.05g, 0.178mmol), p-anisidine (0.044g, 0.356mmol), bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium (0.008g, 0.009mmol), xantphos (0.01Og, 0.018mmol) and sodium terf-butoxide (0.038g, 0.392mmol) in dioxane (1 mL). A couple of drops of dimethylacetamide were added to assist with microwave absorption. The mixture was heated at 14O0C for 30min. The mixture was filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by preparatory HPLC. LCMS method: 2, RT: 3.49min, Ml: 324 [M+1]. NMR (1 H, DMSO, 300MHz): 10.88 (brs, 1 H), 8.73 (s, 1 H), 7.43 (4, 1 H), 7.33 (d, 2H), 6.99 (d, 2H), 6.95 (d, 1 H), 6.24 (d, 1H), 3.11 (s, 3H), 2.08 (brs, 1 H), 0.83 (d, 4H) The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000246_0004
General Synthesis Procedure E
Compounds were synthesised starting from cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-bromo- [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the oxo derivatives may be obtained via a nucleophilic substitution reaction utilising an appropriately substituted phenol and potassium carbonate or other suitable base.
Scheme 5 DMA
Figure imgf000246_0001
Figure imgf000246_0002
Synthesis 9
Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-m-tolyloxy-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide
(WW-072)
Figure imgf000246_0003
5-Bromo-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine (0.05g, 0.178mmol) and m-cresol (0.096g, 0.889mmol) were dissolved in dioxane (1mL). Potassium carbonate (0.123g, 0.889mmol) and a couple of drop of dimethylacetamide were added and the mixture was heated to 18O0C for 30 mins in the microwave. The crude product was filtered and purified by preparatory HPLC. LCMS method: 2, RT: 3.63min, Ml: 309.
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000247_0003
General Synthesis Procedure F
Compounds were synthesised starting from cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-bromo- [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the thio derivatives may be obtained via a nucleophilic substitution reaction utilising an appropriately substituted thio-phenol and sodium hydride or other suitable base.
Scheme 6
Figure imgf000247_0001
Synthesis 10
Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-phenylsulfanyl-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide (WW-111)
Figure imgf000247_0002
A microwave tube was charged with sodium hydride (0.036g, 0.889mmol) in anhydrous well-degassed dioxane (1 mL). Thiophenol (0.091 mL, 0.889mmol) was added dropwise and the mixture allowed to stir for 5min. Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-bromo- [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide (0.05g, 0.178mmol) was added and the mixture was heated to 1600C for 20min in a microwave. The crude product was purified by preparatory HPLC. LCMS method: 2, RT: 4.32min, Ml: 311 [M+1]. NMR (1 H1 DMSO, 300MHz): 11.17 (s, 1 H)1 7.70 (m, 2H), 7.57 (m, 3H), 7.49 (d, 2H), 6.28 (t, 1 H), 2.03 (brs, 1 H), 0.83 (d, 4H)
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000248_0003
General Synthesis Procedure G
Compounds were synthesised starting from the phthalimido cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-bromo-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide derivatives (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the phthalimido group may be removed by hydrazinolysis in a refluxing solvent such as ethanol.
Scheme 7
Figure imgf000248_0001
Synthesis 11
Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid {5-[4-(2-amino-ethylamino)-phenyl]-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridin-2-yl}-amide (WW-158)
Figure imgf000248_0002
Under an atmosphere of nitrogen cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-{4-[2-(1,3-dioxo-1 ,3- dihydro-isoindol-2-yl)-ethylamino]-phenyl}-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-amide (O.Oδg, 0.17mmol) and hydrazine monohydrate (0.082ml_, 1.7mmol) were dissolved in ethanol (1OmL). The mixture was refluxed overnight. The mixture was cooled and the solid filtered off and washed with ethanol. The filtrate was passed over an SCX cartridge, and washed with ethyl acetate. The product was cleaved from the cartridge using 2M ammonia / methanol. The eluent was concentrated in vacuo, and the crude product was purified by preparatory HPLC. LCMS Method: 2: RT: 1.95min, Ml: 337 [M+1], NMR (DMSO1 300MHz): 7.87 (d, 2H), 7.63 (m, 1H), 7.51 (d, 1H), 7.17 (d, 1 H), 6.72 (d, 2H), 3.45 (t, 2H), 2.97 (t, 2H), 2.25 (brs, 1H) 0.81 (m, 4H).
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000249_0003
General Synthesis Procedure H
Compound was synthesised starting from {4-[2-(cyclopropanecarbonyl-amino)- [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5-yl]-phenyl}-methyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (WW-119, described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the Boc group may be cleaved utilising trifluoroacetic acid or other suitable conditions known to someone skilled in the art.
Scheme 8
Figure imgf000249_0001
Synthesis 12
Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(4-methylamino-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]- amide (WW-120)
Figure imgf000249_0002
To {4-[2-(cyclopropanecarbonyl-amino)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5-yl]-phenyl}- carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (WW-119) (0.05g, 0.123mmol), trifluoroacetic acid (1mL) was added and the solution was stirred for 2h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude product was purified by preparatory HPLC. LCMS method: 1 , RT: 3.62min; Ml: 308 [M+1]. NMR 1 H (DMSO) 0.80-0.83 (m, 4H)1 1.93 (brs, 1H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 6.63 (d, 2H), 7.16 (d, 1 H)1 7.42 (d, 1 H), 7.57 (t, 1 H), 8.01 (d, 2H).
The following compound was synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000250_0003
General Synthesis Procedure
Compound was synthesised starting from cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(1H-pyrazol-4- yl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (WW-060, described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, sulfonamides may be obtained using an appropriately substituted sulfonyl chloride, a suitable base such as triethylamine and the pyrazolo derivative.
Scheme 9
Figure imgf000250_0001
Synthesis 13
Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(1-ethanesulfonyl-1/-/-pyrazol-4-yl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (WW-147)
Figure imgf000250_0002
To a solution of cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (WW-060) (0.05g, 0.186mmol) in acetonitrile (2ml_), ethanesulfonyl chloride (0.022ml, 0.224mmol) and triethylamine (0.052ml_, 0.373mmol) were added successively and the mixture was stirred overnight. After concentration under reduced pressure water was added and extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by preparatory HPLC. LCMS method: 1 , RT: 3.87min; Ml: 361 [M+1]; NMR 1H (DMSO): 0.81-0.95 (m, 4H), 1.15 (t, 3H)1 1.94 (brs, 1H), 3.82 (q, 2H), 7.66 (d, 1 H), 7.73 (t, 1 H), 7.81 (dd, 1H), 8.99 (s, 1 H), 9.46 (s, 1 H).
The following compound was synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000251_0004
General Synthesis Procedure J
Compounds were synthesised starting from cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(4-amino- phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, sulfonamides may be obtained using an appropriately substituted sulfonyl chloride, a suitable base such as pyridine and the amine derivative.
Scheme 10
RSO2Cl, pyridine, DCM
Figure imgf000251_0001
Figure imgf000251_0002
Synthesis 14
Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(4-ethanesulfonylamino-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (WW-154)
Figure imgf000251_0003
Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(4-amino-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (0.05, 0.17mmol) was suspended in dichloromethane (2mL). Pyridine (0.027mL, 0.34mmol) and ethanesulfonyl chloride (0.019mL, 0.204mmol) were added and the mixture was stirred for 4 hours. A further equivalent of pyridine and ethanesulfonyl chloride were added and the mixture was stirred overnight. The volatiles were removed in vacuo and the crude product was purified by preparatory HPLC. LCMS method: 2, RT: 3.11min, Ml: 386 [M+1]. NMR (1H, DMSO, 300MHz): 0.82 (d, 4H), 1.24 (t, 3H), 2.01 (brs, 1H), 3.20 (q, 2H)1 7.27 (dd, 1 H), 7.36 (d, 2H), 7.68 (m, 2H), 8.02 (d, 2H), 9.98 (brs, 1 H), 11.15 (s, 1 H).
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000252_0003
General Synthesis Procedure K
Compounds were synthesised starting from 2-(1 ,3-dioxo-1 ,3-dihydro-isoindol-2-yl)-N-[5- (4-methoxy-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-acetamide (WW-022, described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the ethers were obtained via a nucleophilic substitution reaction using a halogeno-alkyl and the phenol precursor and an appropriate base such as potassium carbonate.
Scheme 11
BrR, K2CO3, CH3CN, reflux
Figure imgf000252_0001
Figure imgf000252_0002
Synthesis 15
Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid {5-[4-(3-methoxy-benzyloxy)-phenyl]-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridin-2-yl}-amide (WW-123)
Figure imgf000253_0001
To a solution of cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (WW-022) (0.05g, 0.17mmol) in acetonitrile (3ml_), potassium carbonate (0.047g, 0.34mmol) was added and the mixture was refluxed for 30min. 3- Methoxybenzylbromide (0.047mL, 0.34mmol) was then added and the solution was refluxed overnight. The mixture was filtered and purified by preparatory HPLC. LCMS method: 1 , RT: 5.16min; Ml: 415 [M+1]. NMR 1H (DMSO): 0.79-0.83 (m, 4H)1 2.06 (brs, 1H)1 3.76 (s, 3H), 5.08 (s, 2H), 6.88 (dd, 1 H), 77.03-7.08 (m, 2H), 7.16 (d, 2H), 7.24 (dd, 1H), 7.31 (t, 1H), 7.60-7.67 (m, 2H), 8.00 (dd, 2H).
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000253_0002
General Synthesis Procedure L
Compound was synthesised starting from 4-{4-[2-(cyclopropanecarbonyl-amino)- [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5-yl]-phenyl}-piperazine-1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
(described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the Boc group may be cleaved utilising trifluoroacetic acid or other suitable conditions know to those skilled in the art. Scheme 12
Figure imgf000254_0001
Synthesis 16
Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(4-piperazin-1-yl-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]- amide (WW-151 )
Figure imgf000254_0002
A solution of 4-{4-[2-(cyclopropanecarbonyl-amino)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5-yl]- phenyl}-piperazine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (0.042g, 0.091 mmol) in trifluoroacetic acid (2mL) was stirred for 2h. Saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate was then added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and dried over magnesium sulfate. After filtration and concentration under reduced pressure the crude product was purified by preparatory HPLC. LCMS method: 2, RT: 1.97min; Ml: 363 [M+1]. NMR 1H (DMSO) 0.79-0.82 (m, 4H), 1.05 (s, 1H), 2.01 (brs, 1H), 3.10-3.16 (m, 4H), 3.38-3.43 (m, 4H), 7.10 (d, 2H), 7.24 (dd, 1 H), 7.58 (dd, 1 H), 7.65 (t, 1 H), 7.99 (d, 2H).
The following compound was synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000254_0003
General Synthesis Procedure M
Compound was synthesised starting from cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(4-amino- phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, alkylated amines may be generated via the nucleophilic substitution on a halo derivative by the amino functionality under microwave or other conditions using a base such as N,N-diisopropylethylamine in a suitable solvent.
Scheme 13
Figure imgf000255_0001
Synthesis 17
Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid {5-[4-(2-diethylamino-ethylamino)-phenyl]-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridin-2-yl}-amide (WW-153)
Figure imgf000255_0002
Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(4-amino-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (0.05g, 0.17mmol), 2-bromo-N,N-diethylethylamine hydrobromide (0.133g, 0.511mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (0.089mL, 0.511mmol) were added to a microwave tube and the mixture was heated for 10min at 15O0C. The mixture was filtered and purified by preparatory LCMS. LCMS Method: 2: RT: 2.07min; Ml: 393 [M+1]. NMR (DMSO, 300MHz): 0.81 (d, 4H)1 1.10 (t, 6H), 2.04 (brs, 1H), 2.89 (m, 6H), 3.33 (t, 2H)1 6.75 (d, 2H), 7.20 (dd, 1 H), 7.53 (m, 1 H), 7.64 (m, 1 H), 7.92 (d, 2H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 11.00 (s,1H)
The following compound was synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000256_0002
General Synthesis Procedure N
Compound was synthesised starting from cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(4-amino- phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the amide products may be obtained using amide coupling agents such as HBTU or other reagents that generate an activated ester. The cleavage of the Boc group may be obtained utilising a solid supported reagent such as MP-TsOH or TFA or by any other method known to anyone skilled in the art.
Scheme 14
Figure imgf000256_0001
Svnthesis 18
({4-[2-(Cyclopropanecarbonyl-amino)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5-yl]-phenylcarbamoyl}- methyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
Figure imgf000257_0001
Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(4-amino-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (0.05g, 0.17mmol) was dissolved in dimethylacetamide (1mL), diisopropylethylamine (0.036mL, 0.204mmol) and N-(terf-butoxycarbonyl)glycine (0.036g, 0.204mmol) were added followed by 2-(1H-benzotriazole-1-yl)-1 ,1 ,3,3-tetramethylaminium hexafluorophosphate (0.078g, 0.204mmol) and the mixture was heated to 15O0C for 10min in a microwave. The reaction mixture was transferred to a vial and purified by prep LCMS. LCMS method: 1 , RT: 4.08min, Ml: 451 [M+1].
Synthesis 19
Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid {5-[4-(2-amino-acetylamino)-phenyl]-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridin-2-yl}-amide (WW-155)
Figure imgf000257_0002
({4-[2-(Cyclopropanecarbonyl-amino)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5-yl]-phenylcarbamoyl}- methyl)-carbamic acid terf-butyl ester (O.Oδg, 0.17mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (3ml), microporous p-toluenesulfonic acid (0.16g, 0.51 mmol) was added and the mixture was shaken overnight. The resin was washed several times with methanol, and then the product was cleaved from the resin using a 2M ammonia/methanol solution. This solution was concentrated in vacuo to give clean product. LCMS method: 2, RT: 1.86min, Ml: 351 [M+1]. NMR (1 H, DMSO, 300MHz): 11.04 (brs, 1 H), 8.02 (d, 2H), 7.82 (d, 2H), 7.66 (m, 2H), 7.28 (dd, 1H), 3.34 (brs, 2H)1 2.03 (brs, 1 H)1 0.82 (d, 4H).
The following compound was synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000258_0003
General Synthesis Procedure O
Compounds were synthesised starting from 5-aryl-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the chloro derivative may be obtained by the addition of a chloro acetyl chloride followed by the nucleophilic attack of an amine.
Scheme 15
ClCOCH2Cl I h— N
,N- -N P Ett3 MN, Γ DIΓCMM
Ar Ar O Cl
Figure imgf000258_0001
Synthesis 20
2-Chloro-N-[5-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxin-6-yl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]- acetamide
Figure imgf000258_0002
To a solution of 5-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxin-6-yl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2- ylamine (0.4g, 1.5mmol) in dichloromethane (2OmL)1 triethylamine (0.62mL, 4.47mmol) and chloroacetyl chloride (0.142mL, 1.8mmol) were added successively. The mixture was then stirred overnight. Water was added and the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was used without further purification. Yield: 0.52g, 100%; LCMS Method: 2: 3.57min, 345-347 [M+1].
Synthesis 21
N-[5-(2,3-Dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxin-6-yl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-2-(4-methyl- piperazin-1-yl)-acetamide (WW-168)
Figure imgf000259_0001
To a solution of 2-chloro-N-[5-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxin-6-ylH1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridin-2-yl]-acetamide (0.1g, 0.29mmol) in dichloromethane (2mL), triethylamine (0.061 mL, 0.43mmol) and N-methylpiperazine (0.036mL, 0.32mmol) were added successively and the mixture was stirred overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude then purified by prep LCMS. LCMS Method: 2, RT=2.19min, MI=409 [M+1], NMR 1 H (DMSO): 2.29 (s, 3H), 2.48-2.50 (m, 4H), 2.53-2.58 (m, 4H), 3.25 (brs, 2H), 4.33 (brs, 4H), 7.03 (d, 1H), 7.25 (dd, 1 H), 7.47 (dd, 1H), 7.62- 7.71 (m, 3H).
The following compound was synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000259_0002
General Synthesis Procedure P
Compounds were synthesised starting from 5-aryl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the Michael acceptor may be synthesised starting from the acid chloride or an activated ester.
Addition of an amine at room temperature led to formation of the corresponding Michael adduct. Scheme 16
Figure imgf000260_0001
Synthesis 22 N-[5-(2,3-Dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxin-6-yl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yr]-acrylamide
Figure imgf000260_0002
To a solution of 5-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxin-6-yl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2- ylamine (0.3g, 1.12mmol) in dichloromethane (1OmL), triethylamine (0.19mL, 1.34mmol) and acryloyl chloride (0.11 mL, 1.23mmol) were added successively and the mixture was stirred overnight. The reaction was hydrolysed, and the organic phase washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. A minimum amount of dichloromethane was added to the crude, diethylether was added and the resulting solid collected by filtration. LCMS Method: 2: RT: 4.23min, 323 [M+1].
Synthesis 23
N-fS^.S-Dihydro-benzoti ^dioxin-e-ylHI ^^Jtriazoloti .S-aJpyridin^-yll-S-imidazol-i-yl- propionamide (WW-169)
Figure imgf000260_0003
To a solution of N-[5-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxin-6-yl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]- acrylamide (0.05g, 0.155mmol) in ethanol (2mL) was added N-methylpiperazine (0.13g, 1.86mmol) and the solution was stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was purified by prep LCMS. LCMS Method: 2, RT: 2.09min, Ml: 423 [M+1].
Figure imgf000261_0003
General Synthesis Procedure Q
Compounds were synthesised starting from 5-aryl-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the amino derivatives may be obtained via a standard cross-coupling reaction utilising a catalyst such as bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium and an appropriate bromo derivative under standards conditions.
Scheme 17
Figure imgf000261_0001
Synthesis 24
[3-(2-lmidazol-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-[5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2- yl]-amine (XX-015)
Figure imgf000261_0002
In a microwave vial, 5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine (0.05g, 0.208mmol), 1-[2-(3-bromo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-1H-imidazole (0.073g, 0.27mmol), bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium (0.01 g, 0.01 mmol), xantphos (0.012g, 0.02mmol) and sodium tert butoxide (0.04g, 0.416mmol) were added successively. 1 ,4-Dioxane (1.2mL) and dimethylacetamide (4 drops) were added and the vial was sealed and heated in the microwave (15O0C, 10min). The mixture was filtered and purified by preparatory LCMS. LCMS method: 2, RT: 3.36min; Ml: 427 [M+1]. NMR 1H (DMSO): 3.85 (s, 3H), 4.18 (t, 2H), 4.36 (t, 2H)1 6.42 (dd, 1H), 6.94 (s, 1 H), 7.11-7.15 (m, 5H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 7.46-7.64 (m, 3H), 7.78 (s, 1 H), 8.02 (d, 2H), 9.65 (s, 1 H). Compounds were synthesised starting from bromoaryl esters following the scheme illustrated below.
Scheme 18
HN1R2R, MW, 15O0C, 10min
Figure imgf000262_0001
Figure imgf000262_0002
Synthesis 25
4-Bromo-N-(2-dimethylamino-ethyl)-benzamide
Figure imgf000262_0003
A microwave vial containing 4-bromo-benzoic acid ethyl ester (1g, 4.36mmol) and N1N- dimethylethylenediamine (2.37g, 21.38mmol) was heated under microwave radiation (15O0C, 10min). The volatiles were removed under rotary evaporation and the crude was used in the next step without further purification. Yield: 1.18g, 100%. LCMS method: 2, RT: 1.93min; Ml: 271-273 [M+1].
Compounds were synthesised starting from bromophenols following the scheme illustrated below.
Scheme 19
Figure imgf000262_0004
Synthesis 26
2-[2-(4-Bromo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-isoindole-1 ,3-dione
Figure imgf000262_0005
4-Bromophenol, N-(2-bromoethyl)phthalimide and potassium carbonate were suspended in dimethylformamide and heated to 5O0C overnight under nitrogen. The dimethylformamide was removed under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The organics were combined, washed several times with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Yield: 2g, 98%; LCMS: RT method: 2, RT: 5.33min, Ml: 382 - 384 [M+1].
Compounds were synthesised starting from bromobenzaldehydes following the scheme illustrated below.
Scheme 20
Figure imgf000263_0001
Synthesis 27 [(E)-3-(4-Bromo-phenyl)-allyl]-dimethyl-amine
Figure imgf000263_0002
To a stirred solution of (2-dimethylaminoethyl)triphenylphosphonium bromide (1.12g, 2.7mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10ml) was added 2.5 M n-BuLi in hexanes (1.08ml, 2.7mmol) under nitrogen at O0C. After 30 minutes 4-bromobenzaldehyde (0.5g, 2.7mmol) was added slowly and the reaction mixture was stirred at 6O0C overnight. The reaction mixture was acidified with 2M hydrochloric acid and extracted with toluene. The aqueous layer was then made alkaline with 2N sodium hydroxide and extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The organics were combined, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the product as yellow oil. Yield 0.41 g, 63%. LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.62min; Ml: 240-242 [M+1].
Compounds were synthesised from bromo chloro heterocycles following the scheme shown below. In general the bromo heteroaryl compounds may be obtained by nucleophilic substitution of an activated aryl halogen by an alcohol in the presence of sodium hydride or other suitable base. Scheme 21
Figure imgf000264_0001
with X = CH, N
Synthesis 28
[2-(5-Bromo-pyrimidin-2-yloxy)-ethyl]-dimethyl-amine
Figure imgf000264_0002
2-Dimethylaminoethanol (0.113mL, 1.113mmol) was suspended in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (1OmL). Sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil, 0.134g, 3.334mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred for 5 minutes. 5-Bromo-2-chloropyrimidine (0.2g, 1.03mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with 10% aqueous ammonium chloride and extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed with water and brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. LCMS method: 1 , RT: 0.63min, Ml: 246 - 248 [M+1].
Compounds were synthesised starting from bromoanilines following the scheme illustrated below
Scheme 22
Figure imgf000264_0003
Synthesis 29
N-(4-Bromo-phenyl)-2-chloro-acetamide
Figure imgf000264_0004
A solution of bromoaniline (2g, 11.63mmol) and triethylamine (4.84ml, 34.89mmol) in dichloromethane (50ml) at O0C was added chloroacetyl chloride dropwise (1.11ml, 13.96mol). The mixture was stirred at O0C for 15min then warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride was added and the mixture was extracted twice with dichloromethane. The organics were combined, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Yield 2.2Og, 76%. LCMS method: 2, RT: 4.85min; Ml: 289-291 [M+1].
Synthesis 30 N-(4-Bromo-phenyl)-2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-acetamide
Figure imgf000265_0001
N-(4-Bromo-phenyl)-2-chloro-acetamide (0.3g, 1.21mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous toluene (10ml). Pyrrolidine (0.3ml, 3.63mmol) was added dropwise to the mixture, which was then heated to reflux and stirred overnight. The toluene was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate. Saturated ammonium chloride was added and the aqueous layer was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The organics were combined, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. Yield 0.22g, 65%. LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.62min; Ml: 283-285 [M+1].
Synthesis 31
(4-Bromo-phenyl)-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl)-amine
Figure imgf000265_0002
A 1M solution of BH3 in tetrahydrofuran (7.7ml, 7.7mmol) was added dropwise to N-(4- bromo-phenyl)-2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-acetamide (0.22g, 0.77mmol) and the solution was stirred overnight at reflux then subsequently hydrolysed by slow addition of excess of methanol and refluxing for a further 2 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and aqueous ammonium chloride was added. The aqueous was extracted twice with ethyl acetate and the organics were combined, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired product. Yield 0.18g, 86%. LCMS method: 2, RT: 4.62min; Ml: 267-269 [M+1].
Compounds were synthesised starting from bromoanilines following the scheme illustrated below. Scheme 23
Figure imgf000266_0001
Synthesis 32
N-(4-Bromo-phenyl)-acrylamide
Figure imgf000266_0002
A mixture of 4-bromoaniline (2.Og, 11.63mmol) and triethylamine (1.9ml, 13.96mmol) in dichloromethane (50ml) was cooled to O0C and acroloyl chloride (1.04ml, 12.76mmol) was added dropwise over 5 min. The resulting mixture was stirred for 2 hours at O0C. The mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, washed with brine and dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired product. Yield 0.97g, 37%. LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.91 min; Ml: 227-229 [M+1].
Synthesis 33 N-(4-Bromo-phenyl)-3-pyrrolidin-1-yl-propionamide
Figure imgf000266_0003
N-(4-Bromo-phenyl)-acrylamide (0.3g, 1.33mmol) was dissolved in ethanol. Pyrrolidine (0.12ml, 1.46mmol) was added and the mixture was heated to reflux overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate. Aqueous ammonium chloride was added and the aqueous layer was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The organics were combined, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to yield the desired product. Yield 0.24g, 60%. LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.67min; Ml: 297-299 [M+1]. Synthesis 34 (3-Bromo-phenyl)-(3-pyrrolidin-1-yl-propyl)-amine
Figure imgf000267_0001
A 1 M solution of BH3 in tetrahydrofuran (10ml, lOmmol) was added dropwise to N-(3- bromo-phenyl)-3-pyrrolidin-1-yl-propionamide (0.3g, 1mmol) and the solution was stirred overnight at reflux then subsequently hydrolysed by slow addition of excess of methanol and refluxing for a further 2 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and aqueous ammonium chloride was added. The aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate and the organics were combined, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was dissolved in methanol and loaded onto an SCX cartridge, which was washed with methanol and the product subsequently eluted with 2M ammonia in methanol. Removal of all solvents under rotary evaporation gave the desired product. Yield 0.23g, 82%. LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.71 min; Ml: 283-285 [M+1].
Compounds were synthesised from 2-(4-bromo-phenoxy)-amides as shown in the scheme below. In general, the amide was reduced using borane-tetrahydrofuran complex or by using any other suitable reducing agent.
Scheme 24
Figure imgf000267_0002
Synthesis 35
2-(4-Bromo-phenoxy)-propylamine
Figure imgf000267_0003
A 1M solution of borane in tetrahydrofuran (8.2ml, 8.2mmol) was added dropwise to 2-(4- bromo-phenoxy)-propionamide (0.2g, 0.82mmol) and the solution was stirred overnight at reflux then subsequently hydrolysed by slow addition of excess of methanol and refluxing for a further 2 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and aqueous ammonium chloride was added. The aqueous phase was extracted twice with ethyl acetate and the organics were combined, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired product. Yield 0.13g, 68%. LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.74min; Ml: 271-273 [M+1].
Compounds were synthesised from bromoanilines and carboxylic acids as shown in the scheme below. In general, HBTU or any other suitable coupling agent may be used to form the amide. A borane-tetrahydrofuran complex or any other suitable reducing agent may be used for the subsequent reduction.
Scheme 25
Figure imgf000268_0001
Synthesis 36
N-(4-Bromo-phenyl)-2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-propionamide
Figure imgf000268_0002
4-Bromo aniline (0.25g, 1.45mmol), 2-pyrrolidin-1-ylpropanoic acid (0.25g, 1.74mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (0.3ml, 1.74mmol) were dissolved in dimethylacetamide (5ml). HBTU (0.66g, 1.74mmol) was subsequently added and the mixture was stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was added to water and extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organics were washed several times with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired product. Yield: 0.43g, 100%. LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.73min; Ml: 297-299 [M+1].
Synthesis 37 (4-Bromo-phenyl)-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-propyl)-amine
Figure imgf000268_0003
A 1M solution of BH3 in tetrahydrofuran (10ml, lOmmol) was added dropwise to N-(4- bromo-phenyl)-2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-propionamide (0.44g, 1.48mmol) and the solution was stirred overnight at reflux then subsequently hydrolysed by slow addition of excess of methanol and refluxing for a further 2 hours. The reaction mixture was loaded onto an SCX cartridge, which was washed with methanol and the product subsequently eluted with 2M ammonia in methanol. Removal of all solvents under rotary evaporation gave the desired product. Yield: 0.04g, 10%. LCMS method: 2, RT: 3.07min; Ml: 283-285 [M+1].
Compounds were synthesised from boc-protected amino acids as shown in the scheme below. A borane-tetrahydrofuran complex or any other suitable reducing agent may be used for the selective reduction of the acid. DBAD or any other Mitsunobu reagent and triphenylphosphine can be used to form the ether
Figure imgf000269_0001
Synthesis 38 ((f?)-2-Hydroxy-1-methyl-ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
Figure imgf000269_0002
A solution of Boc-D-Ala-OH (1.0g, 5.28mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10ml) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of BH3, 1M in tetrahydrofuran (10ml) at O0C. The mixture was stirred for a further hour at O0C, then quenched with 10% acetic acid in methanol. After solvent evaporation, the crude product was dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed with 1 M HCI1 water and then 1 M sodium hydrogencarbonate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired product. Yield 0.39g, 42%. : NMR 1 H (300MHz, CDCI3): 0.97 (d, 3H), 1.36 (s, 9H), 3.14 (m, 1 H), 3.29 (m, 1 H), 3.40 (m, 1H), 4.57 (m, 1H) Svnthesis 39 [(R)-2-(4-Bromo-phenoxy)-1-methyl-ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester
Figure imgf000270_0001
4-Bromophenol (0.2g, 1.14mmol), ((R^-hydroxy-i-methyl-ethyO-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (0.2g, 1.14mmol) and triphenylphosphine (0.45g, 1.71mmol) were dissolved in anhydrous toluene (10ml) under an atmosphere of nitrogen. A solution of di-tert-butyl azodicarboxylate (0.39g, 1.71mmol) in toluene (5ml) was added slowly ensuring that the temperature did not exceed 350C. The reaction mixture was heated to 8O0C and stirred overnight. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and subsequently washed with 1 M HCI1 water, brine then dried over magnesium sulfate, filteted and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by Flash Chromatography using 10% ethyl acetate / cyclohexane as the elutant gave the final product. Yield 80mg, 21%. LCMS method: 2, RT: 6.17min; Ml: 330-332 [M+1].
Compounds were synthesised from lactamides as shown in the scheme below. A borane- tetrahydrofuran complex or any other suitable reducing agent may be used for the reduction to the amine. Di-tert-butyl dicarbonate can be used to protect the amine, and DBAD or any other Mitsunobu reagent and triphenylphosphine can be used to form the ether.
Scheme 27
Figure imgf000270_0002
Synthesis 40 (f?)-1 -Amino-propan-2-ol
Figure imgf000270_0003
A 1 M solution of borane in tetrahydrofuran (10ml, lOmmol) was added dropwise to (R)- lactamide (0.5g, 5.6mmol) and the solution was stirred overnight at reflux then subsequently hydrolysed by slow addition of excess of methanol and refluxing for a further 2 hours. The reaction mixture was loaded onto an SCX cartridge, which was washed with methanol and the product subsequently eluted with 2M ammonia in methanol. Removal of all solvents under rotary evaporation gave the desired product. Yield: 0.2Og, 48%. NMR 1 H (300MHz, CDCI3): 1.05 (d, 3H), 3.64 (m, 1 H) (CH2 under water peak).
Synthesis 41 ((fi)-2-Hydroxy-propyl)-carbamic acid terf-butyl ester
Figure imgf000271_0001
To a stirred solution of (f?)-1-amino-propan-2-ol (0.2g, 2.66mmol) and triethylamine
(385μL, 2.78mmol) in dichloromethane (5ml) at O0C was added di-terf-butyl dicarbonate (0.6g, 2.78mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 1hr at O0C under N2. Saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate was added and extracted twice with dichloromethane. The organics were combined, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired product. Yield 0.33g, 70%. NMR 1H (300MHz, CDCI3): 1.16 (d, 3H), 1.44 (s, 9H), 2.99 (m, 1H), 3.26 (m, 1 H), 3.88 (m, 1 H), 4.96 (brs, 1 H)
Synthesis 42 [(S)-2-(4-Bromo-phenoxy)-propyl]-carbamic acid te/t-butyl ester
Figure imgf000271_0002
4-Bromophenol (0.33g, 1.88mmol), ((f?)-2-hydroxy-propyl)-carbamic acid terf-butyl ester (0.33g, 1.88mmol) and triphenylphosphine (0.74g, 2.82 mmol) were dissolved in anhydrous toluene. A solution of di-terf-butyl azodicarboxylate (0.65g, 2.82mmol) in toluene (5ml) was added slowly ensuring that the temperature did not exceed 35°C. The reaction mixture was heated to 800C and stirred overnight. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate and subsequently washed with 1 M HCI, water, then brine and dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired product. Yield: 0.62g, 100. LCMS method: 2, RT: 6.18min; Ml: 330-332 [M+1].
Compounds were synthesised from 4-bromophenol as shown in the scheme below. In general DBAD or any other Mitsunobu reagent and polystyrene supported triphenylphosphine can be used to form the ether Scheme 28
Figure imgf000272_0001
Synthesis 43
[(R)-2-(4-Bromo-phenoxy)-propyl]-dimethyl-amine
Figure imgf000272_0002
4-Bromophenol (0.2g, 1.16mmol) and (S)-(+)-1-dimethylamino-2-propanol (0.14ml, 1.16mmol) were dissolved in dichloromethane (10ml). PS-Triphenylphospine (1.74g, 1.74mmol) was added, followed by di-tert-butyl azodicarboxylate (0.4g, 1.74mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature, then filtered and the filtrate washed with sodium hydrogenocarbonate then brine. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired product. Yield: 0.3g, 100%. LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.62min; Ml: 258-260 [M+1].
Scheme 29
Figure imgf000272_0003
Synthesis 44 4-Bromo-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethyl)-amide
Figure imgf000272_0004
To a solution of 4-bromo-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (0.2g, 0.99mmol) in dimethylacetamide (5mL), N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.26mL, 1.485mmol), 1-(2- aminoethyl)pyrrolidine (0.17g, 1.485mmol) and HBTU (0.565g, 1.485mmol) were added successively. The mixture was stirred overnight and then hydrolysed. Ethyl acetate was added and the two layers then separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate and the organics combined, washed with water (x2) then brine and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The crude was used without further purification. Yield: 0.24g, 80%. LCMS Method: 2:1.92min, 298-300 [M+1].
Compounds were synthesised from an amino-alcohol as shown in the scheme below. In general, the cyclic amine was obtained using dibromobutane under standard conditions. A Mitsunobu reaction was then performed to generate the amino-ether derivative.
Scheme 30
Figure imgf000273_0001
Synthesis 45 (f?)-2-Phenyl-2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethanol
Figure imgf000273_0002
To a solution of (f?)-2-amino-2-phenyl-ethanol (0.5g, 3.64mmol) in 2-propanol (4OmL) were added sodium carbonate (1g, 9.48mmol), 1 ,4-dibromobutane (0.57mL, 4.74mmol) and potassium iodide (catalytic) in succession, and the mixture was refluxed overnight. After filtration, the sovent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude was used without further purification (0.53g, 76%). LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.27min; Ml: 191-193 [M+1].
Synthesis 46
1 -[(f?)-2-(4-Bromo-phenoxy)-1 -phenyl-ethyl]-pyrrolidine
Figure imgf000273_0003
To a solution of 4-bromophenol (0.226g, 1.31mmol) in tetrahydrofuran, were added triphenylphosphine (0.342g, 1.31mmol), (f?)-2-phenyl-2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethanol (0.3g, 1.57mmol) and diethyl azodicarboxylate (0.205mL, 1.31mmol) successively. The solution was stirred overnight at room temperature and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The crude was passed through an SCX column, which was washed with methanol and then the compound released using a solution of ammonia in methanol (2M) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was used without further purification. Yield: 0.43g, 80%. LCMS method: 2, RT: 3.36min; Ml: 346-348 [M+1].
Compounds were synthesised from 4-bromo-2-chloropyridine as shown in the scheme below. In general, the 2-aminopyridine was obtained by nucleophilic addition of the amine function on the bromo-chloroderivative under microwave conditions.
Scheme 31
Figure imgf000274_0001
Synthesis 47 N'-(4-Bromo-pyridin-2-yl)-N,N-diethyl-ethane-1,2-diamine
Figure imgf000274_0002
In a microwave vial, 4-Bromo-2-chloro-pyridine (0.3g, 1.56mmol) and N1N- diethylethylenediamine (0.9g, 7.8mmol) were heated under microwave irradiations (180oC, 30min). Water and Ethyl acetate were then added and the layers separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate and the organics combined, washed twice with brine, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was used without further purification. Yield: 0.31 g, 71%. LCMS method: 2, RT: 0.47min; Ml: 272-274 [M+1].
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000274_0003
Figure imgf000275_0001
Figure imgf000276_0001
The following compounds were also synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000276_0002
Figure imgf000277_0001
Figure imgf000278_0001
General Synthesis Procedure R
Compounds were synthesised starting from 2-{4-[5-(4-aryl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2- ylamino]-phenoxy}-ethanol, for example, 2-{4-[5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridin-2-ylamino]-phenoxy}-ethanol (XX-011 , described above), following the scheme illustrated below. In general, after conversion of the terminal alcohol into a leaving group such as a mesylate, displacement by an amine may be performed under microwave conditions or thermal conditions.
Scheme 32
Figure imgf000279_0001
Synthesis 48
Methanesulfonic acid 2-{4-[5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamino]- phenoxy}-ethyl ester
Figure imgf000279_0002
2-{4-[5-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamino]-phenoxy}-ethanol (XX-011) (0.48g, 1.26mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (2OmL). Triethyl amine (0.805ml_, 5.8mmol) was added and the mixture cooled to O0C, then methanesulfonyl chloride (0.39mL, 5.05mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature. The reaction mixture was washed with 5% sodium hydrogencarbonate, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo and used without further purification. LCMS method: 1 , RT: 5.11min, Ml:455 [M+1]. Svnthesis 49
{4-[2-(Benzyl-methyl-amino)-ethoxy]-phenyl}-[5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridin-2-yl]-amine (XX-025)
Figure imgf000280_0001
Methanesulfonic acid 2-{4-[5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamino]- phenoxy}-ethyl ester (0.05g, 0.11mmol) was dissolved in dimethylacetamide (1mL). N- Benzylmethylamine (0.071 mL, 0.55mmol) and triethylamine (0.076mL, 0.55mmol) were added and the reaction was heated to 13O0C for 15 minutes in the microwave. The reaction mixture was transferred to a vial and purified by preparatory HPLC. LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.86min, Ml: 466 [M+1].
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000280_0002
The following compounds were also synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000281_0003
General Synthesis Procedure S
Compound was synthesised starting from {4-[5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridin-2-ylamino]-pheπyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the Boc group may be cleaved utilising trifluoroacetic acid or other suitable conditions known to one skilled in the art.
Scheme 33
Figure imgf000281_0001
Synthesis 50
N-[5-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-benzene-1 ,3-diamine (XX-061 )
Figure imgf000281_0002
{4-[5-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamino]-phenyl-carbamic acid terf-butyl ester (0.08g, 0.186mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (3ml) and trifluoroacetic acid (1ml) was added. The mixture was stirred for 3 hours at room temperature then neutralised with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate and extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The organics were combined, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in dimethylacetamide and purified by prep LCMS. LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.91 min, Ml: 332. The following compound was synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000282_0003
General Synthesis Procedure T
Compounds were synthesised starting from the Boc protected 5-aryl(4-piperazin-1-yl- phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl-amine (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the Boc group may be cleaved utilising trifluoroacetic acid or other suitable conditions known to one skilled in the art.
Scheme 34
Figure imgf000282_0001
Synthesis 51
[5-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-(4-piperazin-1 -yl-phenyl)-amine
(XX-023)
Figure imgf000282_0002
A solution of 5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine (XX-009) (0.05g, 0.208mmol) in trifluoroacetic acid (1mL) was stirred for 2 hours. Saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate was added to neutrality and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The crude product was purified by preparatory HPLC. LCMS Method: 2, RT: 3.18min; Ml: 401 [M+1]. NMR 1 H (DMSO): 2.47-2.52 (m, 4H)1 3.08-3.15 (m, 4H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 6.93 (d, 2H), 7.09-7.15 (m, 3H), 7.47 (dd, 1 H), 7.55-7.61 (m, 3H), 8.02 (d, 2H), 9.37 (s, 1 H)
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000283_0002
General Synthesis Procedure U
Compounds were synthesised starting from the phthalimido-[5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)- [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-phenyl-amines (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the phthalimido group may be removed by hydrazinolysis in a refluxing solvent such as ethanol.
Scheme 35
Figure imgf000283_0001
Svnthesis 52
[4-(3-Amino-propoxy)-phenylH5-(4-methoxy^henyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]- amine (XX-041)
Figure imgf000284_0001
To a solution of 2-(3-{4-[5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamino]- phenoxy}-propyl)-isoindole-1 ,3-dione (XX-039) (0.1g, 0.192mmol) in ethanol (2mL), hydrazine hydrate (0.05mL, 0.192mmol) was added and the solution was refluxed overnight. After removal of the volatiles under reduced pressure, the crude product was purified by preparatory HPLC. LCMS Method: 2: RT: 2.62min, Ml: 390 [M+1].
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000284_0002
General Synthesis Procedure V
Compounds were synthesised starting from the [5-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxin-6-yl)- [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[(3-dimethylamino-propenyl)-phenyl]-amines (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the alkene may be reduced using palladium catalysed hydrolysis in a solvent such as ethanol. Scheme 36
H2, Pd / C, Ethanol
Figure imgf000285_0001
Figure imgf000285_0002
Synthesis 53
[5-(2,3-Dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxin-6-yl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[3-(3- dimethylamino-propyl)-phenyl]-amine (XX-115)
Figure imgf000285_0003
[5-(2,3-Dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxan-6-yl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[3-((E)-3- dimethylamino-propenyl)-phenyl]-amine (80mg, 0.186mmol) was dissolved in degassed ethanol (10ml) and 5% palladium on carbon (50mg) was added. The flask was evacuated then back-filled with nitrogen, which was repeated 3 times and the flask evacuated one final time. A balloon of hydrogen was attached to the flask and the solution was stirred overnight. The reaction was filtered through celite, washed with ethyl acetate and concentrated in vacuo then purified by prep LCMS. LCMS Method: 2, RT: 2.64min; Ml: 430 [M+1].
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000285_0004
General Synthesis Procedure W
Compounds were synthesised starting from boc-protected (2-{4-[5-(2,3-dihydro- benzo[1 ,4]dioxin-6-yl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamino] phenoxy}-alkyl)-carbamic acid terf-butyl esters (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the Boc group may be cleaved utilising MP-TsOH or trifluoroacetic acid or other suitable conditions known to one skilled in the art.
Scheme 37
Figure imgf000286_0001
Synthesis 54
[4-((S)-2-Amino-propoxy)-phenyl]-[5-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl)- [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amine (XX-143)
Figure imgf000286_0002
((S)-2-{4-[5-(2,3-Dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxin-6-yl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamino]- phenoxy}-propyl)-carbamic acid terf-butyl ester (100mg, 0.196mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (4ml) and MP-TsOH (1g, 3.23mmol) added. The mixture was shaken overnight at room temperature. The resin was collected by filtration and washed with methanol. The product was then cleaved from the resin with 2M ammonia in methanol. The eluant was concentrated in vacuo and the product was purified by prep LCMS.
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Code No. LCMS
XX-138 RT: 2.6min, Ml: 418, Method: 2
XX-141 RT: 2.6min, Ml: 418, Method: 2
XX-142 RT: 2.51min , Ml: 418, Method : 2
XX-143 RT: 2.59min , Ml: 418, Method : 2 General Synthesis Procedure X
Compounds were synthesised starting from 5-bromo-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2- ylamine following the scheme illustrated below. In general, stirring the starting material with sodium thiomethoxide in dimethylformamide at 6O0C formed the methylsulfanyl derivative. This was then followed by a Buchwald reaction to introduce the first aryl group and subsequently a copper-mediated Suzuki type reaction to introduce the second aryl group.
Scheme 38
Figure imgf000287_0001
Ar2B(OH)2, Pd(Ph3P)4,
I />— N Cu(l)thiophene carboxylate I /V-N
Ar1
MW, lOmin, 15O0C
Ar,
Synthesis 55 5-Methylsulfanyl-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine
Figure imgf000287_0002
To a stirred solution of 5-bromo-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine (2Og, 93.9mmol) in dimethylformamide (6OmL) was added sodium thiomethoxide (8.6Og, 122mmol) portionwise, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 60 0C for 2 hours. The mixture was allowed to cool, water added (350 ml.) and the product collected by filtration to afford the expected compound as a white solid. No further purification was required. Yield: 15.7g, 93%; LCMS method: 3, RT: 1.38min, Ml: 181 [M+1]. Svnthesis 56
(5-Methylsulfanyl-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-[4-(2-pyrroliclin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]- amine
Figure imgf000288_0001
A microwave vial containing S-methylsulfanyl-fi
Figure imgf000288_0002
(13.5g, 74.9mmol), 1-(2-(4-bromophenoxy)ethyl)pyrrolidine (20.2ml_, 97.3 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (3.42g, 3.74 mmol), xantphos (4.33g, 7.49 mmol), sodium terf-butoxide (14.7g, 150 mmol) and 1 ,4-dioxane (9OmL) was heated under microwave radiation (15O0C, 10min). N,N-Dimethylacetamide (1mL) was added to assist with microwave absorption. The volatiles were removed under rotary evaporation and the product then purified by graduated flash column chromatography (2-10% methanol: dichloromethane) to provide a pale brown solid. Yield: 19.3g, 70%; LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.28min, Ml: 370 [M+1]. 1H NMR (CDCI3, 300MHz): 7.53 (d, 2H), 7.40 (d 1 H), 7.26 (d, 1 H), 7.10 (s, 1 H), 6.93 (d 2H), 6.64 (d, 1H), 4.11 (t, 2H), 2.90 (t, 2H), 2.64 (s, 7H), 1.81 (s, 4H).
Synthesis 57
[5-(4-Methanesulfonyl-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl- ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (XX-215)
Figure imgf000288_0003
(5-Methylsulfanyl-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]- amine (50mg, 0.135 mmol), 4-methanesulfonyloxybenzeneboronic acid (60mg, 0.300 mmol), copper(l)thiophene carboxylate (575mg, 0.300 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (16mg, 0.014 mmol) and tetrahydrofuran (1.2mL) were added to a microwave tube containing a stirrer bar. The mixture was heated under microwave irradiation to 15O0C for 10min. The reaction mixture was loaded onto an SCX cartridge, which was washed with methanol and the product subsequently eluted with 2M ammonia in methanol. Having removed all solvents under rotary evaporation, the product was purifed by preparatory HPLC. LCMS method: 3, RT: 2.39min, Ml: 478 [M+1]. 1H NMR (CDCI3, 300MHz): 8.54 (s, 1H), 8.25 (d, 2H), 8.13 (d, 2H), 7.55 (d, 2H), 7.47 (d, 2H), 7.03 (t, 1H), 6.92 (t, 3H), 4.24 (t, 2H), 3.19 (t, 2H), 3.16 (s, 3H), 3.02 (s, 4H), 1.89 (s, 4H).
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000289_0001
Figure imgf000290_0001
Figure imgf000291_0003
General Synthesis Procedure Y
Compounds were synthesised starting from {5-[3-(4-methoxy-benzyloxy)-phenyl]- [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl}-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine or {5-[4-(4- methoxy-benzyloxy)-phenyl]-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl}-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)- phenylj-amine (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. The para- methoxybenzyl group can be removed using trifluoroacetic acid or any other conditions known to one skilled in the art.
Scheme 39
TFA / DCM
Figure imgf000291_0001
Figure imgf000291_0002
Synthesis 58
3-{2-[4-(2-Pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-phenol
(XX-256)
Figure imgf000292_0001
{5-[3-(4-Methoxy-phenoxy)-phenyl]-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl}-[4-(2-pyrroliclin-1-yl- ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (2.9Og, 5.41 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (10ml). Trifluoroacetic acid (10ml) was added and the reaction mixture stirred for 2 hours. Neutralisation was performed by adding saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate. The aqueous was extracted twice with dichloromethane, then the combined organics were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired compound. Yield 2.01 g, 89%. 50mg was purified by preparatory HPLC.
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000292_0002
General Synthetic Procedure Z
Compounds were synthesised starting from {2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]- [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-phenols (described above) following the scheme below.
Scheme 40
Figure imgf000293_0001
Synthesis 59
[4-(2-Pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-{5-[3-(tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethoxy)-phenyl]- [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl}-amine (XX-175)
Figure imgf000293_0002
Tetrahydrofurfuryl bromide (20mg, 0.18mmol) was added to a stirred solution of 3-{2-[4- (2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-phenol (50mg, 0.12mmol) and potassium carbonate (25mg, 0.18mmol) in dimethylformamide (1.5ml). The mixture was heated overnight at 80°C then cooled and transferred to a vial for purification by preparatory HPLC. RT: 2.70min, Ml: 500.22, Method: 2.
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000293_0003
Figure imgf000294_0001
General Synthetic Procedure AA
Compounds were synthesised starting from {2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]- [1,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-phenols (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. Triflate formation may be accomplished using N-phenyl- bis(trifluoromethanesulfonimide) or any other method known to one skilled in the art. The subsequent bi-aryl can be formed using Suzuki chemistry utilising tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium or another suitable catalyst.
Scheme 41
Figure imgf000295_0001
Synthesis 60
Trifluoro-methanesulfonic acid 3-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]- [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-phenyl ester
Figure imgf000295_0002
N-Phenyl-bis(trifluoromethanesulfonimide) (0.51g, 1.44mmol) was added to a stirred solution of 3-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5- yl}-phenol 0.4g, 0.96mmol) and triethylamine (0.27ml, 1.92mmol) in dichloromethane (20ml). The mixture was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. Water was added and the product extracted into dichloromethane (x2). The organics were combined, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired product. Yield 0.53g, 100%. LCMS RT: 5.08min, Ml: 548, Method: 2. Synthesis 61
(5-Biphenyl-3-yl-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]- amine (XX-164)
Figure imgf000296_0001
A microwave vial was charged with trifluoro-methanesulfonic acid 3-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1- yl-ethoxy)-phenylaminoH1.2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-phenyl ester (50mg, 0.09mmol), benzeneboronic acid (15mg, 0.12mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (10mg, 0.009mmol), potassium phosphate (0.5M in water, 0.36ml, 0.18mmol) and N1N'- dimethylacetamide (1 ml). The reaction was heated to 15O0C for 10 minutes under microwave irradiation. The mixture was then filtered through a plug of silica, washed with methanol and concentrated in vacuo. The product was purified by preparatory LCMS to yield the desired product. RT: 2.96min, Ml: 476.22, Method: 2
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000296_0002
Figure imgf000297_0003
General Synthesis Procedure BB
Compounds were synthesised starting from (3-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)- phenylamino]-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-phenyl)-carbamic acid fe/t-butyl ester (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. The Boc group can be removed using trifluoroacetic acid or any other conditions known to one skilled in the art.
Scheme 42
Figure imgf000297_0001
Synthesis 62
[5-(3-Amino-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]- amine (XX-255)
Figure imgf000297_0002
(3-{2-[4-(2-Pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1I2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-phenyl)- carbamic acid terf-butyl ester (1.39g, 2.71 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (10ml). Trifluoroacetic acid (10ml) was added and the reaction mixture stirred for 2 hours. Neutralisation was performed by adding saturated aquous sodium hydrogencarbonate. The aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane, and the combined organics washed with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulgate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired compound. Yield 830mg, 74%. 50mg was purified by preparatory LCMS.
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000298_0003
General Synthetic Procedure BB
Compounds were synthesised starting from {2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]- [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-amines following the scheme illustrated below. Reaction of the aniline with an acyl chloride can be performed in the presence of triethylamine to generate the corresponding amide.
Scheme 43
RCOCI, Et3N, DCM
Figure imgf000298_0001
Figure imgf000298_0002
Synthesis 63
N-(4-{2-[4-(2-Pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}- phenyl)-benzamide (XX-221)
Figure imgf000299_0001
To a stirred suspension of [5-(4-amino-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2- pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (0.05g, 0.121mmol) and triethylamine (19/vl, 0.133mmol) in dichloromethane (1ml) was added benzoyl chloride (17μl, 0.133mmol). The mixture was stirred for 18 hours at room temperature, then filtered through a plug of silica, washed with methanol and the filtrates combined and concentrated in vacuo. The product was purified by preparatory LCMS to provide the desired product. RT: 2.77min, Ml: 519, Method: 2; 1H NMR (DMSO, 300MHz): 8.62 (s, 1H), 8.07 (2H, d), 7.97 (2H, d), 7.92 (d, 2H) 7.54-7.41 (m, 5H), 7.01 (1H1 d). 6.85 ( d, 2H), 4.31 (t, 2H), 3.37 (t, 2H), 3.26 (S, 4H), 3.12 (S, 1H), 2.99 (s, 1H)1 2.02 (s, 4H).
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000299_0002
General Synthetic Procedure CC
Compounds were synthesised starting from [5-(amino-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amines (described above) following the scheme below. Amides can be formed using any amide coupling reagents such as HBTU in the presence of base known to one skilled in the art.
Scheme 44
Figure imgf000300_0001
Synthesis 64
2-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-N-(3-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridin-5-yl}-phenyl)-acetamide (XX-227)
Figure imgf000300_0002
[5-(3-Amino-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]- amine (50mg, 0.121 mmol), 3-chlorophenylacetic acid (25mg, 0.145mmol) and di- isopropylethylamine (25μL, 0.145mmol) were dissolved in dimethylacetamide (1ml). HBTU (55mg, 0.145mmol) was subsequently added and the mixture was stirred overnight. The product was purified by preparatory HPLC. RT: 2.9min, Ml: 567, Method: 2.
Compounds were made starting from 2-(4-chloro-phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester as shown in the scheme below. In general, methylation can be performed using methyl iodide and any strong non-nucelophilic base such as lithium hexamethyldisilizane. The carboxylic acid can be formed by either acid or base catalysed hydrolysis of the ester. Scheme 45
Figure imgf000301_0001
Synthesis 65 2-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester
Figure imgf000301_0002
Methyl 3-chlorophenylacetate (0.5g, 2.71 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (10ml) was added dropwise to a -78 0C solution of 1 M lithium hexamethyldisilizane in tetrahydrofuran (3.25ml, 3.25mmol). After 30 min, iodomethane (0.2ml, 3.25 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred for 30min, warmed to room temperature, and stirred for 4 hr. The volatiles were removed in vacuo. Water was added and the product extracted into ethyl acetate (x2). The organics were combined, washed with aqueous sodium thiosulphate then brine, dried, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired product. Yield 0.47g, 87%. LCMS RT: 4.78min, Ml: 199-201 , Method: 2.
Synthesis 66 2-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-propionic acid
Figure imgf000301_0003
Lithium hydroxide (0.17g, 7.10mmol) was added to a stirred solution of 2-(4-chloro- phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester (0.47g, 2.366mmol) in tetrahydrofuran, water and methanol (4:1 :1 , 12ml). The mixture was stirred overnight and the volatiles evaporated in vacuo. The mixture was basified by addition of aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate and washed with ethyl acetate. The aqueous was then acidified with 2M HCI and the product extracted into ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired product. Yield 0.4g, 91 %. NMR 1 H (300MHz, DMSO): 1.36 (d, 3H), 3.72 (q, 1 H), 7.23 - 7.38 (m, 4ArH), 12.48 (bs, 1H). The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000302_0003
General Synthetic Procedure DD
Compounds were synthesised starting from {2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]- [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-amines following the scheme illustrated below. Reaction of the aniline with an aldehyde can be performed in the presence of MP-CNBH3 and acetic acid to generate the desired amine.
Scheme 46
Figure imgf000302_0001
Synthesis 67
{5-[4-(3-Chloro-benzylamino)-phenyl]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl}-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1- yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (XX-223)
Figure imgf000302_0002
To a stirred suspension of [5-(4-amino-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2- pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (0.05g, 0.121 mmol) and MP-CNBH3 (180mg, 0.360mmol) in methanol (1 ml) was added acetic acid (6/vl, 0.121 mmol) followed by 3- chlorobenzaldehyde (15//I, 0.133mmol). The mixture was stirred for 18 hours at room temperature, then filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The product was purified by preparatory HPLC to yield the desired product. RT: 3.09min, Ml: 539, Method: 2; 1H NMR (DMSO, 300MHz): 8.47 (s, 1H), 7.90 (2H, d), 7.50-7.27 (m, 8H), 6.92 (d, 1H), 6.84 (d, 2H), 6.74 (d, 2H), 4.42 (s, 2H), 4.30 (t, 2H), 3.37 (t, 2H)1 3.26 (s, 4H), 2.03 (s, 4H).
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000303_0001
Figure imgf000304_0003
General Synthetic Procedure EE
Compounds were synthesised starting from {2-[4-(2-prrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]- [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-amines following the scheme illustrated below. Reaction of the aniline with a sulfonyl chloride can be performed in the presence of triethylamine to produce the corresponding sulfonamide.
Scheme 47
Figure imgf000304_0001
Synthesis 68
4-Methoxy-N-(4-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-
5-yl}-phenyl)-benzenesulfonamide (XX-254)
Figure imgf000304_0002
To a stirred solution of [5-(4-amino-phenyl)-[1 ,2l4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2- pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (0.05g, 0.121mmol) in dichloromethane, triethylamine (22//I, 0.154mmol) followed by 3-methoxybenzylsulfonyl chloride (15//I1 0.133mmol). The mixture was stirred for 18 hours at room temperature, then filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The product was purified by preparatory HPLC to give the desired product. RT: 2.77min, Ml: 585, Method: 2; 1H NMR (DMSO, 300MHz): 9.38 (s, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1 H), 7.92 (d, 2H), 7.81 (d, 2H), 7.55-7.51 (m, 4H)1 7.27 (d, 2H), 7.09 (d, 2H)1 6.88 (d, 2H)1 4.06 (t, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 2.94 (t, 2H), 2.70 (s, 4H), 1.75 (s, 4H).
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000305_0003
General Synthetic Procedure FF
Compounds were synthesised starting from [5-(amino-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amines (described above) following the scheme below. Ureas can be formed by reaction of the aniline with an isocyanate in an appropriate solvent.
Scheme 48
R-NCO
Figure imgf000305_0002
Figure imgf000305_0001
Svnthesis 69
1 -Phenyl-3-(3-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5- yl}-phenyl)-urea (XX-174)
Figure imgf000306_0001
[5-(3-Amino-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]- amine (50mg, 0.121 mmol) was dissolved in chloroform (3ml). Phenylisocyanate (0.12ml, 0.131mmol) was added and the mixture stirred overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the product was purified by preparatory HPLC to give the desired product. RT: 2.78min, Ml: 534, Method: 2. 1H NMR (DMSO, 300MHz): 1.76 (m, 4H), 2.80 (m, 4H), 2.99 (t, 2H), 3.99 (t, 2H), 6.86 (d, 2H), 6.94 (t, 1H), 7.13 (d, 1H), 7.26 (t, 2H), 7.34 - 7.66 (m, 9H), 8.32 (s, 1 H), 9.43 (bs, 1 H), 9.68 (bs, 1H), 9.81 (s, br, 1H).
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000306_0002
General Synthetic Procedure FF
Compounds were synthesised starting from (3-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)- phenylamino]-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-benzyl)-carbamic acid terf-butyl ester (described above) following the scheme illustrated below. The Boc group can be removed using trifluoroacetic acid or any other conditions known to one skilled in the art. Scheme 49
Figure imgf000307_0001
Synthesis 70 [5-(3-Aminomethyl-phenyl)-[1 ,2l4]triazolo[1 l5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)- phenyl]-amine (XX-308)
Figure imgf000307_0002
(3-{2-[4-(2-Pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-benzyl)- carbamic acid tert-buty\ ester (1.78g, 3.37mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (20ml). Trifluoroacetic acid (20ml) was added and the reaction was stirred for 2 hours. Neutralisation was performed by adding saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate. The aqueous phase was extracted twice with dichloromethane, and the combined organics washed with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired compound. Yield: 460mg, 32%. 50mg was purified by preparatory HPLC.
The following compound was synthesised using this method.
Figure imgf000307_0003
General Synthetic Procedure GG
Compounds were synthesised starting from [5-(3-arninomethyl-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine following the scheme illustrated below. Reaction of the amine with an acyl chloride can be performed in the presence of triethylamine to generate the corresponding amide.
Scheme 50
RCOCl, Et3N, DCM
Figure imgf000308_0001
Figure imgf000308_0002
Synthesis 71
3-Methyl-N-(3-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5- yl}-benzyl)-butyramide (XX-325)
Figure imgf000308_0003
To a stirred suspension of [5-(4-amino-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2- pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (0.03g, 0.07mmol) and triethylamine (11//I, 0.077mmol) in dichloromethane (1 ml) was added isovaleryl chloride (10//I, 0.077mmol). The mixture was stirred for 18 hours at room temperature, then filtered through a plug of silica, washed with methanol and concentrated in vacuo. The crude was purified by preparatory HPLC to give the desired product. LCMS RT: 2.54min, Ml: 513, Method: 2; 1H NMR (DMSO1 300MHz): 9.37 (s, 1H), 8.38 (t, 1H)1 8.18 (s, 1 H), 7.89 (s, 1 H), 7.56 (m, 4H)1 7.40 (d, 1 H), 7.08 (d, 1H), 6.85 (d, 2H), 4.36 (d, 2H)1 3.98 (t, 2H), 2.79 (t, 2H), 2.55 (s, 4H)1 1.98 (s, 2H), 1.66 (s, 5H), 0.82 (s, 6H).
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000308_0004
General Synthetic Procedure HH
Compounds were synthesised starting from [5-(3-aminomethyl-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (described above) following the scheme below. Ureas can be formed by reaction of the aniline with an isocyanate in an appropriate solvent.
Scheme 51
Figure imgf000309_0001
Synthesis 72
1 -(3-Chloro-phenyl)-3-(3-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridin-5-yl}-benzyl)-urea (XX-348)
Figure imgf000309_0002
[5-(3-Aminomethyl-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)- phenyl]-amine (40mg, 0.093mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (1ml). 3- Chlorophenyl isocyanate (13μl, 0.103mmol) was added and the mixture stirred overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the product was purified by preparatory HPLC to give the desired product. LCMS RT: 2.86min, Ml: 582, Method: 2. 1H NMR (DMSO, 300MHz): 9.38 (s, 1 H), 8.99 (s, 1 H), 8.16 (s, 1 H), 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.86 (d, 1 H), 7.66-7.49 (m, 5H), 7.17 (d, 2H), 7.11 (d, 1 H), 7.01 (t, 1 H), 6.84 (d, 2H), 4.39 (d, 2H), 3.98 (t, 2H), 2.81 (t, 2H), 2.53 (s, 4H), 1.67 (s, 4H).
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000310_0004
General Synthetic Procedure Il
Compounds were synthesised starting from [S-β-aminomethyl-phenylHi
Figure imgf000310_0001
.S- a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine following the scheme illustrated below. Reaction of the amine with a sulfonyl chloride can be performed in the presence of triethylamine to produce the corresponding sulfonamide.
Scheme 52
Figure imgf000310_0002
Synthesis 73
Butane-1 -sulfonic acid 3-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridin-5-yl}-benzylamide (XX-324)
Figure imgf000310_0003
To a stirred solution of [5-(3-aminomethyl-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2- pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (0.03g, 0.070mmol) in dichloromethane (1ml) was added triethylamine (13μl, 0.091 mmol) followed by butanesulfonyl chloride (11μl, 0.084mmol). The mixture was stirred for 18 hours at room temperature, then filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The product was purified by preparatory HPLC to provide the desired product. LCMS RT: 2.66min, Ml: 549, Method: 2; 1H NMR (DMSO, 300MHz): 9.43 (s, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1 H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 7.65 (m, 6H), 7.16 (d, 1 H), 6.90 (d, 2H), 4.27 (d, 2H), 4.05 (t, 2H), 2.93 (t, 2H), 2.70 (s, 4H), 2.45 (dd, 2H)1 1.74 (s, 4H), 1.59 (m, 2H), 1.28 (m, 2H), 0.82 (m, 3H).
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000311_0002
General Synthetic Procedure JJ
Compounds were synthesised starting from {2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]- [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-benzoic acid ethyl esters (described above) as shown in the scheme below. In general, the carboxylic acid can be formed by either acid or base catalysed ester hydrolysis. Oxadiazole synthesis can be accomplished by refluxing with a suitable hydrazide in phosphorus oxychloride or by any other means known to one skilled in the art.
Scheme 53
Figure imgf000311_0001
Synthesis 74
3-{2-[4-(2-Pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-benzoic acid
Figure imgf000312_0001
3-{2-[4-(2-Pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-benzoic acid ethyl ester (1.28g, 2.71 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (20ml) and potassium hydroxide (0.45g, 8.12mmol) was added. The reaction was heated to reflux for 3 hrs. Upon cooling the solvent was removed in vacuo and aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate added to the residue. The basic aqueous layer was washed with dichloromethane, then neutralised with 2M HCI and the resulting precipitate collected by filtration, washed with water and toluene, then dried under vacuum to give the desired product. Yield: 0.64g, 53%. LCMS RT: 2.45min, Ml: 444, Method: 2.
Synthesis 75
{5-[3-(5-Phenyl-[1 ,3,4]oxadiazol-2-yl)-phenyl]-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl}-[4-(2- pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (XX-309)
Figure imgf000312_0002
Phosphorus oxychloride (5ml) was added dropwise to 3-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)- phenylamino]-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-benzoic acid (50mg, 0.113mmol) and benzhydrazide (15mg, 0.113mmol). The solution was heated to reflux overnight. Once cooled the reaction mixture was added gradually to ice / water. The solution was basified with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate and subsequently extracted twice with dichloromethane. The organics were combined, washed several times with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The product was purified by preparatory HPLC. LCMS RT: 2.80min, Ml: 544, Method: 2. The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000313_0002
General Synthetic Procedure KK
Compounds were synthesised starting from 3-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)- phenylamino]-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-benzoic acid ethyl ester (described above) as shown in the scheme below.
Scheme 54
Figure imgf000313_0001
Synthesis 76
(3-{2-[4-(2-Pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1 I5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-phenyl)- methanol (XX-090)
Figure imgf000314_0001
To a slurry of lithium aluminium hydride (82.6mg, 2.12mmol) in diethylether (1OmL) was added 3-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}- benzoic acid ethyl ester (0.5Og1 1.06mmol) portionwise. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 6 hrs. Water was added to quench the hydride and the aqueous layer was removed. The organic layer was concentrated in vacuo, and the crude product loaded onto an SCX column, which was washed with methanol and the product eluted with 2M ammonia in methanol, then concentrated in vacuo. Yield: 0.35g, 76%. A small amount was purified by preparatory HPLC. RT: 2.32, Ml: 430, Method: 2.
Synthesis 77
[5-(3-Chloromethyl-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)- phenylj-amine (XX-341)
Figure imgf000314_0002
(3-{2-[4-(2-Pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-phenyl)- methanol (0.35g, 0.815mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (2OmL). Triethylamine (508uμL, 3.670mmol) was added and the mixture cooled to O0C, then methanesulfonyl chloride (252μL, 3.260mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred overnight. A small sample of the desired product was purified by preparatory HPLC. RT: 2.56 min, Ml: 448 and 450.18, Method: 2.
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000315_0002
General Synthetic Procedure LL
Compounds were synthesised starting from {2-[4-(2-pyrrolidiή-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]- [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-benzoic acids (described above) as shown in the scheme below. In general the biaryl ketones can be obtained by reaction of a Weinreb amide with a Grignard reagent.
Scheme 55
Figure imgf000315_0001
Synthesis 78
N-Methoxy-N-methyl-3-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridin-5-yl}-benzamide
Figure imgf000316_0001
3-{2-[4-(2-Pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-benzoic acid (0.2g, 0.451 mmol) was dissolved in dimethylacetamide (5ml). N-O- Dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (53mg, 0.541 mmol) and di-isopropylethylamine (0.19ml, 1.08mmol) were added followed by HBTU (0.21 g, 0.541 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane and saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate was added. The product was extracted into dichloromethane (x2), and the combined organics washed several times with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired product. Yield 0.2g, 91%. LCMS RT: 2.41 min, Ml: 487 Method: 2.
Synthesis 79
Benzo[1 ,3]dioxol-5-yl-(3-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridin-5-yl}-phenyl)-methanone (XX-310)
Figure imgf000316_0002
A solution of 3-amino-6-phenyl-pyrazine-2-carboxylic acid methoxy-methyl-amide (50mg, O.IOmmol) in tetrahydrofuran (5ml) was cooled to 0°C and 3,4-(methlenedioxy)phenyl- magnesium bromide (1 M in tetrahydrofuran/toluene) (1.0ml, LOmmol) was added dropwise under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The mixture was allowed to slowly warm to room temperature and stirred for an hour. The product was initially purified over an SCX cartridge then by preparatory HPLC. LCMS RT: 2.77min, Ml: 548, Method: 2
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000317_0002
General Synthetic Procedure MM
Compounds were synthesised starting from 3-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)- phenylamino]-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-benzoic acid (described above) as shown in the scheme below. Amide synthesis can be accomplished using HBTU or coupling reagents or by any other means known to one skilled in the art.
Scheme 56
Figure imgf000317_0001
Synthesis 80
N-(4-Chloro-benzyl)-3-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridin-5-yl}-benzamide (XX-462)
Figure imgf000318_0001
To a stirred solution of 3-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridin-5-yl}-benzoic acid (50mg, 0.113mmol), 4-chlorobenzylamine (27.5/vL, 0.226mmol), EDC (44mg, 0.226mmol) and di-isopropylethylamine (98.5/vL, 0.564mmol) was added HOBt (31 mg, 0.226mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature, and the desired product purified by preparatory HPLC. RT: 4.63min, Ml: 567.31 , Method: basic. 1H NMR (DMSO, 300MHz): 9.43 (s, 1 H), 9.22 (t, 1H), 8.58 (s, 1H)1 8.19 (t, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1 H), 7.63 (m, 6H), 7.36 (s, 3H), 7.24 (dd, 1 H), 6.84 (d, 2H), 4.50 (d, 2H)1 3.99 (t, 2H),2.81 (t, 2H), 2.50 (d, 2H)1 2.36 (s, 2H)1 1.69 (m, 4H).
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000318_0002
General Synthesis Procedure NN
Compounds were synthesised starting from 5-bromo-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2- ylamine following the scheme illustrated below. In general, this compound was reacted with 1-benzylpyrazole-4-boronic acid pinacol ester under standard Suzuki conditions using tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium as a catalyst. A Buchwald reaction was then used to install an aryl group, Ar1, and deprotection of the benzyl group carried out under hydrogenation conditions to provide the free pyrazole. Scheme 57
Figure imgf000319_0001
Synthesis 81 5-(1-Benzyl-1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine
Figure imgf000319_0002
A vial was charged with 5-bromo-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine (2.0Og, 9.39mmol), 1-benzylpyrazole-4-boronic acid, pinacol ester (3.2Og, 11.3mmol), potassium phosphate (4.0Og1 18.8mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (1.1Og, 0.94mmol). Dimethylacetamide (24ml) and water (8ml) were added and the reaction mixture was heated under microwave irradiation to 150°C for 10min. The mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water, and the aqueous phase extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases were washed several times with water, once with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. Trituration in the minimum amount of dichloromethane and diethyl ether afforded an orange solid which required no further purification. Yield: 1.82g, 67%; LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.37min, Ml: 291 [M+1]. Synthesis 82
[5-(1 -Benzyl-1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl- ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (XX-193)
Figure imgf000320_0001
A microwave vial containing 5-(1-benzyl-1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyriclin-2- ylamine (6.42g, 22.1mmol), 1-(2-(4-bromophenoxy)ethyl)pyrrolidine (5.1mL, 24.3 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0.633g, 1.11 mmol), xantphos (1.28g, 2,22 mmol), sodium terf-butoxide (4.34g, 44.2 mmol) and 1 ,4-dioxane (5OmL) was heated under microwave irradiation (13O0C, 15min). Dimethylacetamide (2.5mL) was added to assist with microwave absorption. The volatiles were removed under rotary evaporation, and the residue partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate and the combined organics washed with water followed by brine. The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulfate, concentrated in vacuo and after trituration with the minimum amount of dichloromethane in diethylether afforded a pale yellow solid. Yield: 8.12g, 77%; LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.52min, Ml: 480 [M+1].
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000320_0003
Synthesis 83
[5-(1 H-Pyrazol-4-yl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]- amine (XX-202)
Figure imgf000320_0002
[5-(1 -Benzyl-1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl- ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (1.66g, 3.46mmol) and palladium hydroxide (1.6g) were suspended in methanol (50 mL) and cone. HCI (1 mL) added. The suspension was then stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen at 500C for 18 hours after which the catalyst was removed by filtration and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo. Sodium carbonate (50% sat.) was added, and the precipitate, a pale brown solid, collected by filtration. Yield: 1.22g, 90%; LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.13min, Ml: 390 [M+1]. 1H NMR (DMSO): 1.75-1.85 (m, 4H), 2.92-2.98 (m, 4H), 3.16 (t, 2H), 4.15 (t. 2H), 6.95 (d, 2H), 7.38 (d, 1H), 7.46 (d, 1H)1 7.55 (d, 1 H), 7.65 (d, 2H), 8.24 (s, 1H)1 8.69 (s, 1H), 9.43 (s, 1 H).
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000321_0003
General Synthetic Procedure OO
Compounds were synthesised starting from [5-(1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine following the scheme illustrated below. Reaction of the pyrazole with a sulfonyl chloride can be performed in the presence of triethylamine to produce the corresponding sulfonamide.
Scheme 58
Figure imgf000321_0001
Synthesis 84
[5-(1 -Methanesulfonyl-1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1 - yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (XX-276)
Figure imgf000321_0002
To a stirred solution of [5-(1 H-pyrazol-4-y|)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2- pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (0.05g, 0.128mmol) in dichloromethane (1ml) was added triethylamine (23//I, 0.166mmol) followed by methanesulfonyl chloride (12//I, 0.154mmol). The mixture was stirred for 18 hours at room temperature, then filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The product was purified by preparatory HPLC to yield the desired product. RT: 2.41 min, Ml: 468, Method: 2; 1H NMR (DMSO, 300MHz): 9.56 (s, 1H), 9.47 (s, 1H), 8.94 (s, 1H), 8.18 (s, 2H), 7.69-7.54 (m, 3H), 6.93 (d, 2H), 4.06 (t, 2H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 2.92 (t, 2H), 2.67 (s, 4H), 1.74 (s, 4H).
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000322_0001
General Synthetic Procedure PP
Compounds were synthesised starting from [5-(1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1,5- a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyI]-amine following the scheme illustrated below. Reaction of the pyrazole with a halo-alkyl can be performed in the presence of potassium carbonate to produce the corresponding alkylated amine.
Scheme 59
DMF
Figure imgf000323_0002
Figure imgf000323_0001
Synthesis 85
[5-(1 -Butyl-1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)- phenyl]-amine (XX-303)
Figure imgf000323_0003
To a stirred solution of [5-(1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2- pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (0.05g, 0.128mmol) in dimethylacetamide (1ml) was added potassium carbonate (265mg, 0.192mmol) followed by 1-bromobutane (13//I, 0.115mmol). The mixture was stirred for 18 hours at room temperature, then filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The product was purified by preparatory HPLC to yield the desired product. LCMS: RT: 2.56min, Ml: 446, Method: 2; 1H NMR (DMSO, 300MHz): 9.42 (s, 1 H), 8.84 (s, 1H), 8.47 (s, 1 H), 8.25 (s, 1 H)1 7.64 (d, 2H), 7.57 (d, 1 H)1 7.40 (dd, 2H)1 6.95 (d, 2H), 4.26 (t, 2H)1 4.09 (t, 2H)1 2.96 (t, 2H)1 2.72 (s, 4H), 1.88 (t, 2H)1 1.83 (s, 4H)1 1.30 (dd, 2H), 0.92 (t, 3H).
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000323_0004
Figure imgf000324_0001
General Synthetic Procedure QQ
Compounds were synthesised starting from ^-(IH-pyrazol^-yO-fi^^Jtriazolofi.S- a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine following the scheme illustrated below. Reaction of the pyrazole with 2-chloroethanol in the presence of potassium carbonate provided an alcohol, which was reacted with methane sulfonyl chloride to generate the corresponding methane sulfonate. Reaction with a mercaptam in the presence of potassium carbonate afforded the desired thiol. Scheme 60
Figure imgf000325_0001
Synthesis 86
2-(4-{2-[4-(2-Pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}- pyrazol-1-yl)-ethanol (XX-307)
Figure imgf000325_0002
To a stirred solution of [5-(1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2- pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (0.4Og, 1.03mmol) in dimethylformamide (10ml) was added potassium carbonate (2g) followed by 1 -chloroethanol (140//I, 2.06mmol). The mixture was stirred for 18 hours at room temperature, then filtered and concentrated in vacuo to provide a yellow solid. No further purification was required. Yield: 0.45g, 89%; LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.10min, Ml: 434 [M+1]. Svnthesis 87
Methanesulfonic acid 2-(4-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-pheny!amino]-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridin-5-yl}-pyrazol-1-yl)-ethyl ester (XX-091)
Figure imgf000326_0001
To a stirred solution of 2-(4-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]- [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-pyrazol-1-yl)-ethanol (0.55g, 1.28mmol) in dichloromethane (5ml) was added triethylamine (450 μ\, 3.20mmol) followed by methanesulfonyl chloride (200/vl, 2.56mmol). The mixture was stirred for 18 hours at room temperature, and partitioned between ethyl acetate and ammonium chloride. The aqueous phase was extracted multiple times with ethyl acetate, and the combined organic phases dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to provide a white fluffy solid. No further purification was required. Yield: 0.34g, 52%; LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.25min, Ml: 512 [M+1].
Synthesis 88
(5-{1-[2-(5-Amino-4H-[1 ,2,4]triazol-3-ylsulfanyl)-ethyl]-1 H-pyrazol-4-yl}-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridin-2-yl)-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (XX-327)
Figure imgf000326_0002
To a stirred solution of methanesulfonic acid 2-(4-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)- phenylamino]-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-pyrazol-1-yl)-ethyl ester (0.4Og, 0.78mmol) in dimethylformamide (1ml) was added potassium carbonate (150mg) followed by 3- amino-5-mercapto-1 ,2,4-triazole (19mg, 0.156mmol). The mixture was stirred for 18 hours at room temperature, then filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The title compound was purified by preparatory HPLC to yield the desired product. LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.15min, Ml: 532 [M+1]; 1H NMR (300MHz1 DMSO) 9.35 (s, 1 H), 8.81 (s, 1 H), 8.45 (s, 1H)1 8.22 (S, 2H), 7.58 (d, 2H), 7.55 (d, 1H), 7.40 (dd, 2H), 6.85 (d, 2H), 6.13 (s, 1H), 4.51 (t, 2H), 3.98 (t, 2H), 3.48 (t, 2H), 2.75 (t, 2H)1 2.49 (s, 4H), 1.65 (s, 4H).
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000327_0002
General Synthetic Procedure RR
Compounds were synthesised starting from [δ-OH-pyrazoW-ylHI
Figure imgf000327_0001
.S- a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine following the scheme illustrated below. Reaction of the pyrazole with methyl bromoacetate in the presence of ceasium carbonate provided an ester, which was hydrolysed with sodium hydroxide to generate the corresponding carboxylic acid. Reaction with an amine under standard coupling conditions afforded the desired amide.
Scheme 61
Figure imgf000328_0001
Synthesis 89
(4-{2-[4-(2-Pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2f4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-pyrazol-
1-yl)-acetic acid methyl ester
Figure imgf000328_0002
To a stirred solution of [5-(1 H-pyrazol-4-ylH1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2- pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (0.7Og, 1.80mmol) in dimethylformamide (14ml) was added ceasium carbonate (2g) followed by methyl bromoacetate (255//I, 2.70mmol). The mixture was stirred for 18 hours at room temperature, and partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The aqueous phase was extracted with three portions of ethyl acetate, and the combined organic phases dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo to provide a yellow solid. No further purification was required. Yield: 0.51g, 61%; LCMS method: basic, RT: 3.77min, Ml: 462 [M+1].
Synthesis 90
(4-{2-[4-(2-Pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-pyrazol-
1-yl)-acetic acid (XX-440)
Figure imgf000329_0001
To a stirred solution of (4-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridin-5-yl}-pyrazol-1-yl)-acetic acid methyl ester (0.51g, 1.11mmol) in methanol (10ml) was added sodium hydroxide (2N, 1 mL) and the mixture stirred for 3 hours at room temperature. All solvents were removed in vacuo to afford the title compound as a pale yellow solid. No further purification was required. Yield: 0.40g, 80%; LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.36min, Ml: 448 [M+1].
Synthesis 91
N-(2,2-Dimethyl-propyl)-2-(4-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]- [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5-yl}-pyrazol-1-yl)-acetamide (XX-092)
Figure imgf000329_0002
To a stirred solution of (4-{2-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenylamino]-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridin-5-yl}-pyrazol-1-yl)-acetic acid (0.6Og, 0.128mmol) in dimethylformamide (1ml) was added EDCI (50mg, 0.256mmol), diisopropylethylamine (112 //I, 0.640 mmol), HOBT (35mg, 0.256mmol) and finally neopentylamine (30 μ\, 0.256mmol). The mixture was stirred for 18 hours at room temperature, then filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The title compound was purified by preparatory HPLC to yield the desired product. LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.51 min, Ml: 517 [M+1]; 1H NMR (300MHz, DMSO) 9.40 (s, 1 H), 8.85 (s, 1H), 8.42 (S1 1H), 8.16 (s, 2H), 7.61 (d, 2H), 7.54 (d, 1H), 7.40 (dd, 2H), 6.92 (d, 2H), 4.98 (s, 2H), 4.02 (t, 2H), 2.93 (d, 2H), 2.87 (t, 2H), 2.63 (s, 4H), 1.69 (s, 4H), 0.83 (m, 9H).
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000330_0002
General Synthetic Procedure SS
Compounds were synthesised starting from 5-bromo-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2- ylamine following the scheme illustrated below. In general, addition of an amine to the bromo derivative led to the di-amino compound. The final derivatives may be obtained via a standard cross-coupling reaction utilising a catalyst such as bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium and an appropriate bromo derivative under standard conditions.
Scheme 62
Figure imgf000330_0001
Synthesis 92 N*5*-Cyclopentyl-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridine-2,5-diamine
NH,
To a solution of 5-bromo-[1 ,2,4 C]triaTzolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine (0.5g, 2.35mmol) in dimethylacetamide (2ml_), cyclopentylamine (2.3ml_, 23.5mmol) was added and the solution was heated under microwave irradiation (18O0C, 180min). The resulting mixture was dilluted with water and extracted into ethyl acetate. The organics were washed with water then brine, and dried over magnesium sulfate. The solid (0.5g) was used without further purification. LCMS1 : 2.84min, 218 [M+1].
Synthesis 93
N*5*-Cyclopentyl-N*2*-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridine-
2,5-diamine (XX-152)
Figure imgf000331_0001
In a microwave vial, N*5*-cyclopentyl-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridine-2,5-diamine (0.07g, 0.322mmol), 1-(2-(4-bromophenoxy)ethyl)pyrrolidine (0.13g, 0.483mmol), bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium (0.01g, 0.016mmol), xantphos (0.019g, 0.032mmol) and sodium terf-butoxide (0.063g, 0.644mmol) were added successively. 1 ,4-Dioxane (1.2mL) and dimethylacetamide (4 drops) were added and the vial was sealed and heated under microwave irradtiation (15O0C, 10min). The mixture was filtered and purified by preparatory HPLC. LCMS Method: 2: RT:2.51min, MI:407 [M+1]. NMR 1H (DMSO): 1.55-1.75 (m, 10H), 2.03-2.08 (m, 2H), 2.55-2.65 (m, 4H), 2.84 (t, 2H), 3.93-4.00 (m, 1H), 4.01 (t, 2H), 6.10 (d, 1H), 6.15 (d, 1H), 6.69 (d, 1H), 6.87 (d, 2H), 7.37 (t, 1H), 7.63 (d, 2H)1 9.17 (s, 1 H).
Compounds were synthesised starting from bromoaryl esters following the scheme illustrated below.
Figure imgf000332_0005
General Synthetic Procedure TT
Compounds were synthesised from 2-(chloromethyl)-2-methyloxirane as shown in the scheme below.
Scheme 63
HBr / CH3COOH
Figure imgf000332_0001
Figure imgf000332_0002
Figure imgf000332_0003
Synthesis 94
3-Hydroxy-3-methyl-pentanedinitrile
Figure imgf000332_0004
A three-necked flask was fitted with dropping funnel and a thermometer. The flask was placed in an ice bath and filled with nitrogen. Magnesium sulfate heptahydrate (16.84g, 68.26mmol) was dissolved in water (80ml) and added to the flask. The solution was cooled to 1O0C and potassium cyanide (4.88g, 75.08mmol) was added. 2-(Chloromethyl)- 2-methyloxirane (4.0Og1 37.54mmol) was added portion-wise and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Dichloromethane was added to the reaction mixture and the product extracted twice. The combined organics were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the desired product. Yield 3.57g, 77%, 1H NMR (CDCI3, 300MHz): 1.57 (s, 3H), 2.69 (dd, 4H). Svnthesis 95
6-Bromo-4-methyl-pyridin-2-ylamine
Figure imgf000333_0001
Hydrogen bromide solution (33 wt. % in acetic acid) (17.8ml, 98.92mmol) was added dropwise to 3-hydroxy-3-methyl-pentanedinitrile (3.07g, 24.73mmol) with stirring. The reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. Saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate was added until neutralised. The resulting white precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with water and dried under vacuum to give the desired product. Yield 2.55g, 55%. LCMS Ml: 186.89 + 188.91 , RT: 3.16min, Method: 2.
Synthesis 96 1-(6-Bromo-4-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-3-carboethoxy-thiourea
Figure imgf000333_0002
To a solution of 6-bromo-4-methyl-pyridin-2-ylamine (0.5g, 2.67mmol) in dichloromethane (20ml) cooled to 5 0C was added ethoxycarbonyl isothiocyanate (0.32ml, 2.67mmol) dropwise over 15 min. The reaction mixture was then allowed to warm to room temperature at which it was stirred for 16 h. Evaporation in vacuo gave a solid that was collected by filtration and thoroughly washed with cyclohexane to give the desired product. Yield 0.59g, 69%. LCMS Ml: 317.92 + 319.94, RT: 5.05mm, Method: 2
Synthesis 97 5-Bromo-7-methyl-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine
Figure imgf000333_0003
To a suspension of hydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.65g, 9.27mmol) in ethanol/methanol (1:1, 20ml) was added diisopropylethylamine (0.97ml, 5.56mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temp. (20 0C) for 1 h. 1-(6-Bromo-4-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-3-carboethoxy- thiourea (0.59g, 1.84mmol) was added and the mixture slowly heated to reflux. Having refluxed overnight the mixture was allowed to cool and filtered to collect the precipitated solid. Further product was collected by evaporation in vacuo of the filtrate, addition of water and filtration. The combined solids were washed successively with water, ethanol/methanol and diethylether, then dried in vacuo to give the desired product. Yield 0.19g, 45%. LCMS Ml: 226.91 + 228.89, RT: 2.52min, Method: 2 Svnthesis 98 5-(2,3-Dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxin-6-yl)-7-methyl-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine
Figure imgf000334_0001
5-Bromo-7-methyl-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine (0.19g, 0.84mmol), 1 ,4- benzodioxane-6-boronic acid (0.18g, 1.OOmmol), palladium(tetrakis)triphenylphosphine (97mg, 0.084mmol), potassium phosphate (0.36g, 1.67mmol), dimethylacetamide (3ml) and water (1ml) were added to a microwave vial containing a stirrer bar. The reaction was heated to 15O0C for 10min. Water was added to the reaction mixture and the product extracted into ethyl acetate (x2). The organics were combined, washed several times with brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was triturated with diethyl ether and collected by filtration to give the desired product. LCMS RT: 2.82min, Ml: 283.17, Method: 2
Synthesis 99
[5-(2,3-Dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxin-6-yl)-7-methyl-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2- pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (XX-311)
Figure imgf000334_0002
A microwave tube was charged with 5-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-7-methyl- [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine (50mg, 0.177mmol), 1-[2-(4- bromophenoxy)ethyl]pyrrolidine (0.05ml, 0.23mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (8mg. 0.009mmol), Xantphos (10mg, 0.018mmol), sodium tert butoxide (35mg, 0.354mmol) and dioxane (1ml). Dimethylacetamide (2 drops) was added to assist with microwave absorption. The mixture was heated at 13O0C for 15min. Upon cooling the reaction mixture was filtered through a plug of silica and washed with methanol. The volatiles were removed in vacuo and the product was purified by preparatory HPLC. LCMS RT: 2.67min, Ml: 472, Method: 2. 1H NMR (DMSO, 300MHz): 1.79 (m, 4H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.85 (m, 4H), 3.08 (t, 2H), 4.09 (t, 2H), 4.33 (brs, 4H), 6.89 (d, 2H), 7.00 (d, 1 H)1 7.04 (d, 2H), 7.29 (s, 1H), 7.60 (m, 3H), 7.65 (d, 2H), 9.36 (s, 1H).
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000335_0003
General Synthetic Procedure UU
Compounds were synthesised from 2-bromo-3-methoxypyridine as shown in the scheme below.
Scheme 63
Figure imgf000335_0001
Synthesis 100
2-Bromo-3-methoxy-6-nitro-pyridine
Figure imgf000335_0002
2-Bromo-3-methoxy-pyridine (1g, 5.32mmol) was dissolved in concentrated sulphuric acid (2mL) and a mixture of concentrated sulphuric acid/fuming nitric acid (2ml_/4mL) was added dropwise. The mixture was heated at 6O0C for 1 h and then poured into ice and basified with ammonium hydroxide. Extraction with chloroform gave the nitro derivative which was used without further purification (1.05g, 85%). LCMS Method: 2: RT:3.77min, Ml:234 [M+1]. Synthesis 101 2-(2l3-Dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxin-6-yl)-3-methoxy-6-nitro-pyridine
Figure imgf000336_0001
2-Bromo-3-methoxy-6-nitro-pyridine (0.5g, 2.14mmol), 1 ,4-benzodioxane-6-boronic acid (0.5g, 2.79mmol) and a mixture of dimethylacetamide/water (10mL/3mL) were added to a microwave tube containing potassium phosphate (0.91 g, 4.29mmol) and palladium tetrakistriphenylphosphine (0.4g, 0.2mmol) and the reaction was heated to 15O0C for 10min. The solution was added in a separating funnel and water and ethyl acetate were added. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous was extracted again with ethyl acetate. The combined organics were washed with water (*2) then brine, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated in vacuo. The crude was used without further purification (0.48g, 77%). LCMS Method: 2: RT:4.41min, Ml:289 [M+1].
Synthesis 102
6-(2,3-Dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxin-6-yl)-5-methoxy-pyridin-2-ylamine
Figure imgf000336_0002
To a solution of N-[4-(6-nitro-pyridin-3-yloxy)-phenyl]-acetamide in methanol (0.48g, 1.66mmol) was added 5% Pd/C (0.4g) and the mixture treated with hydrogen gas at atmospheric pressure. After 19h, the catalyst was removed by filtration through celite and the solution concentrated under reduced pressure and the resulting crude used without further purification (0.41 g, 95%). LCMS Method: 2: RT:2.57min, Ml:259 [M+1]. Svnthesis 103 1-[6-(2,3-Dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-4-nnethoxy-pyriclin-2-yl]-3-carboethoxy-thiourea
Figure imgf000337_0001
To a solution of 6-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxin-6-yl)-5-methoxy-pyridin-2-ylamine (0.35g, 1.35mmol) in dichloromethane (5ml_) cooled at 5 0C was added ethoxycarbonyl isothiocyanate (0.16ml_, 1.35mmol) dropwise over 15 min. The reaction mixture was then allowed to warm to room temperature at which it was stirred overnight. Evaporation in vacuo gave a yellow solid which was collected by filtration and thoroughly washed with diethylether. The solid was used without further purification (0.53g, 100%). LCMS Method: 2: RT:4.84min, MI:390 [M+1].
Svthesis 104 5-(2,3-Dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxin-6-yl)-6-methoxy-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-ylamine
Figure imgf000337_0002
To a mixture ethanol/methanol (5mL/5mL), hydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.47g, 6.8mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (0.71 ml_, 4.08mmol) were added successively. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour and 1-[6-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxin-6-yl)-4-methoxy- pyridin-2-yl]-3-carboethoxy-thiourea was added portionwise. The mixture was refluxed for 3 hours and then allowed to cool to room temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the resulting solid collected by filtration and washed with water followed by methanol. The solid was used without further purification (0.33g, 80%). LCMS Method: 2: RT:2.57min, Ml:299 [M+1]. Svnthesis 105
[5-(2,3-Dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxin-6-yl)-6-methoxy-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-[4-(2- pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (XX-323)
Figure imgf000338_0001
In a microwave vial, 5-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxin-6-yl)-6-methoxy-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridin-2-ylamine (0.05g, 0.17mmol), 1-[2-(4-bromophenoxy)ethyl]-pyrrolidine (0.068g, 0.251 mmol), bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium (0.005g, 0.008mmol), Xantphos (0.01g, 0.017mmol) and sodium terf-butoxide (0.033g, 0.335mmol) were added successively. Dioxane (1.2ml_) and dimethylacetamide (2 drops) were added and the vial was sealed and heated in the microwave (150oC, 10min). The crude was purified using an SCX cartridge, by washing with methanol and releasing the compound with 2M ammonia in methanol. After concentration under reduced pressure, the crude was purified by preparatory LCMS. LCMS Method: 2: RT:2.52min, Ml:488 [M+1].
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000338_0002
General Synthesis Procedure W
Compounds were synthesised starting from the 2-chloro-pyrimidin-4-ylamine following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the chloro derivative was involved in a Suzuki reaction utilising a palladium catalyst such as tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium or other suitable catalyst and a suitable boronic acid or boronic ester. The 2-amino- pyrimidine and ethoxycarbonyl isothiocyanate are stirred in dichloromethane at ambient temperature. After concentration under reduced pressure and washing with an appropriate solvent, the solid was collected via filtration. The thiourea derivative was subjected to a cyclisation procedure, employing hydroxylamine in a protic solvent, to yield intermediate 2-amino-5-bromo-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridine. The aryl-amino derivatives may be obtained via a standard cross-coupling reaction utilising a catalyst such as bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium and an appropriate bromo derivative under standards conditions. Scheme 64
Figure imgf000339_0001
Synthesis 106
2-(2,3-Dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxin-6-yl)-pyrimidin-4-ylamine
Figure imgf000339_0002
2-Chloro-pyrimidin-4-ylamine (1g, 7.7 mmol), 4-methoxybenzeneboronic acid (1.41g, 9.26mmol) and dimethylacetamide (12mL) were added to a microwave tube containing a stirrer bar, potassium phosphate (3.28g, 15.44mmol) was dissolved in water (4 ml.) and added to the vial. The tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0.44g, 0.386mmol) was added and the reaction was heated to 1500C for 10min. The reaction was filtered through silica and washed through with methanol and concentrated. Yield: 1.10g, 71%; LCMS method: 1 , RT: 3.43min, Ml: 241 [M+1]. Svnthesis 107
2-(2,3-Dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxin-6-yl)-pyrimidin-4-carboethoxy-thiourea
Figure imgf000340_0001
To a solution of 2-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxin-6-yl)-pyrimidin-4-ylamine (1.55g, 7.7mmol) in dichloromethane (5mL) cooled to 5 0C was added ethoxycarbonyl isothiocyanate (0.92ml_, 7.7 mmol) dropwise over 15 min. The reaction mixture was then allowed to warm to room temp. (2O0C) at which it was stirred for 16 h. Evaporation in vacuo gave a yellow solid, which was collected by filtration, thoroughly washed with cyclohexane. No further purification was required. Yield: 2.45g, 96%; LCMS method: 2, RT: 4.90min; Ml: 333 [M+1]:
Synthesis 108 5-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-c]pyrimidin-2-ylamine
Figure imgf000340_0002
To a suspension of hydroxylamine hydrochloride (1.1 g, 15.94mmol) in ethanol/methanol (7mL/7ml_) was added N,N-diisopropylethylamine (1.67ml_, 9.57mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. 2-(2,3-Dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxin-6-yl)-pyrimidin-4- carboethoxy-thiourea (1.06g, 3.19mmol) was then added and the mixture slowly heated to reflux. After 3 h at reflux the mixture was allowed to cool and filtered to collect the precipitated solid. Further product was collected by evaporation in vacuo of the filtrate, addition of water and filtration. The combined solids were washed successively with water, ethanol/methanol and diethyl ether then dried in vacuo to afford the expected compound as a white solid. No further purification was required. Yield: 0.68g, 88%; LCMS method: 1 , 1.34min, Ml; 242 [M+1]. Svnthesis 109
[5-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-c]pyrimidin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethoxy)- phenyl]-amine (YY-001)
Figure imgf000341_0001
In a microwave vial, 5-(4-methoxy-phenylH1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-c]pyrimidin-2-ylamine (0.05g, 0.207mmol), 1-[2-(3-bromo-phenoxy)-ethyl]-1 /-/-imidazole (0.073g, 0.27mmol), bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium (0.01 g, 0.01 mmol), xantphos (0.012g, 0.02mmol) and sodium te/t butoxide (0.04g, 0.416mmol) were added successively. 1 ,4-Dioxane (1.2mL) and dimethylacetamide (4 drops) were added and the vial was sealed and heated in the microwave (15O0C, 10min). The mixture was filtered and purified by preparatory LCMS. LCMS method: 1 , RT: 3.27min; Ml: 431 [M+1].
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000341_0002
The following compounds were also synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000341_0003
General Synthesis Procedure WW
Compounds were synthesised starting from 2-chloro-pyrimidin-4-ylamine following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the amino derivative was converted to the corresponding amide using acid chlorides or other activated esters.
Scheme 65
Figure imgf000342_0001
Synthesis 110
Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxin-6-yl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- c]pyrimidin-2-yl]-amide (ZZ-001)
Figure imgf000342_0002
To a solution of 5-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxin-6-yl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-c]pyrimidin-2- ylamine (0.04g, 0.148mmol) in dry acetonitrile (2ml_) was added triethylamine (0.052mL, 0.371 mmol) followed by cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride (0.034mL, 0.371 mmol). The reaction mixture was then allowed to warm to ambient temperature, and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by preparatory HPLC. 1H NMR (300MHz, DMSO): 1.84-1.88 (m, 4H), 2.00-2.08 (m, 1 H)1 4.31-4.36 (m, 4H), 7.06 (d, 1 H), 7.64 (d, 1 H), 8.21 (dd, 1 H), 8.35 (d, 1H), 8.39 (d, 1H)1 11.37 (s, 1H). LCMS Method: 2: RT:3.51min, Ml:338 [M+1].
The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000342_0003
General Synthesis Procedure XX
Compounds were synthesised starting from 2-chloro-pyrimidin-4-ylamine following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the chloro derivative was converted to the methanesulfinyl derivative using sodium thiomethoxide. Reaction of this compound with ethylcarbonyl isothiocyanate provided the corresponding thiourea, which was cyclised to the [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridine intermediate using hydroxylamine. This compound was involved in a Suzuki reaction utilising a palladium catalyst such as tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladiurr) or other suitable catalyst and a suitable boronic acid. Finally, the aryl-amino derivatives may be obtained via a standard cross-coupling reaction utilising a catalyst such as bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium and an appropriate bromo derivative under standard conditions.
Scheme 66
2 ^ ^NH
NaSMe, DMF
N-^N " N. /.N cι .s
Figure imgf000343_0001
BrAr2, Pd(dba)2, Xantphos Dioxane/DMA
Figure imgf000343_0002
Svnthesis 111 2-Methanesulfanyl-pyrimidin-4-yl-3-carboethoxy-thiourea
Nx^N S O
To a stirred solution of 2-chloro-pyrimidin-4-ylamine (5g, 38.6 mmol) in dimethylformamide (2OmL) was added sodium thiomethoxide (3.52g, 50.2mmol) and the reaction mixture heated at 60 0C for 1 hour. Having cooled to room temperature, water (10OmL) was added and the product extracted into dichioromethane twice. The combined organic phases were washed with water several times, washed once with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo to provide a colourless oil. This oil was dissolved in dichioromethane (40 mL) and cooled to O0C. Ethylcarbonyl isothiocyanate (9.2mL, 77.2mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature overnight. All solvents were removed in vacuo, and the product, a yellow solid, collected by filtration and washed with cyclohexane. No further purification was required. Yield: 7.01g, 67%; LCMS method: 2, RT: 4.46min, Ml: 273 [M+1]. 1H NMR (DMSO); 12.15 (s, 1 H), 12.10 (s, 1 H), 8.59 (d, 1 H), 8.19 (d, 1 H), 4.23 (q, 2H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 1.26 (t, 3H).
Synthesis 112 5-Methylsulfanyl-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-c]pyrimidin-2-ylamine
Figure imgf000344_0001
To a stirred suspension of hydroxylamine hydrochloride (4.1g, 59.0mmol) in ethanol/methanol (15ml_/15mL) was added diisopropylethylamine (6.2mL, 35.4mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. 2-Methanesulfanyl-pyrimidin-4-yl-3- carboethoxy-thiourea (3.21 g, 11.8mmol) was then added and the mixture slowly heated to reflux. After 3 hours at reflux the mixture was allowed to cool and filtered to collect the precipitated solid. Further product was collected by evaporation in vacuo of the filtrate, addition of water and filtration. The combined solids were washed successively with water, ethanol/methanol and diethyl ether, then dried in vacuo to afford the expected compound as a white solid. No further purification was required. Yield: 1.76g, 82%; LCMS method: 2, RT:2.36min, Ml; 182 [M+1]. 1H NMR (DMSO); 8.04 (d, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1 H), 6.54 (S, 2H), 2.63 (s, 3H). Svnthesis 113 5-(1-Benzyl-1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-c]pyrimidin-2-ylamine
Figure imgf000345_0001
A microwave vial containing 5-methylsulfanyl-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-c]pyrimidin-2-ylamine (0.05g, 0.276mmol), 1-benzyl-1 H-pyrazole-4-boronic acid (123mg, 0.607mmol), copper(l)thiophene carboxylate (116mg, 0.607mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (33mg, 0.028mmol) in THF (1.2mL) was heated under microwave irradiation (130 0C, 15min). The reaction mixture was filtered through celite and the cake washed with dichloromethane. The filtrate was washed with water followed by brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. Trituration with diethyl ether provided a yellow solid that did not require further purification. Yield: 0.05g, 63%; LCMS method: 2, RT: 3.18min, Ml: 292 [M+1].
Synthesis 114
[5-(1-Benzyl-1 H-pyrazoI-4-yl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-c]pyrimidin-2-yl]-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl- ethoxy)-phenyl]-amine (YY-011 )
Figure imgf000345_0002
In a microwave vial, 5-(1-benzyl-1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-c]pyrimidin-2-ylamine (0.05g, 0.165mmol), 1-(2-(4-bromophenoxy)ethyl)pyrrolidine (0.045g, 0.215mmol), bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium (0.005g, O.OOδmmol), xantphos (0.01 g, 0.017mmol) and sodium tert butoxide (0.032g, 0.330mmol) were added successively. 1 ,4-Dioxane (1.2mL) and dimethylacetamide (4 drops) were added and the vial was sealed and heated in the microwave (1300C, 15min). The mixture was filtered and purified by preparatory HPLC. LCMS method: 2, RT: 2.54min; Ml: 481 [M+1]. 1H NMR (DMSO) 9.70 (s, 1 H)1 8.92 (S, 1 H), 8.49 (s, 1H), 8.20 (d, 2H), 7.54 (d, 2H), 7.32 (m, 3H), 6.92 (d, 2H), 5.50 (s, 2H), 4.09 (t, 2H), 2.78 (t, 2H), 2.52 (s, 4H), 1.64 (s, 4H). The following compounds were synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000346_0003
General Synthesis Procedure YY
Compounds were synthesised starting from 5-aryl-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]- amides, such as cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (WW-005, described above), following the scheme illustrated below. In general, the alkylino derivatives may be obtained via the reduction of its corresponding amide utilising a reducing agent such as Borane THF complex.
Scheme 67
Figure imgf000346_0001
Synthesis 115
Cyclopropylmethyl-[5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amine
(XX-003)
Figure imgf000346_0002
To cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]- amide (WW-005) ( (0.07g, 0.227mmol), BH3 (1 M in tetrahydrofuran, 1.2mL, 1.2mmol) was added dropwise and the mixture was stirred overnight. The reaction was quenched with methanol and the solvents were removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by preparatory HPLC. LCMS method: 1 , 4.45min, Ml: 295 [M+1]. 1H NMR (DMSO): 0.18-0.22 (m, 2H), 0.35-0.41 (m, 2H), 1.04-1.08 (m, 1H), 2.87 (t, 2H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 6.64 (t, 1 H), 6.97 (d, 1 H), 7.06 (d, 2H)1 7.32 (d, 1 H), 7.46 (t, 1 H), 7.96 (d, 2H).
The following compound was synthesised using the same general method.
Figure imgf000347_0001
Biological Methods
AXL (human catalytic domain) Enzyme Activity Assay
Reagents
Kinase Assay Reaction Buffer: This consisted of 20 mM HEPES pH 7.0, 10 mM MgCI2, 1 mM DTT, 0.25 M EGTA, 0.01% Triton X100 (v/v), and 0.01 % BSA (w/v). All buffer components were purchased from Sigma-Aldrich at reagent grade or higher.
Kinase: Recombinant AXL isoform 1 (aa473-894 corresponding to Genbank Accession Number NP 068713) at 2 mg/mL (20.8 //M) was purchased from Upstate Ltd. (Product code 14-512, lot # 28164U). The enzyme was stored at -800C and a working stock was prepared to a concentration of 30 nM by diluting 20.8 μU stock 1:693 in cold (4°C) ixReaction Buffer. Final enzyme concentration in the assay was 15 nM.
Substrate: Fluorescein labelled CSK-tide 5FAM-KKKKEEIYFFFG-NH2 was obtained from Molecular Devices (Product code R7270) and used at a working concentration of 200 nM by diluting the 100 μU stock 1 :500 in IxReaction Buffer in a mix with the enzyme. A negative control (lacking enzyme) was prepared at the same concentrations. Final substrate concentration in the assay was 100 nM.
ATP: Supplied by Sigma (product code A-7699). A 100 mM ATP stock was prepared in 20 mM NaOH and used at a working concentration of 375 μU by diluting the 100 mM stock 1 :266.6 in Reaction Buffer. Final ATP concentration in the assay was 150 μM; this concentration represents the KM.ATP for this enzyme calculated in this assay. IMAP Reagents: IMAP screening express kit was obtained from Molecular Devices (product code R8127). The binding reagent was gently re-suspended before diluting by 1 :1000 in buffer (Binding Buffer is supplied as a 5X stock and so was diluted with water prior to use - this assay used 40% buffer A and 60% buffer B) and then vortexed before addition to wells. The binding reagent was used at a final dilution of 1 :1333.
Method
1 μL samples of test compounds in 10% DMSO/water were added to "test" wells by dry-spotting using a Matrix Platemate Plus. 5 μL Kinase/Substrate in Reaction Buffer were added to columns 1-22 of a Corning black low binding 384 well #6754 (90 μL volume) microplate to give 12 nM and 100 nM reaction concentration respectively. 5 μL substrate in Reaction Buffer was added to columns 23 and 24 to give 100 nM reaction concentration. 4 μL ATP in Reaction Buffer was added to all wells to give 150 μM reaction concentration. The reaction mixture was then incubated at room temperature for 60 minutes. The incubation period was followed by the addition of 20 μL IMAP Binding Reagent in Binding Buffer to all wells. The IMAP reaction detection was further incubated at room temperature overnight. The FP on a Tecan Ultra Plate reader was recorded as a single read at Ex485 Em535.
Percentage inhibition was calculated based on activity of the test sample minus the average values in the blank wells relative to the average values measured in control wells minus the average values in the blank wells.
IC50 values were calculated from 10 point dose sigmoid 'dose-response' curves using Xlfit software (IDBS Inc, USA). Data were fitted to a 4 parameter logistic model / sigmoidal dose response defined by the following equation:
Figure imgf000348_0001
where: A = fit minimum (locked to 0); B = fit maximum (locked to 100); C = fit midpoint (pre-fit to 1 ); and D = slope at linear portion of curve, hillslope (pre-fit to 0.1 ).
The value for C represents the IC50 of the test compound.
AXL Inhibition Cell Based ELISA Assay This cell based ELISA assay is a simple cell-based method used to monitor activation of proteins by phosphorylation. The Active Motif, Fast Activated Cell-based ELISA (FACE) kit (Active Motif Cat No: 48120) was used in this case to monitor the inhibition, by test compounds, of AxI activation via the downstream phosphorylation of Akt (serine 473). In this system, cells are cultured in 96 well plates and treated with test compounds and AxI is activated by the introduction of Gas6 (AxI ligand). The inhibition of AxI can be directly assessed via the reduction of pS473Akt levels.
Reagents
Active Motif FACE Kit reagents (Active Motif Cat. No: 48120(AKT)). 10% hydrogen peroxide (Sigma H1009). 10% Sodium azide (Sigma 7128). 37% Formaldehyde (Sigma F8775).
Axl/Fc conjugate (R&D Systems 154-AL). Recombinant mouse Gas6 (R&D Systems 986-GS-025).
Method
All cell incubations were carried out in humidified incubators set at 5% CO2 and 37°C. All removal of media from the 96 well plates was carried out by tapping plates on towel, as this reduced the loss of cells at each step. MDA-MB-231 cells were grown in E4 media + 10% FCS in T150 vented flasks (Corning) to 85% confluence. Cells were harvested and re-suspended at 2x105 cells/mL and 100 μL of cells was aliquoted into each well of a 96 well tissue culture treated plate (Corning). The plate was incubated for 24 hours to allow cells to attach.
The media was replaced with 100 μL E4, 0.5% serum supplemented with 400 ng/mL Axl/Fc. Cells were then incubated overnight. Cells were then pre-treated for 30 minutes with test compound by replacing media with 50μL test compound in E4, 0.5% serum.
50μL Gas6 [200ngml 1 final concentration] in E4, 0.5% serum was added to wells and incubated for 15 minutes. The media was removed and the cells were fixed by the addition of 100μL of freshly prepared fixing buffer (3.7% (v/v) formaldehyde in PBS) to each well. The plates were then incubated at room temperature for 20 minutes. The plates were then washed (3 x 5 minutes) with 200μL wash buffer (0.1% TritonX-100 in
PBS).
lmmunostaining (carried out as outlined in FACE kit protocol). The wash buffer was removed and replaced with 100μL quench buffer (1% H2O2 and 0.1% Azide in wash buffer). The plates were then incubated for 20 minutes at room temperature. The plates were then washed (2 x 5 minutes) with 200μL wash buffer. The media was removed and replaced with 100μL antibody blocking buffer (as supplied in the kit) and the plates were then incubated for 1 hour at room temperature. The blocking buffer was removed and the plates washed (2 x 5 minutes) with 200μL wash buffer. 40μL of diluted primary phospho- Akt (kit) in quench buffer (to kit dilution specifications) was added to each well, and the plates were incubated overnight at 4°C with shaking, while ensuring that the plates were tightly sealed. The primary antibody was removed and plates were washed (3 x 5 minutes) with 200μl_ wash buffer. The last wash was removed and 100μl_ diluted secondary antibody (as supplied with the kit) was added. Plates were covered and incubated at room temperature for 1 hour. During this time, the developing solution was left at room temperature in the dark. The secondary antibody was removed and the plates were washed (3 x 5 minutes) with 200μL wash buffer and then (2 x 5 minutes) with 200μL PBS. 100μL developing solution was added to each well and monitored for colour change to medium to dark blue (2 to 20 minutes). 100μL of stop solution was then added and absorbance was read at 450 nm within 5 minutes of addition.
Crystal Violet cell staining. After reading absorbance at 450nm, the plates were washed twice with 200μL wash buffer and twice with 200μl_ PBS. The plates were then air dried for 5 minutes. 100μl_ of crystal violet stain was added to each well and the plates were incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature. The plates were washed (3 x 5 minutes) with 100μL PBS. 100μL 1 % SDS solution was added to each well and the plates were incubated for 1 hour at room temperature. Absorbance was read at 595nm. Readings from OD450 were corrected for cell number by dividing the OD450 by OD595 for the same well.
Data analysis
Percentage inhibition was calculated based on the activity of test sample minus the average values in the blank wells (no cells) relative to the average values measured in control wells minus the average values in the blank wells.
EC50 values were calculated from a 10-point dose sigmoidal 'dose response' curve using Xlfit software (IDBS Inc., USA). Data were fitted to a parameter logistic model / sigmoidal dose response:
Figure imgf000350_0001
where:
A = fit minimum (locked to 0); B = fit maximum (locked to 100);
C = fit midpoint (pre-fit to 1 );
D = slope at linear portion of curve, hillslope (pre-fit to 0.1)
The value for C represents the IC50 of the test compound.
Biological Data
Biological data were obtained using the AXL (human catalytic domain) Enzyme Activity Assay described above for the following compounds: WW-001 through WW-166, XX-001 through XX-89, and YY-001 through YY-004.
For the AXL (human catalytic domain) Enzyme Activity Assay, the following compounds have an IC50 of less than 1 μM: WW-001 , WW-005, WW-018, WW-022, WW-026, WW-035, WW-047, WW-049, WW-054, WW-059, WW-063, WW-064, WW-066, WW-069, WW-089, WW-092, WW-094, WW-096, WW-097, WW-102, WW-103, WW-104, WW-106, WW-133, WW-159, XX-001, XX-002, XX-004, XX-005, XX-006, XX-007, XX-011 , XX-012, XX-013, XX-014, XX-015, XX-016, XX-017, XX-018, XX-019, XX-020, XX-021 , XX-022, XX-023, XX-025, XX-026, XX-027, XX-028, XX-029, XX-030, XX-031 , XX-032, XX-033, XX-034, XX-036, XX-037, XX-038, XX-040, XX-041 , XX-044, XX-045, XX-046, XX-047, XX-048, XX-049, XX-050, XX-051 , XX-052, XX-053, XX-054, XX-055, XX-058, XX-059, XX-060, XX-064, XX-065, XX-066, XX-067, XX-068, XX-069, XX-070, XX-072, XX-073, XX-074, XX-075, XX-076, XX-077, XX-078, XX-079, XX-080, XX-081 , XX-082, XX-083, XX-084, XX-085, XX-086, XX-087, XX-088, YY-001 , YY-002, YY-003, YY-004.
For the AXL (human catalytic domain) Enzyme Activity Assay, the following compounds have an IC50 of 1 μM or more, and less than 10 μM: WW-002, WW-003, WW-004, WW-006, WW-007, WW-008, WW-009, WW-010, WW-011 , WW-013, WW-014, WW-015, WW-016, WW-017, WW-019, WW-020, WW-023, WW-024, WW-025, WW-027, WW-028, WW-029, WW-030, WW-031 , WW-033, WW-034, WW-036, WW-037, WW-038, WW-039, WW-040, WW-041 , WW-042, WW-043, WW-046, WW-050, WW-052, WW-053, WW-055, WW-056, WW-057, WW-058, WW-060, WW-061, WW-062, WW-067, WW-068, WW-070, WW-071 , WW-073, WW-075, WW-076, WW-077, WW-078, WW-079, WW-080, WW-081 , WW-082, WW-084, WW-085, WW-087, WW-088, WW-090, WW-091, WW-093, WW-095, WW-098, WW-099, WW-100, WW-101 , WW-105, WW-107, WW-108, WW-109, WW-110, WW-113, WW-119, WW-120, WW-121 , WW-122, WW-123, WW-124, WW-125, WW-127, WW-128, WW-129, WW-135, WW-136, WW-137, WW-139, WW-144, WW-147, WW-148, WW-149, WW-150, WW-151 , WW-152, WW-153, WW-155, WW-156, WW-157, WW-158, WW-160, WW-161 , WW-162, WW-167, XX-003, XX-010, XX-024, XX-035, XX-056, XX-057, XX-061 , XX-062, XX-063, XX-071. For the AXL (human catalytic domain) Enzyme Activity Assay, all of the compounds have an IC50 of less than 30 μM.
One compound, compound WW-103, has an IC50 value of 0.664 μM. One compound, compound XX-025, has an IC50 value of 0.114 μM. One compound, compound YY-003, has an IC50 value of 0.105 μM. One compound, compound ZZ-001 , has an IC50 value of 0.364 μM.
Biological data were also obtained using the AXL (human catalytic domain) Enzyme Activity Assay described above for the following compounds: WW-001 through WW-169, XX-001 through XX-469, YY-001 through YY-016, and ZZ-001 through ZZ-003.
For the AXL (human catalytic domain) Enzyme Activity Assay, the following compounds have an IC50 of less than or equal to 0.1 μM: XX-001 , XX-005, XX-007, XX-019, XX-020, XX-021, XX-023, XX-024, XX-032, XX-035, XX-037, XX-038, XX-046, XX-050, XX-051 , XX-053, XX-054, XX-055, XX-058, XX-060, XX-065, XX-066, XX-067, XX-068, XX-069, XX-070, XX-074, XX-075, XX-076, XX-077, XX-079, XX-080, XX-081 , XX-082, XX-083, XX-084, XX-085, XX-086, XX-090, XX-101 , XX-108, XX-110, XX-113, XX-118, XX-127, XX-130, XX-131 , XX-132, XX-133, XX-136, XX-139, XX-153, XX-154, XX-162, XX-163, XX-167, XX-211, XX-280, XX-290, XX-304, XX-312, XX-316, XX-318, XX-319, XX-320, XX-326, XX-353, XX-359, XX-360, XX-361 , XX-363, XX-374, XX-375, XX-378, XX-380, XX-381 , XX-382, XX-383, XX-388, XX-390, XX-394, XX-396, XX-414, XX-416, YY-002, YY-004, YY-014.
For the AXL (human catalytic domain) Enzyme Activity Assay, the following compounds have an IC50 of more than 0.1 μM, and less than or equal to 1.0 μM: WW-001 , WW-005, WW-018, WW-022, WW-026, WW-035, WW-047, WW-049, WW-054, WW-059, WW-063, WW-064, WW-066, WW-069, WW-089, WW-092, WW-094, WW-096, WW-097, WW-102, WW-103, WW-104, WW-106, WW-133, WW-159, XX-002, XX-003, XX-006, XX-008, XX-012, XX-013, XX-014, XX-015, XX-016, XX-017, XX-018, XX-022, XX-026, XX-027, XX-028, XX-029, XX-030, XX-031 , XX-033, XX-034, XX-039, XX-041 , XX-042, XX-045, XX-047, XX-048, XX-049, XX-052, XX-059, XX-064, XX-072, XX-073, XX-078, XX-087, XX-088, XX-091 , XX-093, XX-094, XX-095, XX-096, XX-097, XX-099, XX-100, XX-102, XX-103, XX-104, XX-105, XX-106, XX-107, XX-109, XX-111 , XX-1 12, XX-114, XX-115, XX-116, XX-1 17, XX-1 19, XX-120, XX-121 , XX-122, XX-123, XX-124, XX-125, XX-126, XX-128, XX-129, XX-134, XX-135, XX-137, XX-138, XX-140, XX-141 , XX-142, XX-143, XX-144, XX-145, XX-146, XX-147, XX-148, XX-149, XX-151 , XX-155, XX-157, XX-159, XX-161 , XX-164, XX-165, XX-166, XX-168, XX-169, XX-170, XX-171 , XX-172, XX-173, XX-174, XX-175, XX-176, XX-177, XX-178, XX-179, XX-180, XX-181 , XX-182, XX-184, XX-185, XX-186, XX-187, XX-188, XX-189, XX-190, XX-191 , XX-192, XX-193, XX-198, XX-199, XX-201 , XX-202, XX-203, XX-205, XX-206, XX-207, XX-208, XX-209, XX-210, XX-213, XX-214, XX-215, XX-216, XX-217, XX-218, XX-224, XX-226. XX-231 , XX-235, XX-236, XX-237, XX-238, XX-240, XX-241 , XX-242, XX-243, XX-244, XX-247, XX-248, XX-249, XX-250, XX-251 , XX-252, XX-253, XX-254, XX-255, XX-256, XX-257, XX-259, XX-261 , XX-263, XX-264, XX-266, XX-267, XX-268, XX-270, XX-271 , XX-273, XX-275, XX-276, XX-278, XX-279, XX-282, XX-283, XX-284, XX-285, XX-286, XX-287, XX-288, XX-289, XX-291 , XX-292, XX-293, XX-294, XX-295, XX-297, XX-298, XX-299, XX-300, XX-302, XX-305, XX-306, XX-307, XX-310, XX-311 , XX-313, XX-314, XX-315, XX-317, XX-325, XX-328, XX-329, XX-332, XX-334, XX-335, XX-337, XX-340, XX-341 , XX-343, XX-344, XX-345, XX-346, XX-347, XX-349, XX-350, XX-351 , XX-352, XX-354, XX-355, XX-356, XX-357, XX-358, XX-364, XX-365, XX-366, XX-367, XX-368, XX-369, XX-370, XX-371 , XX-372, XX-373, XX-376, XX-377, XX-379, XX-384, XX-385, XX-387, XX-389, XX-391 , XX-392, XX-393, XX-395, XX-397, XX-398, XX-399, XX-403, XX-407, XX-408, XX-409, XX-410, XX-41 1 , XX-413, XX-415, XX-417, XX-418, XX-419, XX-420, XX-421 , XX-422, XX-423, XX-424, XX-425, XX-426, XX-427, XX-429, XX-430, XX-431 , XX-432, XX-433, XX-435, XX-436, XX-438, XX-439, XX-441 , XX-442, XX-443, XX-444, XX-445, XX-446, XX-447, XX-448, XX-449, XX-450, XX-451 , XX-452, XX-453, XX-454, XX-456, XX-460, XX-464, XX-466, XX-469, YY-O01 , YY-003, YY-006, YY-007, YY-008, YY-009, YY-010, YY-011 , YY-012, YY-013, YY-015, ZZ-001 , ZZ-002.
For the AXL (human catalytic domain) Enzyme Activity Assay, the following compounds have an IC50 of more than 1.0 μM, and less than or equal to 10 μM: WW-002, WW-003, WW-004, WW-006, WW-007, WW-008, WW-009, WW-010, WW-011 , VVW-013, WW-014, WW-015, WW-016, WW-017, WW-019, WW-020, WW-023, WW-024, WW-025, WW-027, WW-028, WW-029, WW-030, WW-031 , WW-033, WW-034, WW-036, WW-037, WW-038, WW-039, WW-040, WW-041 , WW-042, WW-043, WW-046, WW-050, WW-052, WW-053, WW-055, WW-056, WW-057, WW-058, WW-060, WW-061 , WW-062, WW-067, WW-068, WW-070, WW-071 , WW-073, WW-075, WW-076, WW-077, WW-078, WW-079, WW-080, WW-081 , WW-082, WW-084, WW-085, WW-087, WW-088, WW-090, WW-091 , WW-093, WW-095, WW-098, WW-099, WW-100, WW-101 , WW-105, WW-107, WW-108, WW-109, WW-110, WW-113, WW-119, WW-120, WW-121 , WW-122, WW-123, WW-124, WW-125, WW-127, WW-128, WW-129, WW-135, WW-136, WW-137, WW-139, WW-144, WW-147, WW-148, WW-149, WW-150, WW-151 , WW-152, WW-153, WW-155, WW-156, WW-157, WW-158, WW-160, WW-161 , WW-162, WW-167, WW-169, XX-004, XX-011 , XX-025, XX-036, XX-056, XX-057, XX-061 , XX-062, XX-063, XX-071 , XX-089, XX-092, XX-098, XX-150, XX-152, XX-156, XX-158, XX-160, XX-183, XX-194, XX-195, XX-196, XX-197, XX-200, XX-204, XX-212, XX-219, XX-220, XX-221 , XX-222, XX-223, XX-225, XX-227, XX-228, XX-229, XX-230, XX-232, XX-233, XX-239, XX-245, XX-246, XX-258, XX-260, XX-262, XX-265, XX-269, XX-272, XX-274, XX-277, XX-281 , XX-296, XX-301 , XX-308, XX-309, XX-321 , XX-322, XX-323, XX-324, XX-327, XX-330, XX-331 , XX-333, XX-336, XX-338, XX-339, XX-342, XX-348, XX-386, XX-400, XX-401, XX-402, XX-404, XX-405, XX-406, XX-412, XX-428, XX-434, XX-437, XX-440, XX-455, XX-457, XX-459, XX-461 , XX-462, XX-463, XX-465, XX-467, XX-468, YY-005, YY-016, ZZ-003.
For the AXL (human catalytic domain) Enzyme Activity Assay, all of the compounds have an IC50 of less than 30 μM.
Biological data were also obtained using the AXL Inhibition Cell Based ELISA Assay described above for the following compounds: WW-104, XX-001 , XX-012, XX-020, XX-021 , XX-036, XX-037, XX-045, XX-053, XX-054, XX-058, XX-060, XX-065, XX-066, XX-068, XX-069, XX-070, XX-074, XX-076, XX-083, YY-001 , YY-002.
For the AXL Inhibition Cell Based ELISA Assay, all of these compounds have an IC50 of less than 10 μM.
One compound, compound WW-104, has an IC50 value of 8.491 μM. One compound, compound XX-070, has an IC50 value of 1.027 μM. One compound, compound YY-001 , has an IC50 value of 3.003 μM.
Biological data were also obtained using the AXL Inhibition Cell Based ELISA Assay described above for the following compounds: WW-104, WW-114, XX-001 , XX-005, XX-007, XX-013, XX-013, XX-019, XX-020, XX-021 , XX-022, XX-023, XX-024, XX-032, XX-035, XX-037, XX-038, XX-046, XX-050, XX-051 , XX-053, XX-054, XX-055, XX-058, XX-060, XX-065, XX-066, XX-067, XX-068, XX-069, XX-070, XX-074, XX-076, XX-079, XX-081 , XX-082, XX-083, XX-084, XX-085, XX-086, XX-090, XX-094, XX-095, XX-100, XX-101. XX-108, XX-110, XX-113, XX-115, XX-116, XX-117, XX-118, XX-119, XX-120, XX-121 , XX-122, XX-123, XX-124, XX-125, XX-126, XX-127, XX-131 , XX-132, XX-133, XX-135, XX-136, XX-139, XX-143, XX-153, XX-154, XX-155, XX-162, XX-163, XX-167, XX-170, XX-173, XX-186, XX-188, XX-193, XX-201 , XX-209, XX-211 , XX-226, XX-237, XX-240, XX-255, XX-258, XX-259, XX-260, XX-261 , XX-262, XX-274, XX-275, XX-279, XX-280, XX-281 , XX-284, XX-293, XX-294, XX-296, XX-303, XX-323, XX-353, XX-359, XX-360, XX-361 , YY-001 , YY-002, YY-004, YY-010, YY-011.
For the AXL Inhibition Cell Based ELISA Assay, all of these compounds have an IC50 of less than 10 μM. The foregoing has described the principles, preferred embodiments, and modes of operation of the present invention. However, the invention should not be construed as limited to the particular embodiments discussed. Instead, the above-described embodiments should be regarded as illustrative rather than restrictive, and it should be appreciated that variations may be made in those embodiments by workers skilled in the art without departing from the scope of the present invention.
REFERENCES
A number of patents and publications are cited above in order to more fully describe and disclose the invention and the state of the art to which the invention pertains. Full citations for these references are provided below. Each of these references is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety into the present disclosure, to the same extent as if each individual reference was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.
Alessi, D.R., et al., 1996, "Mechanism of activation of protein kinase B by insulin and
IGF-1", EMBO J., Vol. 15, pp. 6541-6551. Bellosta, P., et al., 1995, "The receptor tyrosine kinase ARK mediates cell aggregation by homophilic binding", MoI. Cell Biol.. Vol. 15, No. 2, pp. 614-625. Bellosta, P., et al., 1997, "Signaling through the ARK tyrosine kinase receptor protects from apoptosis in the absence of growth stimulation", Oncogene, Vol. 15, No. 20, pp. 2387-2397. Braunger, J., et al., 1997, "Intracellular signaling of the Ufo/Axl receptor tyrosine kinase is mediated mainly by a multi-substrate docking-site", Oncogene, Vol. 14, No. 22, pp. 2619-2631. Fridell, Y.W., et al., 1998, "GAS6 induces Axl-mediated chemotaxis of vascular smooth muscle cells", J. Biol. Chem.. Vol. 273, No. 12, pp. 7123-7126. Graham, D. K., et al., 1994, "Cloning and mRNA expression analysis of a novel human protooncogene, c-mer", Cell Growth Differ., Vol. 5, No. 6, pp. 647-657. Green, J., 2006, "Overexpression of the AxI tyrosine kinase receptor in cutaneous SCC- derived cell lines and tumours", Br. J. Cancer. Vol. 94, No. 10, pp. 1446-1451. Hafizi, S., et al., 2002, "Interaction of AxI receptor tyrosine kinase with C1-TEN, a novel C1 domain-containing protein with homology to tensin", Biochem. Biophvs. Res.
Commun.. Vol. 299, No. 5, pp. 793-800.
Hafizi, S., et al., 2006a, "Signalling and functional diversity within the AxI subfamily of receptor tyrosine kinases", Cytokine Growth Factor Rev., Vol. 17, No. 4, pp. 295-304. Hafizi, S., et al., 2006b, "Gas6 and protein S. Vitamin K-dependent ligands for the AxI receptor tyrosine kinase subfamily", FEBS J.. Vol. 273, No. 23, pp. 5231-5244. Hanada, M., 2004, "Structure, regulation and function of PKB/AKT-a major therapeutic target", Biochim. Biophvs. Acta. Vol. 1697, pp. 3-16. Holland, SJ. , et al., 2005, "Multiple roles for the receptor tyrosine kinase axl in tumor formation", Cancer Res.. Vol. 65, No. 20, pp. 9294-9303. Manfioletti, G., 1993, "The protein encoded by a growth arrest-specific gene (gas6) is a new member of the vitamin K-dependent proteins related to protein S, a negative coregulator in the blood coagulation cascade", MoI. Cell Biol.. Vol. 13, pp. 4976-4985.
Mark, M. R., et al., 1994, "rse, a novel receptor-type tyrosine kinase with homology to Axl/Ufo, is expressed at high levels in the brain", J. Biol. Chem.. Vol. 269, No. 14, pp. 10720-10728. Meric, F., et al., 2002, "Expression profile of tyrosine kinases in breast cancer", Clin.
Cancer Res., Vol. 8, No. 2, pp. 361-367.
O'Bryan, JP. et al., 1991 , "axl, a transforming gene isolated from primary human myeloid leukemia cells, encodes a novel receptor tyrosine kinase", MoI. Cell Biol.. Vol. 11 , pp. 5016-5031. Rescigno, J., et al., 1991 , "A putative receptor tyrosine kinase with unique structural topology", Oncogene. Vol. 6, No. 10, pp. 1909-1913.
Sainaghi, P.P., et al., 2005, "Gas6 induces proliferation in prostate carcinoma cell lines expressing the AxI receptor", J. Cell Physiol.. Vol. 204, No. 1, pp. 36-44.
Sawabu, T., et al., 2007, "Growth arrest-specific gene 6 and AxI signaling enhances gastric cancer cell survival via Akt pathway", MoI. Carcinoq.. Vol. 46, No. 2. pp.
155-164.
Shankar, S.L., et al., 2006, "Gas6/Axl signaling activates the phosphatidylinositol 3- kinase/Akt1 survival pathway to protect oligodendrocytes from tumor necrosis factor alpha-induced apoptosis", J. NeuroscL Vol. 26, No. 21 , pp. 5638-5648. Shieh, Y.S., et al., 2005, "Expression of axl in lung adenocarcinoma and correlation with tumor progression", Neoplasia. Vol. 7, No. 12, p. 1058-1064.
Sun, W.S., et al., 2003, "Clinical implications of coexpression of growth arrest-specific gene 6 and receptor tyrosine kinases AxI and Sky in human uterine leiomyoma",
MoI. Hum. Reprod.. Vol. 9, No. 11 , pp. 701-707. Vajkoczy, P., et al., 2006, "Dominant-negative inhibition of the AxI receptor tyrosine kinase suppresses brain tumor cell growth and invasion and prolongs survival",
Proc. Nat. Acad. ScL USA. Vol. 103, No. 15, pp. 5799-5804.
Abd Elmonem, M. E., et al., 1991 , "Synthesis of 8,11-dihydro-10-methyl-8,11- diphenylpyrazolo[4',3':5,6]pyrano[3,2-e][1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-c]pyrimidine and some derivatives", Collection of Czechoslovak Chemical Communications. Vol. 56, No.
9, pp. 1977-1982. Abdel-Monem, W. R., et al., 2004, "Synthesis and biological evaluation of some new fused heterobicyclic derivatives containing 1 ,2,4-triazolo/1 ,2,4-triazinopyridinone moieties", Eαvot. Chemical Papers. Vol. 58, No. 4, pp. 276-285. Adenot, M., et al., 1997, "Interest of cluster significance analysis in structure-affinity relationships for non-xanthine heterocyclic antagonists of adenosine", Eur. J. Med.
Chem.. Vol. 32, No. 6, pp. 493-504. Ahmed, E., et al., 2006, "Heterocyclization of Orthoaminoester and Orthoamino-nitrile- thieno[2,3-c]pyridine: The Facile Synthesis of Fused Pyridothienopyrimidines",
Phosphorus. Sulfur and Silicon and the Related Elements. 2006, Vol. 181 , No. 3, pp. 497-510.
Aranyi, P., et al., 2005, "Preparation of pyrrolidinecarbonitrile compounds and analogs for
DPP-IV enzyme inhibition", international patent application publication number
WO 2005/021536.
Bakhite, E. A.-G., 2000, "Benzoquinolines II. Synthesis of some new benzo[h]pyrimido[4',5':4,5]thieno[2,3-b]quinoline derivatives and related fused hexacyclic systems", Phosphorus, Sulfur and Silicon and the Related Elements.
Vol. 159, pp. 171-194. Baqsyouni, W. M., et al., 1997, "Pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidines. Part 3. Synthesis of some novel 4-substituted pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidines and their related triazolo derivatives", J. Chem. Research. Synopses, No. 12, pp. 452-453.
Baraldi, P. G., et al., 2004, "Synthesis of new pyrazolo[4,3-e]-1 ,2,4-triazolo[1 ,5- c]pyrimidines and related heterocycles", Tetrahedron. Vol. 60, No. 23, pp. 5093-
5104.
Bru-Magniez, N., et al., 1993, "Preparation of triazolopyrimidines as angiotensin Il antagonists", European patent publication number EP 521768.
Bru-Magniez, N., et al., 1994, "Triazolopyrimidine derivatives which are angiotensin Il receptor antagonists", US Patent No 5,358,950. Butler, D., et al., 2006, "Preparation of triazolopyridine derivatives as antibacterial agents", international patent application publication number WO 2006/038116. Chuiguk, V.A., et al., 1982, "Mesoionic heterocycles based on 2-amino-1 ,2,4-triazolo[1.5- ajpyridine", Ukrainskii Khimicheskii Zhurnal (Russian Edition), Vol. 48, No. 6, pp.
647-649. El-Sayed, A. M., et al., 1998, "Synthesis of some new heterocycles derived from
(arylmethylene)malononitriles", Synthetic Communications. Vol. 28, No. 18, pp. 3331-3343.
Fratev, F., et al., 2005, "CoMFA study of non-peptide angiotensin Il receptor (AT1) antagonist", Oxidation Communications. Vol. 28, No. 1 , pp. 230-236. Fujimoto, Y., et al., 1965, "Pyrimidine and purine bases. II. Synthesis of adenine from malonic ester. 2", Yakuqaku Zasshi. Vol. 85, No. 4, pp. 367-370. Hafidh, A., et al., 1996, "Reaction of hydrazine and its derivatives on γ-ketonitriles. Synthesis of diamino and triazolodihydropyridines", Journal de Ia Societe Chimique de Tunisie, Vol. 3, No. 11, pp. 771-780.
Hafidh, A., et al., 2002, "Synthesis of novel heterocyclic polynuclear compounds: pyranopyrimidines and pyranopyrimidotriazoles", Journal de Ia Societe Alqerienne de Chimie. Vol. 12, No. 1 , pp. 89-97. Haniu, T., et al., 1998, "Silver halide photographic photosensitive material with improved pressure resistance", Japanese patent publication number JP 10-148903. Hassan, K. M., et al., 1989, "Synthesis of tricyclic compounds with pyridinethione rings", Assiut, Egypt. Phosphorus. Sulfur and Silicon and the Related Elements, Vol. 45.
No. 3-4, pp. 261-267.
Hozien, Z. A., et al., 1997, "Synthesis of some biologically active agents derived from thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine derivatives", Pharmazie. Vol. 52, No. 10, pp. 753-758. Huber Trottmann, G., et al., 2001 , "Preparation of 5-amino-substituted triazolopyridines for treating diseases related to the adenosine A2A receptor", international patent application publication number WO 2001/017999.
Hussein, A. H. M., 1999, "Pyridines as building blocks in heterocyclic synthesis. An expeditious synthesis of triazolopyridines, tetrazolopyridines, pyridotriazines, thienopyridines and isoquinolines", Assiut. Egypt. Afinidad. Vol. 56, No 484, pp. 377-382.
Issac, Y. A., 2003, "Synthesis of annulated and substituted pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidines as antimicrobial agents", Pigment & Resin Technology. Vol. 32, No. 6, pp. 371-381. Issac, Y. A., et al., 2003, "A convenient synthesis of new penta-aza-cyclo- pentanaphthalene and penta-aza-phenanthrene derivatives", Zeitschrift fuer Naturforschunq. B: Chemical Sciences. Vol. 58, No. 12, pp. 1227-1233.
Issac, Y. A., et al., 2003, "Some reactions with 2-(2-carboxyethenyl)-4- hydrazinoquinazoline: synthesis of annelated and substituted quinazolines", Egyptian Journal of Chemistry. Vol. 45, No. 5, pp. 947-961.
Jacob, R. M., et al., 1961 , "Piperazine derivative", French patent publication number FR 19600804.
Johnson, T. C, et al., 1999, "Preparation of N-([1 ,2,4]triazoloazinyl) benzenesulfonamide and pyridinesulfonamide compounds as herbicides", US Patent No 5.858.924 Kaneko, Y., et al., 1992, "Silver halide photographic material", Japanese patent publication number JP 04-204441. Kurup, A., 2001 , "Comparative QSAR: Angiotensin Il Antagonists", Chemical Reviews.
VoI 101 , No. 9, pp. 2727-2750. Medwid, J. B., et al., 1990, "Preparation of triazolo[1 ,5-c]pyrimidines as potential antiasthma agents", J. Med. Chem.. Vol. 33, No. 4, pp. 1230-1241. Miller et al., 1962, "Mono-Acyl Derivatives of s-Triazolo[2,3-c] Pyrimidines", United States Patent No 3,046,276 granted 24 July 1962. Miller et al., 1962, "Mono-Acyl Derivatives of s-Triazolo[2,3-c] Pyrimidines", United States
Patent No 3,053,844 granted 11 September 1962. Miller, G. W., et al., 1961 , "Heterocyclic compounds", United Kingdom patent publication number GB 873223. Miller, G. W., et al., 1962, "s-Triazolo [2,3-c]pyrimidine derivatives", United Kingdom patent publication number GB 897870. Miller, G. W., et al., 1963, "s-Triazolopyrimidines. I. Synthesis as potential therapeutic agents", J. Chem. Soc. pp. 5642-5659.
Miller, G. W., et al., 1965, "s-Triazolopyrimidines. II. Synthesis of potential therapeutic agents", J. Chem. Soc pp. 3357-3368.
Mitsuya, M., et al., 2004, "Preparation of pyridinecarboxamide derivatives having glucokinase activating effect for the treatment of diabetes", international patent application publication number WO 2004/081001.
Molina, P., et al., 1983, "Fused mesoionic heterocycles: synthesis of 1 ,3,4-triazolo(3,2- a)pyridine derivatives", Tetrahedron Lett.. Vol. 24, No. 33, pp. 3523-3526.
Molina, P., et al., 1984, "Fused mesoionic heterocycles: synthesis of 1 ,3,4-triazolo[3,2- a]pyridine derivatives", J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. 1: Organic and Bio-Organic
Chemistry. Vol. 8, pp. 1891-1897.
Molina, P., et al., 1986, "Heterocyclization reactions with carbodiimides: synthesis of fused 1,2,4-triazoles", Heterocvcles. Vol. 24, No. 12, pp. 3363-3368.
Molina, P., et al., 1986, "Heterocyclization reactions with carbodiimides: synthesis of fused 1,2,4-triazoles", Heterocvcles. Vol. 24, No. 12, pp. 3363-3368. Nettekoven et al., 2003, "8-Methoxy-(1 ,2,4)Triazolo(1,5-A)Pyridine Derivatives and Their
Use as Adenosine Receptor Ligands", international patent application publication number WO 03/010167 A1 , published 06 February 2003.
Nettekoven et al., 2004, "Adenosine Receptor Ligands", United States Patent No.
6,693,116 granted 17 February 2004. Nettekoven, M., et al., 2003, "Preparation of 5-methoxy-8-aryl-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridines as adenosine receptor antagonists", international patent application publication number WO 2003/031445.
Nettekoven, M., et al., 2003, "Preparation of aromatic and heteroaromatic substituted
1 ,2,4-triazolopyridine derivatives as selective A2a adenosine receptor antagonists", US Patent No 6,514,989.
Nettekoven, M., et al., 2003, "Synthetic access to 2-amido-5-aryl-8-methoxy- triazolopyridine and 2-amido-5-rnorpholino-8-methoxy-triazolopyridine derivatives as potential inhibitors of the adenosine receptor subtypes", Synthesis. No. 11 , pp.
1649-1652. Nicolai, E., et al., 1994, "Synthesis and SAR Studies of Novel Triazolopyrimidine
Derivatives as Potent, Orally Active Angiotensin Il Receptor Antagonists", J. Med. Chem.. Vol. 37, No. 15, pp. 2371-2386. Paul et al., 1985, "5-Substituted(1 ,2,4)tria2olo(1 ,5-c)pyrimidine-2-amines", European patent application publication number EP 0 132 851 published 13 February 1985. Paul, R., et al., 1985, "5-Substituted-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-c]pyrimidin-2-amines", German patent publication number DE 3427823. Rangnekar, D. W., et al., 1987, "Synthesis of 7H-benzo[de]-s-triazolo[5,1-a]isoquinolin-7- one derivatives and study of their fluorescent properties", Dyes and Pigments. Vol.
8, No. 4, pp. 291-299. Ried, W., et al., 1968, "Reactions with aminoguanidine. I. s-Triazolo[1 ,5-c]quinazoline derivatives", Chem. Ber.. Vol. 101 , No. 6, pp. 2106-2116. Said, M., et al., 2004, "Synthesis and biological evaluation of new thiazolopyrimidines",
Egypt. Archives of Pharmacal Research. Vol. 27, No. 5, pp. 471-477. Tachdjian, C, et al., 2006, "Molecules comprising linked organic moieties as flavor modifiers for comestible compositions", international patent application publication number WO 2006/084184. Takahashi, M. et al., 2003, "Fused triazole compounds useful for colorants, their microparticle dispersions and ink jet inks containing them and printing method using them", Japanese patent publication number JP 2003-213152. Westman, J., et al., 2005, "Preparation of triazoloquinazoline compounds binding to purine receptor for the treatment of CNS disorders, inflammation", international patent application publication number WO 2005/018532.
Wilson et al., 2008, "Triazole Derivatives as Kinase Inhibitors," European patent application publication number EP 1 894 931 A1 , published 05 March 2008. Wilson et al., 2008, "Triazole Derivatives as Kinase Inhibitors", international patent application publication number WO 2008/025821 , published 06 March 2008. Xie, L., et al., 2005, "Preparation of imidazo-pyrimidines and triazolo-pyrimidines as benzodiazepine receptor ligands for the treatment of central nervous system diseases", international patent application publication number WO 2005/012306. Xu, Y., et al., 2006, "Preparation of pyrazolylmethyl heteroaryl derivatives as modulators of GABAA receptors for treating CNS disorders", international patent application publication number WO 2006/052546.
Yamazaki, C, et al., 1994, "Cyclization of isothiosemicarbazones. Part 10. A novel route to 2-amino[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridine derivatives", J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans.
1 : Organic and Bio-Organic Chemistry. Vol. 7, pp. 825-828.

Claims

1. A compound selected from from compounds of the following formula, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
Figure imgf000361_0001
wherein:
-X= is independently -CR6= or -N=;
and wherein:
if -X= is -CR6=, then:
-R5 is independently -R5A; -R6 is independently -R6A; -R7 is independently -R7A; -R8 is independently -R8A; and
-W is independently -WA; wherein:
-R5A is independently -Q5A; -R6A is independently -H or -Q6A; -R7A is independently -H or -Q7A;
-R8A is independently -H or -Q8A; and -WA is independently -RWA1;
if -X= is -N=, then: -R5 is independently -R5B;
-R7 is independently -R7B; -R8 is independently -R8B; and -W is independently -WB; wherein: -R5B is independently -Q5B;
-R7B is independently -H or -Q7B; -R8B is independently -H or -Q8B; and -WB is independently -RWB1;
wherein: -RWA1 is independently:
R1A1 D1A8
Figure imgf000362_0001
-L1A-R1M, -L1A-R1A5, -L1A-R1A6, -L1A-R1A7, or -L1A-R1A8;
-RWB1 is independently:
R1A2 D1A3 D1A4 D1A5 D1A6 D1A7 D1A8
-L1A-R1M, -L1A-R1A5, -L1A-R1A7, or -L1A-R1A8;
wherein: each -R1A1 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-βalkyl; each -R1A2 is independently aliphatic C^alkenyl; each -R1A3 is independently aliphatic C2-6alkynyl; each -R1A4 is independently saturated C3-6cycloalkyl; each -R1A5 is independently Cs-βcycloalkenyl; each -R1A6 is independently non-aromatic C3-8heterocyclyl; each -R1A7 is independently C6-i0carboaryl; each -R1A8 is independently Cs-ioheteroaryl; each -L1A- is independently saturated aliphatic d-3alkylene; wherein: each -R1A4, -R1A5, -R1A6, -R1A7, and -R1A8 is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more substituents -R1B1 and/or one or more substituents -R1B2, and each -R1A1, -R1A2, -R1A3, and -L1A- is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more substituents -R1B2, wherein: each -R1B1 is independently:
_p1D1 _D1D2 _D1D3 _D1D4 _p1D5 _p1D6 _p1D7 _p1D8
-L1D-R1D4, -L1D-R1D5, -L1D-R1D6, -L1D-R1D7, or -L1D-R1D8; each -R182 is independently: -F, -Cl, -Br, -I1
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -L1C-OH, -O-L1C-OH,
-OR1C1, -L1C-OR1C1, -O-L1C-OR1C1,
-SH, -SR1C1, -CN,
-NO2,
-NH2, -NHR1C1, -NR1C1 2, -NR1C2R1C3,
-L1C-NH2, -L1C-NHR1C1, -L1C-NR1C1 2, -L1C-NR1C2R1C3,
-O-L1C-NH2, -O-L1C-NHR1C1, -O-L1C-NR1C1 2, -O-L1C-NR1C2R1C3, -C(=O)OH, -C(=O)OR1C1,
-C(=O)R1C1, -C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR1C1, -C(=O)NR1C1 2, -C(=O)NR1C2R1C3, -NHC(=O)R1C1, -NR1C1C(=O)R1C1, -NHC(=O)OR1C1. -NR1C1C(=O)OR1C1,
-OC(=O)NH2, -OC(=O)NHR1C1, -OC(=O)NR1C1 2, -OC(=O)NR1C2R1C3, -NHC(=O)NH2, -NHC(=O)NHR1C1,
-NHC(=O)NR1C1 2, -NHC(=O)NR1C2R1C3, -NR1C1C(=O)NH2, -NR1C1C(=O)NHR1C1, -NR1C1C(=O)NR1C1 2, -NR1C1C(=O)NR1C2R1C3, -NHS(=O)2R1C1, -NR1C1S(=O)2R1C1, -S(=O)2NH2, -S(=O)2NHR1C1, -S(=O)2NR1C1 2, -S(=O)2NR1C2R1C3,
-S(=O)R1C1, -S(=O)2R1C1, -OS(=O)2R1C1, or -S(=O)2OR1C1; wherein: each -L1c- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-5alkylene; in each group -NR1C2R1C3, R1C2 and R1C3, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered non-aromatic ring having exactly 1 ring heteroatom or exactly 2 ring heteroatoms, wherein one of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is N, and the other of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is independently N or O; each -R1C1 is independently: -R1D1 -R1D2 -R1D3 -R1D4 -R1D5 -R1D6 -R1D7 -R1D8
-L1D-R1D4, -L1D-R1°5, -L1D'-R1D6, -L1D-R1D7, or -L1D-R1D8; each -R1D1 is independently saturated aliphatic Chalky!; each -R1D2 is independently aliphatic C2-6alkenyl; each -R1D3 is independently aliphatic C2-6alkynyl; each -R1D4 is independently saturated Cs-βcycloalkyl; each -R1D5 is independently Cs-ecycloalkenyl; each -R1D6 is independently non-aromatic C3^heterocyclyl; each -R1D7 is independently C6.10carboaryl; each -R1D8 is independently Cs-ioheteroaryl; each -L1D- is independently saturated aliphatic C^alkylene; wherein: each -R1D4, -R1D5, -R1D6, -R1D7, and -R1D8 is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more substituents -R1E1 and/or one or more substituents -R1E2, each -R1D1, -R1D2, -R1D3, and -L1D- is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more substituents -R1E2, and wherein: each -R1E1 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl; each -R1E2 is independently: -F, -Cl, -Br, -I,
-CF3, -OCF3, -OH1 -L1F-OH, -O-L1F-OH,
-OR1F1, -L1F-OR1F1, -O-L1F-OR1F1,
-SH, -SR1F1,
-CN1 -NO2,
-NH2, -NHR1F1, -NR1F1 2, -NR1F2R1F3,
-L1F-NH2, -L1F-NHR1F1, -L1F-NR1F1 2, -L1F-NR1F2R1F3,
-C(=O)OH, -C(=O)OR1F1,
-C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR1F1, -C(=O)NR1F1 2, or -C(=O)NR1F2R1F3; wherein: each -R1F1 is independently saturated aliphatic
Figure imgf000364_0001
phenyl, or benzyl; each -L1F- is independently saturated aliphatic d-5alkylene; and in each group -NR1F2R1 F3, R1F2 and R1F3, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a A-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered non-aromatic ring having exactly 1 ring heteroatom or exactly 2 ring heteroatoms, wherein one of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is N, and the other of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is independently N or O;
-Q5A is independently: .p2Ai -R2^ -R^3 -R^4 -R^5 -R2*6 .R2*7 -R^8
-L^-R^4 -I 2A-R2A5 -I 2^R2*6 -I 2^R2*7 -L2^R1*8
-F, -Cl, -Br, -I,
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH, -L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1,
-O-R2D4, -O-R2D6, -O-R2D7, -O-R2D8,
-O-L2D-R2D4, -O-L2D-R2D6, -O-L2D-R2D7, -O-L2D-R2D8,
-SH, -SR2C1,
-CN, -NO2,
-NH2, -NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR202R20,
-L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-C(=O)OH, -C(=O)OR2C1, -C(=O)R2C1,
-C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR2C1, -C(=O)NR2C1 2, -C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHC(=O)R2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1,
-NHC(=O)OR2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)OR2C1,
-OC(=O)NH2, -OC(=O)NHR2C1, -OC(=O)NR2C1 2) -OC(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NHCC=O)NH2, -NHC(=O)NHR2C1,
-NHC(=O)NR2C1 2, -NHC(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NR2C1C(=O)NH2, -NR2C1C(=O)NHR2C1,
-NR2C1C(=O)NR1C1 2, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHS(=O)2R2C1, -NR1C1S(=O)2R2C1,
-S(=O)2NH2, -S(=O)2NHR2C1, -S(=O)2NR2C1 2, -S(=O)2NR >22CC22Rn2C3
-S(=O)R2C1, -S(=O)2R2C1, -OS(=O)2R2C1, or -S(=O)2OR ι2C1.
-Q8A is independently:
R2A1 D2A2 D2A3 D2A4 D2A5 D2A6 D2A7 D2A8 , -K , -K , -K , -K , -K , -K , -K ,
-L^-R^4 -L^-R2^ -L^-R2*6 -L^-R2*7 .1 ^.R1*8 -F1 -Cl1 -Br1 -I,
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH1 -L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH,
-L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1,
-SH, -SR2C1, -NO2,
-NH2, -NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2l -NR2C2R2C3,
-L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-C(=O)R2C1, -C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR2C1, -C(=O)NR2C1 2, -C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHC(=O)R2C\ -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1,
-NHC(=O)OR2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)OR2C1,
-OC(=O)NH2, -OC(=O)NHR2C1, -OC(=O)NR2C1 2, -OC(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHC(=O)NH2, -NHC(=O)NHR2C1, -NHC(=O)NR2C1 2> -NHC(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NR2C1C(=O)NH2, -NR2C1C(=O)NHR2C1,
-NR2C1C(=O)NR1C1 2, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHS(=O)2R2C1, -NR1C1S(=O)2R2C1,
-S(=O)2NH2> -S(=O)2NHR2C1, -S(=O)2NR2C1 2l -S(=O)2NR2C2R2C3, -S(=O)R2C1 , -S(=O)2R2C1 , -OS(=O)2R2C1 , or -S(=O)2OR2C1 ;
-Q5B is independently:
R2A2 D2A3 D2A4 D2A5 D2A6 D2A? D2A8 i "r\ ■ ~r\ , -r\ , -r\ , -r\ , -r\ ,
I 2A p2A4 I 2A_D2A5 I 2A p2A6 ι 2A_p2A7 _| 2A p1A8 -F1 -Cl, -Br, -I,
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH,
-OR2C1, -L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1.
-SH1 -SR2C1, -CN,
-NO2, -NH2, -NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3,
-L2C-NH2. -L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-C(=O)OH, -C(=O)OR2C1, -C(=O)R2C1,
-C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR2C1, -C(=O)NR2C1 2, -C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHC(=O)R2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1,
-NHC(=O)OR2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)OR2C1,
-OC(=O)NH2, -OC(=O)NHR2C1, -OC(=O)NR2C1 2, -OC(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NHC(=O)NH2, -NHC(=O)NHR2C1,
-NHC(=O)NR2C1 2, -NHC(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NR2C1C(=O)NH2, -NR2C1C(=O)NHR2C1,
-NR2C1C(=O)NR1C1 2, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHS(=O)2R2C1, -NR1C1S(=O)2R2C1, -S(=O)2NH2, -S(=O)2NHR2C1, -S(=O)2NR2C1 2, -S(=O)2NR2C2R2C3,
-S(=O)R2C1, -S(=O)2R2C1, -OS(=O)2R2C1, or -S(=O)2OR2C1;
-Q8B is independently:
Figure imgf000366_0001
-F, -Cl, -Br, -I,
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH1 -L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH,
-OR2C1, -L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1, -SH, -SR2C1,
-CN,
-NO2,
-NH2, -NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3,
-L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-NR2C2R2C3, -O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-C(=O)OH, -C(=O)OR2C1,
-C(=O)R2C1,
-C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR2C1, -C(=O)NR2C1 2, -C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHC(=O)R2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1, -NHC(=O)OR2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)OR2C1,
-OC(=O)NH2, -OC(=O)NHR2C1, -OC(=O)NR2C1 2, -OC(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHC(O)NH2, -NHC(=0)NHR2C1,
-NHC(=O)NR2C1 2, -NHC(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NR2C1C(=O)NH2, -NR2C1C(=O)NHR2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)NR1C1 2, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHS(=O)2R2C1, -NR1C1S(=O)2R2C1, -S(=O)2NH2, -S(=O)2NHR2C1, -S(=O)2NR2C1 2, -S(=O)2NR2C2R2C3, -S(=O)R2C1, -S(=O)2R2C1, -OS(=O)2R2C1, or -S(=O)2OR2C1;
each of -Q6A, -Q7A, and -Q7B is independently: -R2*1 -R2*2 -R2*3 -R^4 -R2*5 .RM6 D2A7 n2A8
■ 2h _p2A4 i 2A_p2A5 i 2A_p2A6 _| 2A p2A7 I 2A_p1A8
-F, -Cl, -Br, -I,
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH, -0R2C1, -L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1,
-SH, -SR2C1,
-CN,
-NO2,
-NH2, -NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3, -L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-C(=O)OH, -C(=0)0R2C1,
-C(=0)R2C1,
-C(=0)NH2, -C(=O)NHR2C1, -C(=O)NR2C1 2, -C(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NHC(=O)R2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1,
-NHC(=O)OR2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)OR2C1,
-OC(=O)NH2, -OC(=O)NHR2C1, -OC(=O)NR2C1 2, -OC(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHC(=0)NH2, -NHC(=0)NHR2C1,
-NHC(=O)NR2C1 2, -NHC(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NR2C1C(=O)NH2, -NR2C1C(=O)NHR2C1,
-NR2C1C(=O)NR1C1 2, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHS(=O)2R2C1, -NR1C1S(=O)2R2C1,
-S(=O)2NH2, -S(=O)2NHR2C1, -S(=O)2NR2C1 2, -S(=O)2NR2C2R2C3,
-S(=0)R2C1, -S(=O)2R2C1, -OS(=O)2R2C1, or -S(=O)2OR2C1;
wherein: each -R2*1 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-6alkyl; each -R2*2 is independently aliphatic C2-6alkenyl; each -R2*3 is independently aliphatic C2-6alkynyl; each -R2*4 is independently saturated C3-6CyClOaIRyI; each -R2*5 is independently
Figure imgf000367_0001
each -R2*6 is independently non-aromatic C3-8heterocyclyl; each -R^7 is independently C6-iocarboaryl; each -R^8 is independently C^oheteroaryl; each -L2*- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-3alkylene; wherein: each -R2"4, -R2*5, -R2*6, -R2*7, and -R2*8 is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more substituents -R2B1 and/or one or more substituents -R2B2, and each -R2*1, -R2*2, -R2*3, and -L2*- is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more substituents -R2B2, wherein: each -R2B1 is independently: p2D1 D2D2 D2D3 p2D4 p2D5 p2D6 D 2D7 _p2D8
-L2D-R2D4, -L2D-R2D5, -L2D-R2D6, -L2D-R2D7, or -L2D-R2D8; each -R2B2 is independently:
-F, -Cl, -Br, -I, -CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH, -OR2C1, -L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1, -SH, -SR2C1,
-CN, -NO2,
-NH2, -NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3, -L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-NR2C2R2C3, -O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-C(=O)OH, -C(=O)OR2C1, -C(=O)R2C1,
-C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR2C1, -C(=O)NR2C1 2, -C(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NHC(=O)R2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1, -NHC(=O)OR2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)OR2C1,
-OC(=O)NH2l -OC(=O)NHR2C1, -OC(=O)NR2C1 2, -OC(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NHC(=O)NH2, -NHC(=O)NHR2C1, -NHC(=O)NR2O1 2, -NHC(=O)NR2O2R203, -NR2C1C(=O)NH2, -NR2C1C(=O)NHR2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C1 2, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHS(=O)2R2C1, -NR2C1S(=O)2R2C1,
-S(=O)2NH2l -S(=O)2NHR2C1, -S(=O)2NR2C1 2l -S(=O)2NR2C2R2C3, -S(=O)R2C1, -S(=O)2R2C1, -OS(=O)2R2C1, or -S(=O)2OR2C1; wherein: each -L2C- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-5alkylene; in each group -NR202R203, R202 and R203, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a A-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered non-aromatic ring having exactly 1 ring heteroatom or exactly 2 ring heteroatoms, wherein one of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is N, and the other of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is independently N or O; each -R2C1 is independently: R2D1 D2D2 D2D3 p2D4 D2D5 D2D6 D2D7 D2D8 , -K , -K , -t\ , -K , -K , -K , -K ,
-L2D-R204, -L2D-R2D5, -L2D-R2D6, -L2D-R2D7, or -L2D-R2D8; each -R2D1 is independently saturated aliphatic d^alkyl; each -R2D2 is independently aliphatic C^alkenyl; each -R2D3 is independently aliphatic C^alkynyl; each -R204 is independently saturated C^cycloalkyl; each -R2D5 is independently C3-6cycloalkenyl; each -R2D6 is independently non-aromatic C3-8heterocyclyl; each -R2D7 is independently C6-10carboaryl; each -R2D8 is independently Cs-ioheteroaryl; each -L2D- is independently saturated aliphatic C^alkylene; wherein: each -R2D4, -R2D5, -R2D6, -R2D7, and -R2D8 is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more substituents -R2E1 and/or one or more substituents -R2E2, each -R2D1, -R2D2, -R2D3, and -L2D- is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more substituents -R2E2, and wherein: each -R2E1 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl; each -R2E2 is independently:
-F, -Cl, -Br, -I, -CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -L2F-OH, -O-L2F-OH, -OR2F1, -L2F-OR2F1, -O-L2F-OR2F1, -SH, -SR2F1,
-CN, -NO2,
-NH2, -NHR2F1, -NR2F1 2, -NR2F2R2F3, -L2F-NH2, -L2F-NHR2F1, -L2F-NR2F1 2, -L2F-NR2F2R2F3, -C(=O)OH, -C(=O)OR2F1,
-C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR2F1, -C(=O)NR2F1 2, or -C(=O)NR2F2R2F3; wherein: each -R2F1 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl; each -L2F- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-5alkylene; and in each group -NR2F2R2F3, R2F2 and R2F3, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a A-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered non-aromatic ring having exactly 1 ring heteroatom or exactly 2 ring heteroatoms, wherein one of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is N, and the other of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is independently N or O.
2. A compound according to claim 1, wherein: -X= is independently -CR6=;
-R5 is independently -R5A; -R6 is independently -R6A;
-R7 is independently -R7A; -R8 is independently -R8A; -W is independently -WA; and -WA is independently -RWA1.
3. A compound according to claim 1 or 2, wherein -R6A, if present, is independently -H.
4. A compound according to claim 1 or 2, wherein -R6A, if present, is independently -Q6A
5. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein -R7A is independently -H.
6. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein -R7A is independently -Q7A.
7. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein -R8A is independently -H.
8. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein -R8A is independently -Q8A.
9. A compound according to claim 1 , wherein: -X= is independently -N=;
-R5 is independently -R5B;
-R7 is independently -R7B; -R8 is independently -R8B;
-W is independently -WB; and -WB is independently -RWB1.
10. A compound according to claim 9, wherein -R7B is independently -H.
11. A compound according to claim 9, wherein -R7B is independently -Q7B.
12. A compound according to any one of claims 9 to 1 1 , wherein -R8B is independently -H.
13. A compound according to any one of claims 9 to 11 , wherein -R8B is independently -Q8B.
14. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein -RWA1, if present, is independently:
□ 1A1 D1A4 R1A6 R1A7 -R1A8
-L1A-R1M, -L1A-R1Aβ, -L1A-R1A7, or -L1A-R1A8.
15. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein -RWA1, if present, is independently: -R1A1 -R1A4 -R1A6 -R1A7 -R1A8 -L1A-R1A4, or -L1A-R1A6.
16. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein -RWA1, if present, is independently: -R1A1 -R1A4 -R1A7 -R1A8 -L1A-R1M, -L1A-R1A7, or -L1A-R1A8.
17. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein -RWA1, if present, is independently:
Figure imgf000371_0001
-L1A-R1A4, -L1A-R1A6, -L1A-R1A7, or -L1A-R1A8.
18. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein -RWA1, if present, is independently:
.R1A4 .R1A6 .R1A7j Or .R1A8
19. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein -RWA1, if present, is independently:
-R1A1, -L1A-R1A6, -R1A7, or -R1A8.
20. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein -RWA1, if present, is independently: -L1A-R1M, -L1A-R1A6, -R1A7, or -R1A8.
21. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein -RWA1, if present, is independently: -R1A7, -R1A8, -L1A-R1A7, or -L1A-R1A8.
22. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein -RWA1, if present, is independently -R1A7 or -R1A8.
23. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein -RWA1, if present, is independently -R1A7.
24. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein -RWA1, if present, is independently -R1A8.
25. A compound according to any one of claims 1 and 9 to 13, wherein -RWB1, if present, is independently:
_ra1A4 _p1A6 _pW _D1A8
-L1A-R1M f -L1A-R1A7, or -L1A-R1Aβ.
26. A compound according to any one of claims 1 and 9 to 13, wherein -RWB1, if present, is independently:
-R1A4, -R1A6, -R1A7, -R1A8, or
27. A compound according to any one of claims 1 and 9 to 13, wherein -RWB1, if present, is independently:
-R1A4 -R1A7 -R1A8
-L1A-R1A4, -L1A-R1A7, or -L1A-R1A8.
28. A compound according to any one of claims 1 and 9 to 13, wherein -RWB1, if present, is independently:
-R1A4 -R1A6 -R1A7 -R1A8 -L1A-R1A4, -L1A-R1A7, or -L1A-R1A8.
29. A compound according to any one of claims 1 and 9 to 13, wherein -RWB1, if present, is independently -R1A7, -R1A8, or -L1A-R1A4.
30. A compound according to any one of claims 1 and 9 to 13, wherein -RWB1, if present, is independently -R1A4, -R1A6, -R1A7, or -R1A8.
31. A compound according to any one of claims 1 and 9 to 13, wherein -RWB1, if present, is independently -R1A7, -R1A8, -|_1A-RW, or -L1A-R1A8.
32. A compound according to any one of claims 1 and 9 to 13, wherein -RWB1, if present, is independently -R1A7 or -R1A8.
33. A compound according to any one of claims 1 and 9 to 13, wherein -RWB1, if present, is independently -R1A7.
34. A compound according to any one of claims 1 and 9 to 13, wherein -RWB1, if present, is independently -R1A8.
35. A compound selected from from compounds of the following formula, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof:
Figure imgf000374_0001
wherein: -X= is independently -CR6= or -N=;
and wherein:
if -X= is -CR6=, then: -R5 is independently -R5A;
-R6 is independently -R6A;
-R7 is independently -R7A;
-R8 is independently -R8A; and
-W is independently -WA; wherein:
-R5A is independently -Q5A;
-R6A is independently -H or -Q6A;
-R7A is independently -H or -Q7A;
-R8A is independently -H or -Q8A; and -WA is independently -C(=O)RWA2;
if -X= is -N=, then:
-R5 is independently -R5B;
-R7 is independently -R7B; -R8 is independently -R8B; and
-W is independently -WB; wherein:
-R5B is independently -Q5B;
-R7B is independently -H or -Q7B; -R8B is independently -H or -Q8B; and
-WB is independently -C(=O)RWB2;
wherein:
-RWA2 is independently:
R1A1 D1A2 D1A3 D1A4 D1A5 D1A6 D1A7 r>1 , -r\ , -Ix , -r\ , -r\ , -IΛ , -r\ , -r\ -L1A-R1A4, -L1A-R1A5, -L1A-R1A6, -L1A-R1A7, or -L1A-R1A8;
-RWB2 is independently: -R1A2 -R1A3 -R1A4 -R1A5 -R1A6 -R1A7 -R1A8
-L1A-R1M, -L1A-R1A5, -L1A-R1A6, -L1A-R1A7, or -L1A-R1A8;
wherein: each -R1A1 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-6alkyl; each -R1A2 is independently aliphatic C2-6alkenyl; each -R1A3 is independently aliphatic C2-6alkynyl; each -R1A4 is independently saturated C3-6cycloalkyl; each -R1A5 is independently Cs^cycloalkenyl; each -R1A6 is independently non-aromatic Cs-βheterocyclyl; each -R1A7 is independently C6.iocarboaryl; each -R1A8 is independently C5-10heteroaryl; each -L1A- is independently saturated aliphatic d_3alkylene; wherein: each -R1M, -R1A5, -R1A6, -R1A7, and -R1A8 is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more substituents -R1B1 and/or one or more substituents
-R1B2, and each -R1A1, -R1A2, -R1A3, and -L1A- is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more substituents -R1B2, wherein: each -R1B1 is independently:
R1D1 r>1D2 Q1D3 Q1D4 D1D5 D1D6 D1D7 D1D8 ■ "• » I "■ » , ~r\ , -r\ , -r\ , -Ix , -r\ ,
-L1D-R1D4, -L1D-R1D5, -L1D-R1D6, -L1D-R1D7, or -L1D-R1D8; each -R1B2 is independently:
-F, -Cl, -Br, -I1 -CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -L1C-OH, -O-L1C-OH,
-OR1C1, -L1C-OR1C1, -O-L1C-OR1C1,
-SH1 -SR101,
-CN, -NO2,
-NH2, -NHR1C1, -NR1C1 2, -NR1C2R1C3,
-L1C-NH2, -L1C-NHR1C1, -L1C-NR1C1 2, -L1C-NR1C2R1C3,
-O-L1C-NH2, -O-L1C-NHR1C1, -O-L1C-NR1C1 2, -O-L1C-NR1C2R1C3,
-C(=O)OH, -C(=O)OR1C1, -C(=O)R1C1,
-C(=O)NH2l -C(=O)NHR1C1, -C(=O)NR1C1 2, -C(=O)NR1C2R1C3, -NHC(=O)R1C1, -NR1C1C(=O)R1C1,
-NHC(=O)OR1C1, -NR1C1C(=O)OR1C1,
-OC(=O)NH2, -OC(=O)NHR1C1, -OC(=O)NR1C1 2, -OC(=O)NR1C2R1C3,
-NHC(=O)NH2, -NHC(=O)NHR1C1, -NHC(=O)NR1C1 2I -NHC(=O)NR1C2R1C3,
-NR1C1C(=O)NH2, -NR1C1C(=O)NHR1C1,
-NR1C1C(=O)NR1C1 2, -NR1C1C(=O)NR1C2R1C3,
-NHS(=O)2R1C1, -NR1C1S(=O)2R1C1,
-S(=O)2NH2, -S(=O)2NHR1C1, -S(=O)2NR1C1 2> -S(=O)2NR1C2R1C3, -S(=O)R1C1, -S(=O)2R1C1, -OS(=O)2R1C1, or -S(=O)2OR1C1; wherein: each -L1c- is independently saturated aliphatic Ci-5alkylene; in each group -NR1C2R1C3, R1C2 and R1C3, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered non-aromatic ring having exactly 1 ring heteroatom or exactly 2 ring heteroatoms, wherein one of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is N, and the other of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is independently N or O; each -R1C1 is independently:
R1D1 D1D2 D1D3 D1D4 D1D5 D1D6 D1D7 D1D8 i -l~\ , -r\ , -ΓΛ , -r\ , -r\ , -r\ , -r\ , -L1D-R1D4, -L1D-R1D5, -L1D-R1D6, -L1D-R1D7, or -L1D-R1D8; each -R1D1 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-6alkyl; each -R1D2 is independently aliphatic C2-6alkenyl; each -R1D3 is independently aliphatic C2-6alkynyl; each -R1D4 is independently saturated C3^cycloalkyl; each -R1D5 is independently C3-6cycloalkenyl; each -R1D6 is independently non-aromatic C3-8heterocyclyl; each -R1D7 is independently C6.iocarboaryl; each -R1D8 is independently C5-i0heteroaryl; each -L1D- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-3alkylene; wherein: each -R1D4, -R1D5, -R1D6, -R1D7, and -R1D8 is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more substituents -R1E1 and/or one or more substituents -R1E2, each -R1D1, -R1D2, -R1D3, and -L1D- is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more substituents -R1E2, and wherein: each -R1E1 is independently saturated aliphatic C^alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl; each -R1E2 is independently:
-F, -Cl, -Br, -I, -CF3, -OCF3,
-OH1 -L1F-OH, -O-L1F-OH, -OR1F1, -L1F-OR1F1, -O-L1F-OR1F1,
-SH, -SR1F1,
-CN,
-NO2, -NH2, -NHR1F1. -NR1F1 2, -NR1F2R1F3,
-L1F-NH2, -L1F-NHR1F1, -L1F-NR1F1 2, -L1F-NR1F2R1F3,
-C(=O)OH, -C(=O)OR1F1,
-C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR1F1, -C(=O)NR1F1 2, or -C(=O)NR1F2R1F3; wherein: each -R1F1 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl; each -L1F- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-5alkylene; and in each group -NR1F2R1F3, R1F2 and R1F3, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a A-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered non-aromatic ring having exactly 1 ring heteroatom or exactly 2 ring heteroatoms, wherein one of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is N1 and the other of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is independently N or O;
-Q5Ais independently:
R2A1 D2A2 D2A3 D2A4 D2A5 D2A6 D2A7 D2A8 -L2^R2*4, -L^-R2*5, -L^-R^6, -L2A-R2A7, -L^-R^8,
-F, -Cl, -Br, -I,
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH,
-L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1, -O-R204, -O-R2D6, -O-R2D7, -O-R2D8,
-O-L2D-R2D4, -O-L2D-R2D6, -O-L2D-R2D7, -O-L2D-R2D8,
-SH, -SR2C1,
-CN,
-NO2, -NH2, -NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3,
-L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -0-L^-NR202R203,
-C(=O)OH, -C(=0)0R2C1,
-C(=0)R2C1, -C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR2C1, -C(=O)NR2C1 2, -C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHC(=O)R2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1,
-NHC(=O)OR2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)OR2C1,
-OC(=O)NH2, -OC(=O)NHR2C1, -OC(=O)NR2C1 2, -OC(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHC(=O)NH2l -NHC(=O)NHR2C1, -NHC(=O)NR2C1 2, -NHC(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NR2C1C(=O)NH2, -NR2C1C(=O)NHR2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)NR1C12, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NHS(=O)2R2C1, -NR1C1S(=O)2R2C1,
-S(=O)2NH2, -S(=O)2NHR2C1, -S(=O)2NR2C1 2, -S(=O)2NR2C2R2C3, -S(=O)R2C1, -S(=O)2R2C1, -OS(=O)2R2C1, or -S(=O)2OR2C1;
-Q8A is independently:
R2A1 D2A2 D2A3 D2A4 D2A5 D2A6 D2A7 D2A8 I "r\ , -r\ , -r\ , -r\ , ~t\ , -r\ , -r\ , i 2A_p2A4 i 2A_p2A5 i 2A_p2A6 i 2A_p2A? i 2A p1A8
-F, -Cl, -Br, -I1 -CF31 -OCF3,
-OH, -L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH,
-L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1,
-SH, -SR2C1,
-NO2, -NH2, -NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3,
-L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2> -L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-C(=O)R2C1,
-C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR2C1, -C(=O)NR2C1 2, -C(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NHC(=O)R2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1,
-NHC(=O)OR2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)OR2C1,
-OC(=O)NH2, -OC(=O)NHR2C1, -OC(=O)NR2C1 2, -OC(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHC(=O)NH2, -NHC(=O)NHR2C1,
-NHC(=O)NR2C1 2l -NHC(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NR2C1C(=O)NH2, -NR2C1C(=O)NHR2C1,
-NR2C1C(=O)NR1C1 2, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHS(=O)2R2C1, -NR1C1S(=O)2R2C1,
-S(=O)2NH2, -S(=O)2NHR2C1, -S(=O)2NR2C1 2, -S(=O)2NR2C2R2C3,
-S(=O)R2C1, -S(=O)2R2C1, -OS(=O)2R2C1, or -S(=0)2OR2C1;
-Q5B is independently:
_Q2A2 _D2A3 _p2A4 _p2A5 _p2A6 _p2A7 _p2A8 I 2A_p2A4 I 2A_p2A5 i 2A _p2A6 ■ 2A_p2A7 _ι 2A_p1A8
-F1 -Cl, -Br, -I1 -CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH,
-OR2C1, -L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1,
-SH, -SR2C1,
-CN, -NO2,
-NH2, -NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3, -L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-C(=O)OH, -C(=O)OR2C1,
-C(=O)R2C1, -C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR2C1, -C(=O)NR2C1 2l -C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHC(=O)R2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1,
-NHC(=O)OR2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)OR2C1,
-OC(=O)NH2, -OC(=O)NHR2C1, -OC(=O)NR2C1 2, -OC(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHC(=O)NH2, -NHC(=O)NHR2C1, -NHC(=O)NR2C1 2, -NHC(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NR2C1C(=O)NH2l -NR2C1C(=O)NHR2C1,
-NR2C1C(=O)NR1C1 2, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHS(=O)2R2C1, -NR1C1S(=O)2R2C1,
-S(=O)2NH2, -S(=O)2NHR2C1, -S(=O)2NR2C1 2, -S(=O)2NR2C2R2C3, -S(=O)R2C1 , -S(=O)2R2C1 , -OS(=O)2R2C1 , or -S(=O)2OR2C1 ;
-Q8B is independently:
R2A1 D2A2 D2A3 D2A4 D2A5 D2*6 D2A7 D2A8 I -* * i -r\ , , -r\ , -I x , -r\ , -r\ , i 2A p2A4 I 2A_D2A5 I 2A p2A6 i 2A p2A7 _ι 2A_p1A8 -F, -Cl, -Br, -I,
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH,
-OR2C1, -L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1,
-SH1 -SR201, -CN,
-NO2,
-NH2, -NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3,
-L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-N R202R203,
-O-L20-NH2, -O-L20-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -O-L2O-NR2C2R203, -C(=O)OH, -C(O)OR201,
-C(=0)R201,
-C(=0)NH2, -C(=0)NHR2C1, -C(=O)NR2C1 2, -C(=O)NR2C2R203,
-NHC(=0)R2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1,
-NHC(=0)0R201, -NR201C(=O)OR201, -OC(=O)NH2, -0C(=0)NHR2C1, -OC(=O)NR2C1 2, -OC(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHC(=O)NH2, -NHC(=O)NHR2C1,
-NHC(=O)NR2C1 2, -NHC(=O)NR2O2R203,
-NR2C1C(=O)NH2, -NR2C1C(=O)NHR201,
-NR2C1C(=O)NR1C1 2, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NHS(=O)2R201, -NR1C1S(=O)2R201,
-S(=O)2NH2, -S(=O)2NHR201, -S(=O)2NR2C1 2, -S(=O)2NR202R203, -S(=O)R2C1, -S(=O)2R2C1, -OS(=O)2R2C1, or -S(=O)2OR2C1;
each of -Q6A, -Q7A, and -Q7B is independently:
R2A1 D2A2 D2A3 D2A4 D2A5 D2A6 O2M D2A8 i ~r\ i ~r\ , ~r\ , -r\ , -r\ , -r\ , -r\ , -L^-R2*4, -L^-R2*5, -L^-R2*6, -L^-R2*7, -L^-R1*8,
-F, -Cl, -Br, -I,
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH,
-0R2C1, -L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1, -SH1 -SR201,
-CN,
-NO2,
-NH2, -NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3,
-L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-N R202R203, -O-L2O-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -O-L2C-NR2C2R203,
-C(=0)0H, -C(=O)OR2C1,
-C(=0)R2C1,
-C(=0)NH2, -C(=0)NHR2C1, -C(=O)NR2O1 2, -C(=O)NR2C2R203,
-NHC(=0)R2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)R201, -NHC(=0)0R2C1, -NR2O1C(=O)OR2C1,
-0C(=0)NH2, -OCC=O)NHR201, -OC(=O)NR201 2, -OC(=O)NR2C2R203,
-NHCC=O)NH2, -NHC(=0)NHR201,
-NHC(=O)NR2C1 2, -NHCC=O)NR202R203,
-NR2C1C(=O)NH2, -NR2C1CC=O)NHR2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)NR1C1 2, -NR201CC=O)NR202R203,
-NHSC=O)2R201, -NR101SC=O)2R201,
-SC=O)2NH2, -SC=O)2NHR201, -S(=O)2NR2C1 2, -SC=O)2NR202R203,
-S(=0)R201, -SC=O)2R201, -OSC=O)2R201, or -S(=O)2OR201;
wherein: each -R2^ is independently saturated aliphatic Chalky!; each -R2" is independently aliphatic C2-6alkenyl; each -R^3 is independently aliphatic C2-6alkynyl; each -R^4 is independently saturated C3-6cycloalkyl; each -R2^ is independently C3^cycloalkenyl; each -R2*6 is independently non-aromatic C3-8heterocyclyl; each -R^7 is independently C6-10carboaryl; each -R2*8 is independently C5-10heteroaryl; each -L^- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-3alkylene; wherein: each -R2*4, -R2*5, -R2*6, -R2*7, and -R2*8 is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more substituents -R2B1 and/or one or more substituents -R282, and each -R2*1, -R2*2, -R2*3, and -L2*- is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more substituents -R2B2, wherein: each -R2B1 is independently:
R2D1 D2D2 D2D3 Q2D4 D2D5 π2D6 o2D7 D2D8 , -K , -K , -K , -K , -K , -K , -K ,
-L2D-R2D4, -L2D-R2D5, -L2D-R2D6, -L2D-R207, or -L2D-R2D8; each -R2B2 is independently:
-F, -Cl, -Br, -I, -CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH, -OR2C1, -L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1, -SH, -SR2C1,
-CN, -NO2,
-NH2, -NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3, -L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-NR2C2R2C3, -O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-C(=O)OH, -C(=O)OR2C1, -C(=O)R2C1,
-C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR2C1, -C(=O)NR2C1 2, -C(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NHC(=O)R2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1, -NHC(=O)OR2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)OR2C1,
-OC(=O)NH2l -OC(=O)NHR2C1, -OC(=O)NR2C1 2, -OC(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NHC(=O)NH2, -NHC(=O)NHR2C1, -NHC(=O)NR2C1 2, -NHC(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NR2C1C(=O)NH2, -NR2C1C(=O)NHR2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C1 2, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHS(=O)2R2C1, -NR2C1S(=O)2R2C1,
-S(=O)2NH2, -S(=O)2NHR2C1, -S(=O)2NR2C1 2, -S(=O)2NR2C2R2C3, -S(=O)R2C1, -S(=O)2R2C1, -OS(=O)2R2C1, or -S(=O)2OR2C1; wherein: each -L2C- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-5alkylene; in each group -NR2C2R2C3, R2C2 and R2C3, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a A-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered non-aromatic ring having exactly 1 ring heteroatom or exactly 2 ring heteroatoms, wherein one of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is N, and the other of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is independently N or O; each -R2C1 is independently: _p2D1 _p2D2 _D2D3 _p2D4 _D2D5 _D2D6 _D2D7 _p2D8
-L2D-R2D4, -L2D-R2D5, -L2D-R2D6, -L2D-R2D7, or -L2D-R2D8; each -R2D1 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-6alkyl; each -R2D2 is independently aliphatic C2-6alkenyl; each -R2D3 is independently aliphatic C2-6alkynyl; each -R2D4 is independently saturated C3-6cycloalkyl; each -R2D5 is independently C3-6cycloalkenyl; each -R2D6 is independently non-aromatic C3-8heterocyclyl; each -R2D7 is independently C6-iocarboaryl; each -R2D8 is independently C5-ioheteroaryl; each -L2D- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-3alkylene; wherein: each -R2D4, -R2D5, -R2D6, -R2D7, and -R2D8 is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more substituents -R2E1 and/or one or more substituents -R2E2, each -R2D1, -R2D2, -R2D3, and -L2D- is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more substituents -R2E2, and wherein: each -R2E1 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl; each -R2E2 is independently:
-F, -Cl, -Br, -I, -CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -L2F-OH, -O-L2F-OH, -OR2F1, -L2F-OR2F1, -O-L2F-OR2F1, -SH1 -SR2F1,
-CN, -NO2,
-NH2, -NHR2F1, -NR2F1 2, -NR2F2R2F3, -L2F-NH2, -L2F-NHR2F1, -L2F-NR2F1 2, -L2F-NR2F2R2F3, -C(=O)OH, -C(=O)OR2F1,
-C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR2F1, -C(=O)NR2F1 2, or -C(=O)NR2F2R2F3; wherein: each -R2F1 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl; each -L2F- is independently saturated aliphatic C1-5alkylene; and in each group -NR2F2R2F3, R2F2 and R2F3, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a A-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered non-aromatic ring having exactly 1 ring heteroatom or exactly 2 ring heteroatoms, wherein one of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is N, and the other of said exactly 2 ring heteroatoms is independently N or O; with the proviso that the compound is not a compound selected from the following compounds:
Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-phenyl-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)- amide (PP-001) (WW-001 ); Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(3-acetylamino-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (PP-002) (WW-002);
Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid {5-[4-(4-methyl-piperazin-1 -yl)-phenyl]- [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl}-amide (PP-003) (WW-003);
Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(3-chloro-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (PP-004) (WW-004);
Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (PP-005) (WW-005);
Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(6-methoxy-pyridin-3-yl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (PP-006) (WW-006); Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(3-fluoro-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (PP-007) (WW-007);
Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethyl-phenyl)- [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (PP-008) (WW-008);
4-[2-(Cyclopropanecarbonyl-amino)-[1 ,2I4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5-yl]-N-(2- dimethylamino-ethyl)-benzamide (PP-009) (WW-009);
Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(2,4-dimethoxy-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (PP-010) (WW-010);
Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(3-methanesulfonylamino-phenyl)- [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (PP-011 ) (WW-011 ); Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(2-dimethylamino-phenyl)-
[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (PP-012);
Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(3-chloro-4-fluoro-phenyl)- [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (PP-013);
Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-(3-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)- [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (PP-014);
Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid [5-((E)-styryl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2- yl]-amide (PP-015);
Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-thiophen-3-yl-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin- 2-yl)-amide (PP-016); 3-Cyclohexyl-N-[5-(4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethyl-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5- a]pyridin-2-yl]-propionamide (PP-017);
Cyclohexanecarboxylic acid (5-thiophen-3-yl-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2- yl)-amide (PP-018);
Furan-2-carboxylic acid [5-(3-fluoro-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2- yl]-amide (PP-019); Furan-2-carboxylic acid [5-(4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethyl-phenyl)- [1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-amide (PP-020);
3-Methoxy-N-(5-thiophen-3-yl-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)- propionamide (PP-021); 4-[2-(Cyclopropanecarbonyl-amino)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-5-yl]-N-(2- hydroxy-ethyl)-benzamide (PP-022);
Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid (5-furan-3-yl-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl)- amide (PP-023);
N-[5-(3-Amino-phenyl)-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]-3-pyridin-3-yl- propionamide (PP-024);
N-[6-(5-Methanesulfonyl-pyridin-3-yl)-5-methyl-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin- 2-yl]-acetamide (PP-025); and
N-[6-(3,4-Dimethoxy-phenyl)-5-methyl-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[1 ,5-a]pyridin-2-yl]- acetamide (PP-026).
36. A compound according to claim 35, wherein: -X= is independently -CR6=; -R5 is independently -R5A;
-R6 is independently -R6A;
-R7 is independently -R7A;
-R8 is independently -R8A;
-W is independently -WA; and -WA is independently -C(=O)RWA2.
37. A compound according to claim 35 or 36, wherein -R6A, if present, is independently -H.
38. A compound according to claim 35 or 36, wherein -R6A, if present, is independently -Q6A.
39. A compound according to any one of claims 35 to 38, wherein -R7A is independently -H.
40. A compound according to any one of claims 35 to 38, wherein -R7A is independently -Q7A.
41. A compound according to any one of claims 35 to 40, wherein -R8A is independently -H.
42. A compound according to any one of claims 35 to 40, wherein -R8A is independently -Q8A.
43. A compound according to claim 35, wherein: -X= is independently -N=;
-R5 is independently -R5B;
-R7 is independently -R7B; -R8 is independently -R8B;
-W is independently -WB; and -WB is independently -C(=O)RWB2.
44. A compound according to claim 43, wherein -R7B is independently -H.
45. A compound according to claim 43, wherein -R7B is independently -Q7B.
46. A compound according to any one of claims 43 to 45, wherein -R8B is independently -H.
47. A compound according to any one of claims 43 to 45, wherein -R8B is independently -Q8B.
48. A compound according to any one of claims 35 to 42, wherein -RWA2, if present, is independently:
Figure imgf000385_0001
-L1A-R1A4. -L1A-R1A6, -L1A-R1A7, or -L1A-R1A8.
49. A compound according to any one of claims 35 to 42, wherein -RWA2, if present, is independently -R1A1, -R1A4, -R1A6, -L1A-R1A4, or -L1A-R1A6.
50. A compound according to any one of claims 35 to 42, wherein -RWA2, if present, is independently -R1 A1 , -R1 M, or -R1A6.
51. A compound according to any one of claims 35 to 42, wherein -RWA2, if present, is independently -R1A1.
52. A compound according to any one of claims 35 to 42, wherein -RWA2, if present, is independently -R1M, -R1A6, -L1A-R1A4, or -L1A-R1A6.
53. A compound according to any one of claims 35 to 42, wherein -RWA2, if present, is independently -R1M or -R1A6.
54. A compound according to any one of claims 35 to 42, wherein -RWA2, if present, is independently -R1A4.
55. A compound according to any one of claims 35 to 42, wherein -RWA2, if present, is independently -R1A6.
56. A compound according to any one of claims 35 to 42, wherein -RWA2, if present, is independently -L1A-R1M, or -L1A-R1A6.
57. A compound according to any one of claims 35 to 42, wherein -RWA2, if present, is independently -L1A-R1A4.
58. A compound according to any one of claims 35 to 42, wherein -RWA2, if present, is independently -L1A-R1A6.
59. A compound according to any one of claims 43 to 47, wherein -RWB2, if present, is independently:
Figure imgf000386_0001
-L1A-R1M, -L1A-R1A6, -L1A-RW, or -L1A-R1A8.
60. A compound according to any one of claims 43 to 47, wherein -RWB2, if present, is independently:
Figure imgf000386_0002
-L1A-R1A4, or -L1A-R1A6.
61. A compound according to any one of claims 43 to 47, wherein -RWB2, if present, is independently -R1M, -R1A6, -R1A7, or -R1A8.
62. A compound according to any one of claims 43 to 47, wherein -RWB2, if present, is independently -R1M, -R1A6, -L1A-R1M, or -L1A-R1A6.
63. A compound according to any one of claims 43 to 47, wherein -RWB2, if present, is independently -R1M or -R1A6.
64. A compound according to any one of claims 43 to 47, wherein -RWB2, if present, is independently -R1M.
65. A compound according to any one of claims 43 to 47, wherein -RWB2, if present, is independently -R1A6.
66. A compound according to any one of claims 43 to 47, wherein -RWB2, if present, is independently -L1A-R1A4 or -L1A-R1A6.
67. A compound according to any one of claims 43 to 47, wherein -RWB2, if present, is independently -L1A-R1A4.
68. A compound according to any one of claims 43 to 47, wherein -RWB2, if present, is independently -L1A-R1A6.
69. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 68, wherein each -L1A-, if present, is independently -CH2-.
70. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 69, wherein each -R1A1, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic d-3alkyl.
71. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 70, wherein each -R1M, if present, is independently saturated C3.5cycloalkyl.
72. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 70, wherein each -R1M, if present, is independently saturated C3cycloalkyl.
73. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 72, wherein each -R1A6, if present, is independently azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, azepinyl, diazepinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dioxanyl, and is optionally substituted.
74. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 72, wherein each -R1A6, if present, is independently pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, or tetrahydropyranyl, and is optionally substituted.
75. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 74, wherein each -R1A7, if present, is independently phenyl or naphthyl, and is optionally substituted.
76. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 74, wherein each -Rw, if present, is independently phenyl, and is optionally substituted.
77. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 74, wherein each -R1A7, if present, is independently selected from groups of the following formulae, wherein each -R1X is independently -R1B1 or -R1B2:
Figure imgf000388_0001
78. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 74, wherein each -R1A7, if present, is independently selected from groups of the following formulae, wherein each -R1X is independently -R1B1 or -R1B2:
Figure imgf000389_0001
79. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 74, wherein each -R1A7, if present, is independently selected from groups of the following formula, wherein each -R1X is independently -R1B1 or -R1B2:
Figure imgf000389_0002
80. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 74, wherein each -R1A7, if present, is independently selected from groups of the following formula, wherein each -R1X is independently -R1B1 or -R1B2:
Figure imgf000389_0003
81. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 74, wherein each -R1A7, if present, is independently selected from groups of the following formula, wherein each -Rlλ is independently -R 1ηBb11 or -R )1B2.
Figure imgf000389_0004
82. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 81 , wherein each -R1A8, if present, is independently C5-6heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.
83. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 81 , wherein each -R1A8, if present, is independently furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, or pyridazinyl, and is optionally substituted.
84. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 81 , wherein each -R1A8, if present, is independently furanyl, thienyl, pyridyl, or pyrimidinyl, and is optionally substituted.
85. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 81 , wherein each -R1Λ8, if present, is independently pyridyl, and is optionally substituted.
86. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 81 , wherein each -R1A8, if present, is independently pyrid-3-yl or pyrid-4-yl, and is optionally substituted.
87. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 81 , wherein each -R1A8, if present, is independently selected from groups of the following formulae, wherein each -R1X is independently -R1B1 or -R1B2:
Figure imgf000390_0001
88. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 81 , wherein each -R1A8, if present, is independently C9.10heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.
89. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 81 , wherein each -R1A8, if present, is independently benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzopyrrolyl, benzoimidazolyl, benzopyrazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzopyridyl, benzopyrimidinyl, or benzopyridazinyl, and is optionally substituted.
90. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 89, wherein each -R1B1 is independently:
_p1D1 R1D2 R1D4 R1D6 -L1D-R1D4, or -L1D-R1D6.
91. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 89, wherein each -R1B1 is independently:
Figure imgf000390_0002
-L1D-R1D4, -L1D-R1D7, or -L1D-R1D8.
92. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 89, wherein each -R1B1 is independently:
-R1D7, -R1D8, -L1D-R1D7, or -L1D-R1D8.
93. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 89, wherein each -R1B1 is independently:
R1D1 D1D2 Q1D4 D1D7 r>1D8
-L1D-R1D4, -L1D-R1D6, -L1D-R1D7, or -L1D-R1D8.
94. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 93, wherein each -R1B2 is independently:
-F, -Cl,
-CF3, -OCF3, -OH1 -L1C-OH, -O-L1C-OH,
-OR1C1, -L1C-OR1C1, -O-L1C-OR1C1,
-SR1C1,
-CN,
-NO2, -NH2, -NHR1C1, -NR1C1 2, -NR1C2R1C3,
-L1C-NH2, -L1C-NHR1C1, -L1C-NR1C1 2, -L1C-NR1C2R1C3,
-O-L1C-NH2, -O-L1C-NHR1C1, -O-L1C-NR1C1 2, -O-L1C-NR1C2R1C3,
-C(=O)OR1C1,
-C(=O)R1C1, -C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR1C1, -C(=O)NR1C1 2, -C(=O)NR1C2R1C3,
-NHC(=O)R1C1, -NR1C1C(=O)R1C1,
-NHC(=O)NH2, -NHC(=O)NHR1C1,
-NHC(=O)NR1C1 2, -NHC(=O)NR1C2R1C3,
-NR1C1C(=O)NH2, -NR1C1C(=O)NHR1C1, -NR1C1C(=O)NR1C1 2, -NR1C1C(=O)NR1C2R1C3,
-NHS(=O)2R1C1, -NR1C1S(=O)2R1C1,
-S(=O)2NH2, -S(=O)2NHR1C1, -S(=O)2NR1C1 2, -S(=O)2NR1C2R1C3,
-S(=O)R1C1, or -S(=O)2R1C1.
95. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 93, wherein each -R1B2 is independently:
-F, -Cl,
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -L1C-OH, -O-L1C-OH, -OR1C1, -L1C-OR1C1, -O-L1C-OR1C1,
-SR1C1,
-CN,
-NO2,
-NH2, -NHR1C1, -NR1C1 2, -NR1C2R1C3, -L1C-NH2, -L1C-NHR1C1, -L1C-NR1C1 2, -L1C-NR1C2R1C3,
-O-L1C-NH2, -O-L1C-NHR1C1, -O-L1C-NR1C1 2) -O-L1C-NR1C2R1C3, -C(=O)R1C\
-C(=O)NHR1C1, -C(=O)NR1C1 2, -C(=O)NR1C2R1C3, -NHC(=O)R1C1, -NR1C1C(=O)R1C1, -NHC(=O)NHR1C1, -NHC(=O)NR1C1 2, -NHC(=O)NR1C2R1C3,
-NR1C1C(=O)NHR1C1,
-NR1C1C(=O)NR1C1 2, -NR1C1C(=O)NR1C2R1C3, -NHS(=O)2R1C1, -NR1C1S(=O)2R1C1, -S(=O)2NHR1C1, -S(=O)2NR1C1 2, -S(=O)2NR1C2R1C3, -S(=O)R1c1, or -S(=O)2R1c1.
96. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 95, wherein each -L1C is saturated aliphatic C1-3alkylene.
97. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 96, wherein each -NR1C2R1C3 is independently azetidino, pyrrolidino, imidazolidino, pyrazolidino, piperidino, piperazino, morpholino, azepino, or diazepino, and is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from saturated aliphatic C1-3alkyl, -F, and -CF3.
98. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 96, wherein each -NR1C2R1C3 is independently pyrrolidino, piperidino, piperazino, or morpholino, and is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from saturated aliphatic Chalky!, -F, and -CF3.
99. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 98, wherein each -R1C1 is independently:
Figure imgf000392_0001
-L1D-R1D4, or -L1D-R1D6.
100. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 98, wherein each -R1C1 is independently:
_p1D1 _R1D4 R1D6 -R1D7 R1D8
-L1D-R1D4, -L1D-R1D6, -L1D-R1D7, or -L1D-R1D8.
101. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 98, wherein each -R1C1 is independently: -R1D8
Figure imgf000392_0002
-L1D-R1D4, -L1D-R1D7, or -L1D-R1D8.
102. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 98, wherein each -R1C1 is independently: -R1D1, -R1D7, -R1D8, -L1D-R1D7, or -L1D-R1D8.
103. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 98, wherein each -R1C1 is independently -R1D1, -R1D7, or -L1D-R1D7.
104. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 98, wherein each -R1C1 is independently -R1D7 or -L1D-R1D7.
105. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 98, wherein each -R1C1 is independently -R1D1.
106. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 105, wherein each -L1D-, if present, is independently -CH2-.
107. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 106, wherein each -R1D1, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-3alkyl.
108. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 107, wherein each -R1D4, if present, is independently saturated C5-6cycloalkyl.
109. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 108, wherein each -R106, if present, is independently azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, azepinyl, diazepinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dioxanyl, and is optionally substituted.
110. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 108, wherein each -R1D6, if present, is independently pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, or tetrahydropyranyl, and is optionally substituted.
111. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 110, wherein each -R1D7, if present, is independently phenyl or naphthyl, and is optionally substituted.
112. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 110, wherein each -R1D7, if present, is independently phenyl, and is optionally substituted.
113. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 112, wherein each -R1D8, if present, is independently C5.6heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.
114. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 112, wherein each -R1D8, if present, is independently furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, or pyridazinyl, and is optionally substituted.
115. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 112, wherein each -R1D8, if present, is independently C9-1oheteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.
116. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 112, wherein each -R1D8, if present, is independently benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzopyrrolyl, benzoimidazolyl, benzopyrazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzopyridyl, benzopyrimidinyl, or benzopyridazinyl, and is optionally substituted.
117. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 116, wherein each -R1E1 is independently saturated aliphatic
Figure imgf000394_0001
118. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 117, wherein each -R1E2 is independently: -F, -Cl, -Br1
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -L1F-OH, -O-L1F-OH,
-OR1F1. -L1F-OR1F1, -O-L1F-OR1F1,
-SR1F1, -CN,
-NO2,
-NH2, -NHR1F1, -NR1F1 2, -NR1F2R1F3,
-L1F-NH2, -L1F-NHR1F1, -L1F-NR1F1 2, -L1F-NR1F2R1F3,
-C(=O)OR1F1, -C(=O)NHR1F1, -C(=O)NR1F1 2, or -C(=O)NR1F2R1F3.
119. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 117, wherein each -R1E2 is independently:
-F, -Cl, -CF3, -OCF3,
-CN,
-OH1 -L1F-OH, -O-L1F-OH,
-OR1F1, -L1F-OR1F1, -O-L1F-OR1F1,
-NH2, -NHR1F1, -NR1F1 2, -NR1F2R1F3, -L1F-NH2l -L1F-NHR1F1, -L1F-NR1F1 2, -L1F-NR1F2R1F3,
-C(=O)NHR1F1, -C(=O)NR1F1 2, or -C(=O)NR1F2R1F3.
120. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 119, wherein each -R1F1 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
121. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 120, wherein each -L1F is saturated aliphatic C1-3alkylene.
122. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 121 , wherein each -NR1F2R1F3 is independently azetidino, pyrrolidino, imidazolidino, pyrazolidino, piperidino, piperazino, morpholino, azepino, or diazepino, and is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from C1-3alkyl, -F, and -CF3.
123. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 121 , wherein each -NR1F2R1 F3 is independently pyrrolidino, piperidino, piperazino, or morpholino, and is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from C1-3alkyl, -F, and
-CF3.
124. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 123, wherein -Q5A, if present, is independently: p2Ai .D2*2 .R^3 -R^4 -R2*5 -R2^ -R2*7 -R2M
-\_2A-R2AA J 2A-R2*5 .I 2A-R2A6 .I 2A-D2A? _| 2A_p1A8
-CF3, -OCF3, -L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH,
-L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1,
-O-R2D4, -O-R2D6, -O-R2D7, -O-R208,
-O-L2D-R2D4, -O-L2D-R2D6, -O-L2D-R2D7, -O-L2D-R2D8,
-SR2C1, -NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3,
-L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-C(=O)OR2C1,
-C(=O)R2C1, -C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR2C1, -C(=O)NR2C1 2, -C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHC(=O)R2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1,
-NHC(=O)NH2, -NHC(=O)NHR2C1,
-NHC(=O)NR2C1 2, -NHC(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NR2C1C(=O)NH2, -NR2C1C(=O)NHR2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)NR1C1 2, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHS(=O)2R2C1, -NR1C1S(=O)2R2C1, -S(=O)2NH2l -S(=O)2NHR2C1, -S(=O)2NR2C1 2, -S(=O)2NR2C2R2C3, -S(=O)R2C1, or -S(=O)2R2C1.
125. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 123, wherein -Q5A, if present, is independently:
R2A1 D2A2 D2A3 D2A4 D2A5 D2A6 D2A7 D2A8 _| 2A_p2A4 i 2A p2A5 I 2A p2A6 i 2A_p2A7 _| 2A p1A8
-L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1,
-O-R2D4, -O-R2D6, -O-R2D7, -O-R2D8, -O-L2D-R2D4, -O-L2D-R2D6, -O-L2D-R2D7, -O-L2D-R2Dδ,
-SR2C1 ,
-NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3,
-L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3, -C(=0)R2C1,
-C(=O)NHR2C1, -C(=O)NR2C1 2, -C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHC(=0)R2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1,
-NHC(=O)NHR2C1,
-NHC(=O)NR2C1 2, -NHC(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NR2C1C(=O)NHR2C1,
-NR2C1C(=O)NR1C1 2, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHS(=O)2R2C1, -NR1C1S(=O)2R2C1,
-S(=O)2NHR2C1, -S(=O)2NR2C1 2, -S(=O)2NR2C2R2C3,
-S(=O)R2C1, or -S(=O)2R2C1.
126. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 123, wherein -Q5A, if present, is independently:
R2A1 p2A2 D2A3 D2A4 D2A5 D2A6 D2A7 D2A8 I "■ » I -r\ , -r\ , , -r\ , -t\ , -r\ ,
Figure imgf000396_0001
-L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1,
-SR2C1,
-NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3,
-L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3, -C(=0)R2C\
-C(=O)NHR2C1, -C(=O)NR2C1 2, -C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHC(=0)R2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1,
-NHC(=0)NHR2C1,
-NHC(=O)NR2C1 2, -NHC(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NR2C1C(=O)NHR2C1,
-NR2C1C(=O)NR1C1 2, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NHS(=O)2R2C1, -NR1C1S(=O)2R2C1, -S(=O)2NHR2C1, -S(=O)2NR2C1 2, -S(=O)2NR2C2R2C3, -S(=O)R2C1, or -S(=O)2R2C1.
127. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 123, wherein -Q5A, if present, is independently:
R2A1 D2A2 D2A3 D2A4 D2A5 D2A6 D2A? D2A8 I 2A p2A4 I 2A p2A5 i 2A p2A6 i 2A p2A7 .1 2A p1A8
-L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1, -SR2C1,
-NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3,
-L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-C(=O)NHR2C1, -C(=O)NR2C1 2, -C(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NHC(=O)R2C1, or -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1.
128. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 123, wherein -Q5A, if present, is independently -R∞ or -R^8.
129. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 123, wherein -Q5A, if present, is independently -R^7.
130. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 123, wherein -Q5A, if present, is independently -R^8.
131. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 130, wherein -Q8A, if present, is independently: -R^1, -R^4, -R2^1 -R2T
Figure imgf000397_0001
-F, -Cl,
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH, -L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1,
-SR2C\
-NO2,
-NH2, -NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3,
-L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-NR2C2R2C3, -O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1 , -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-C(=O)R2C1, -C(=O)NHR2C1, -C(=O)NR2C1 2, -C(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NHC(=O)R2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1, -NHC(=O)NHR2C1,
-NHC(=O)NR2C1 2, -NHC(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NR2C1C(=O)NH2, -NR2C1C(=O)NHR2C1,
-NR2C1C(=O)NR1C1 2, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NHS(=O)2R2C1, -NR1C1S(=O)2R2C1, -S(=O)2NHR2C1, -S(=O)2NR2C1 2, -S(=O)2NR2C2R2C3, -S(=O)R2C1, or -S(=O)2R2C1.
132. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 130, wherein -Q8A, if present, is independently:
Figure imgf000398_0001
-F, -Cl, -NO2,
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH,
-L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1,
-SR2C1, -NH2, -NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3,
-L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, or -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3.
133. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 132, wherein -Q5B, if present, is independently:
R2A2
Figure imgf000398_0002
I 2A_p2A4 I 2A p2A5 ι 2A n2A6 i 2A p2A7 i 2A_p1A8 -L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH,
-OR2C1, -L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1,
-SR2C1,
-NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3,
-L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-NR2C2R2C3, -O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-C(=O)R2C1,
-C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR2C1, -C(=O)NR2C1 2, -C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHC(=O)R2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1,
-NHC(=O)NHR2C1, -NHC(=O)NR2C1 2, -NHC(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NR2C1C(=O)NHR2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)NR1C1 2, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NHS(=O)2R2C1, -NR1C1S(=O)2R2C1,
-S(=O)2NH2, -S(=O)2NHR2C1, -S(=O)2NR2C1 2> -S(=O)2NR2C2R2C3, -S(=O)R2C1, or -S(=O)2R2C1.
134. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 132, wherein -Q5B, if present, is independently: p2A2 _D2A3 _D2A4 _p2A5 _p2A6 _p2A7 _p2A8
I 2A _p2A4 i 2A_p2A5 i 2A_p2A6 i 2A_p2A7 i 2A_p1A8 -L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH,
-OR2C1, -L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1,
-SR2C1,
-NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3,
-L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-NR2C2R2C3, -O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1 , -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-C(=O)R2C1,
-C(=O)NHR2C1, -C(=O)NR2C1 2, -C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHC(=O)R2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1,
-NHC(=O)NHR2C1, -NHC(=O)NR2C1 2, -NHC(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NR2C1C(=O)NHR2C1,
-NR2C1C(=O)NR1C1 2, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHS(=O)2R2C1, -NR1C1S(=O)2R2C1,
-S(=O)2NHR2C1, -S(=O)2NR2C1 2, -S(=O)2NR2C2R2C3, -S(=O)R2C1 , or -S(=O)2R2C1.
135. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 132, wherein -Q5B, if present, is independently:
_p2A2 _p2A3 _p2A4 _p2A5 _p2A6 _p2A7 _p2A8 -L2^R2*4, -L2A-R2*5, -L^-R2*6, -L^-R2*7, -L^-R1*8,
-L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH,
-OR2C1, -L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1,
-SR2C1,
-NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR202R203, -L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR2C1 , -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -0-L^-NR202R203,
-C(=O)NHR201, -C(=O)NR2C1 2l -C(=O)N R202R203,
-NHC(=O)R2C1, or -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1.
136. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 132, wherein -Q5B, if present, is independently -R^7 or -R^8.
137. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 132, wherein -Q5B, if present, is independently -R2*7.
138. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 132, wherein -Q5B, if present, is independently -R2*8.
139. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 138, wherein -Q8B, if present, is independently:
_R2A1 _R2A4 _R2A5 _R2A6 _R2A8 I 2A _p2A4 I 2A _p2A5 i 2A p2A6 i 2A_p1A8
-F, -Cl, -CF31 -OCF3,
-OH, -L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH,
-OR2C1, -L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1,
-SR2C1,
-CN, -NO2,
-NH2, -NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3,
-L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-C(=O)R2C1, -C(=O)NHR2C1, -C(=O)NR2C1 2, -C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHC(=O)R2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1,
-NHC(=O)NHR2C1,
-NHC(=O)NR2C1 2, -NHC(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NR2C1C(=O)NHR2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)NR1C1 2, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHS(=O)2R2C1, -NR1C1S(=O)2R2C1,
-S(=O)2NHR2C1, -S(=O)2NR2C1 2, -S(=O)2NR2C2R2C3,
-S(=O)R2C1, or -S(=O)2R2C1.
140. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 138, wherein -Q8B, if present, is independently:
Figure imgf000400_0001
-F, -Cl, -CF3, -OCF3, -OH, -L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH,
-OR2C1, -L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1, -SR2C1,
-CN,
-NH2, -NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3,
-L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, or -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3.
141. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 140, wherein each of -Q6A, -Q7A, and -Q7B, if present, is independently:
R2A1
Figure imgf000401_0001
i 2A_p2A4 I 2A_p2A5 i 2A_p2A6 ι 2A_p2A7 .1 2A_p1A8
-F, -Cl,
-CF3, -OCF3, -OH, -L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH,
-OR2C1, -L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1,
-SR2C1,
-CN,
-NO2, -NH2, -NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3,
-L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-C(=O)OR2C1,
-C(=O)R2C1, -C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR2C1, -C(=O)NR2C1 2, -C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHC(=O)R2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1,
-NHC(=O)NH2, -NHC(=O)NHR2C1,
-NHC(=O)NR2C1 2, -NHC(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NR2C1C(=O)NH2, -NR2C1C(=O)NHR2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)NR1C1 2, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHS(=O)2R2C1, -NR1C1S(=O)2R2C1,
-S(=O)2NHR2C1, -S(=O)2NR2C1 2, -S(=O)2NR2C2R2C3,
-S(=O)R2C1, or -S(=O)2R2C1.
142. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 140, wherein each of -Q6A, -Q7A, and -Q7B, if present, is independently:
_p2A1 _p2A4 _p2A6 _p2A8
-F, -Cl1 -CF3, -OCF3, -OH, -L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH,
-OR2C1, -L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1, -SR2C1,
-CN,
-NO2,
-NH2, -NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3,
-L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2l or -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3.
143. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 142, wherein each -L2*-, if present, is independently -CH2-.
144. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 143, wherein each -R™, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic C1-3alkyl.
145. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 144, wherein each -R2*4, if present, is independently saturated C5-6cycloalkyl.
146. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 145, wherein each -R2*6, if present, is independently azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, azepinyl, diazepinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dioxanyl, and is optionally substituted.
147. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 145, wherein each -R2*6, if present, is independently pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, or tetrahydropyranyl, and is optionally substituted.
148. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 147, wherein each -R2^1 if present, is independently phenyl or naphthyl, and is optionally substituted.
149. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 147, wherein each -R^7, if present, is independently phenyl, and is optionally substituted.
150. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 147, wherein each -R2*7, if present, is independently selected from groups of the following formulae, wherein each -R2* is independently -R2B1 or -R2B2:
Figure imgf000402_0001
151. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 147, wherein each -R2*7, if present, is independently selected from groups of the following formulae, wherein each -R2X is independently -R2B1 or -R2B2:
Figure imgf000403_0001
152. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 147, wherein each -R2*7, if present, is independently selected from groups of the following formulae, wherein each -R2X is independently -R2B1 or -R2B2:
Figure imgf000403_0002
153. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 152, wherein each -R2^1 if present, is independently C5.6heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.
154. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 152, wherein each -R2M, if present, is independently furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, or pyridazinyl, and is optionally substituted.
155. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 152, wherein each -R2*8, if present, is independently furanyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, or pyrimidinyl, and is optionally substituted.
156. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 152, wherein each -R2^1 if present, is independently pyrazolyl, and is optionally substituted.
157. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 152, wherein each -R2*8, if present, is independently pyrazol-4-yl, and is optionally substituted.
158. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 152, wherein each -R2^1 if present, is independently selected from groups of the following formula, wherein each -R2* is independently -R2B1 or -R2B2:
Figure imgf000403_0003
*
159. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 152, wherein each -R2*8, if present, is independently C9-10heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.
160. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 152, wherein each -R2^1 if present, is independently benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzopyrrolyl, benzoimidazolyl, benzopyrazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzooxadiazolyl, benzopyridyl, benzopyrimidinyl, benzopyridazinyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzofuranyl, benzo[1 ,3]dioxolyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxinyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1 ,4]dioxepinyl, or 3,4- dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazinyl, and is optionally substituted.
161. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 152, wherein each -R2*8, if present, is independently benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzopyrrolyl, benzoimidazolyl, benzopyrazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzopyridyl, benzopyrimidinyl, or benzopyridazinyl, and is optionally substituted.
162. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 152, wherein each -R^8, if present, is independently 2,3-dihydro-benzofuranyl, benzo[1 ,3]dioxolyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxinyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1 ,4]dioxepinyl, or 3,4- dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazinyl, and is optionally substituted.
163. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 152, wherein each -R2*8, if present, is independently 2, 3-dihydro-benzofuran-5-yl, benzo[1 ,3]dioxol-5-yl, 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxin-6-yl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1 ,4]dioxepin-7-yl, or 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1 ,4]oxazin-7-yl; and is optionally substituted.
164. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 152, wherein each -R2^1 if present, is independently 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1 ,4]dioxin-6-yl, and is optionally substituted.
165. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 164, wherein each -R2B1 is independently:
_p2D1 _p2D2 _p2D4 _p2D7 _p2D8
-L2D-R2D\ -L2D-R2D7, or -L2D-R2D8.
166. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 164, wherein each -R2B1 is independently: -R2D\ -R2D7, -R2D8, -L2D-R2D7, or -L2D-R2D8.
167. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 166, wherein each -R2B2 is independently:
-F, -Cl,
-CF3, -OCF3, -OH, -L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH,
-OR2C1, -L2C-OR2C1, -O-L2C-OR2C1,
-SR2C1,
-CN,
-NO2, -NH2, -NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3,
-L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-C(=O)OH, -C(=O)OR2C1,
-C(=O)R2C1, -C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR2C1, -C(=O)NR2C1 2, -C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHC(=O)R2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1,
-NHC(=O)NH2, -NHC(=O)NHR2C1,
-NHC(=O)NR2C1 2, -NHC(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NR2C1C(=O)NH2, -NR2C1C(=O)NHR2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C1 2, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHS(=O)2R2C1, -NR2C1S(=O)2R2C1,
-S(=O)2NH2, -S(=O)2NHR2C1, -S(=O)2NR2C1 2, -S(=O)2NR2C2R2C3,
-S(=O)R2C1, or -S(=O)2R2C1.
168. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 166, wherein each -R2B2 is independently:
-F, -Cl,
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -L2C-OH, -O-L2C-OH, -OR2C1 , -L2C-OR2C1 , -O-L2C-OR2C1 ,
-SR2C1,
-CN,
-NO2,
-NH2, -NHR2C1, -NR2C1 2, -NR2C2R2C3, -L2C-NH2, -L2C-NHR2C1, -L2C-NR2C1 2, -L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-O-L2C-NH2, -O-L2C-NHR2C1, -O-L2C-NR2C1 2, -O-L2C-NR2C2R2C3,
-C(=O)R2C1,
-C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR2C1, -C(=O)NR2C1 2, -C(=O)NR2C2R2C3,
-NHC(=O)R2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)R2C1, -NHC(=O)NH2, -NHC(=O)NHR2C1,
-NHC(=O)NR2C1 2, -NHC(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NR2C1C(=O)NH2l -NR2C1C(=O)NHR2C1, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C1 2, -NR2C1C(=O)NR2C2R2C3, -NHS(=O)2R2C1, -NR2C1S(=O)2R2C1,
-S(=O)2NH2l -S(=O)2NHR2C1, -S(=O)2NR2C1 2> -S(=O)2NR2C2R2C3, -S(=O)R2C1 , or -S(=O)2R2C1.
169. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 168, wherein each -L2C is saturated aliphatic C1-3alkylene.
170. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 169, wherein each -NR2C2R2C3 is independently azetidino, pyrrolidino, imidazolidino, pyrazolidino, piperidino, piperazino, morpholino, azepino, or diazepino, and is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from saturated aliphatic C1-3alkyl, -F, and -CF3.
171. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 169, wherein each -NR2C2R2C3 is independently pyrrolidino, piperidino, piperazino, or morpholino, and is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from saturated aliphatic Ci-3alkyl, -F, and -CF3.
172. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 171 , wherein each -R2C1 is independently:
_p2D1 _p2D4 _p2D6 _p2D7 _p2D8
-L2D-R2D4, -L2D-R2°6, -L2D-R2D7, or -L2D-R2D8.
173. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 171 , wherein each -R2C1 is independently:
_p2D1 _p2D4 _p2D7 _p2D8
-L2D-R2D4, -L2D-R2t>7, or -L2D-R2D8.
174. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 171 , wherein each -R2C1 is independently:
-R2D1, -R2D7, -R2D8, -L2D-R2D7, or -L2D-R2D8.
175. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 171 , wherein each -R2C1 is independently -R2D1, -R2D7, or -L2D-R2D7.
176. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 171 , wherein each -R2C1 is independently -R2D7, or -L2D-R2D7.
177. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 171 , wherein each -R2C1 is independently -R2D1.
178. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 177, wherein each -L2D-, if present, is independently -CH2-.
179. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 178, wherein each -R2D1, if present, is independently saturated aliphatic d.3alkyl.
180. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 179, wherein each -R2D4, if present, is independently saturated C5-6cycloalkyl.
181. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 180, wherein each -R2D6, if present, is independently azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, azepinyl, diazepinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dioxanyl, and is optionally substituted.
182. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 180, wherein each -R2D6, if present, is independently pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, or tetrahydropyranyl, and is optionally substituted.
183. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 182, wherein each -R2D7, if present, is independently phenyl or naphthyl, and is optionally substituted.
184. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 182, wherein each -R2D7, if present, is independently phenyl, and is optionally substituted.
185. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 184, wherein each -R2D8, if present, is independently C5-6heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.
186. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 184, wherein each -R2D8, if present, is independently furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, or pyridazinyl, and is optionally substituted.
187. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 184, wherein each -R2D8, if present, is independently C9-1oheteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.
188. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 184, wherein each -R2D8, if present, is independently benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzopyrrolyl, benzoimidazolyl, benzopyrazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzopyridyl, benzopyrimidinyl, or benzopyridazinyl, and is optionally substituted.
189. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 188, wherein each -R2E1 is independently saturated aliphatic
Figure imgf000408_0001
190. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 189, wherein each -R2E2 is independently:
-F, -Cl,
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -L2F-OH, -O-L2F-OH, -OR2F1, -L2F-OR2F1, -O-L2F-OR2F1,
-SR2F1,
-CN1.
-NO2,
-NH2, -NHR2F1, -NR2F1 2, -NR2F2R2F3, -L2F-NH2, -L2F-NHR2F1, -L2F-NR2F1 2, -L2F-NR2F2R2F3,
-C(=O)OR2F1,
-C(=O)NH2, -C(=O)NHR2F1, -C(=O)NR2F1 2, or -C(=O)NR2F2R2F3.
191. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 189, wherein each -R2E2 is independently:
-F, -Cl,
-CF3, -OCF3,
-OH, -L2F-OH, -O-L2F-OH,
-OR2F1, -L2F-OR2F1, -O-L2F-OR2F1, -CN,
-NH2, -NHR2F1, -NR2F1 2, -NR2F2R2F3,
-L2F-NH2, -L2F-NHR2F1, -L2F-NR2F1 2, -L2F-NR2F2R2F3,
-C(=O)NHR2F1, -C(=O)NR2F1 2, or -C(=O)NR2F2R2F3.
192. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 191 , wherein each -R2F1 is independently saturated aliphatic C1-4alkyl.
193. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 192, wherein each -L2F is saturated aliphatic C13alkylene.
194. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 193, wherein each -NR2F2R2F3 is independently azetidino, pyrrolidino, imidazolidino, pyrazolidino, piperidino, piperazino, morpholino, azepino, or diazepino, and is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from C1-3alkyl, -F, and -CF3.
195. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 193, wherein each -NR2F2R2F3 is independently pyrrolidino, piperidino, piperazino, or morpholino, and is optionally substituted, for example, with one or more groups selected from d-3alkyl, -F, and -CF3.
196. A compound according to claim 1 , selected from the following compounds, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof: Compound Nos. WW-012 through WW-169.
197. A compound according to claim 1 , selected from the following compounds, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof: Compound Nos. XX-O01 through XX-469.
198. A compound according to claim 1 , selected from the following compounds, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof: Compound Nos. YY-001 through YY-016.
199. A compound selected from the following compound, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, and solvates thereof: Compound Nos. ZZ-001 through ZZ-003.
200. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 199, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
201. A method of preparing a pharmaceutical composition comprising the step of admixing a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 199, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
202. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 199, without the recited proviso, for use in a method of treatment of the human or animal body by therapy.
203. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 199, without the recited proviso, for use in a method of treatment of a disease or condition that is mediated by AXL receptor tyrosine kinase.
204. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 199, without the recited proviso, for use in a method of treatment of a disease or condition that is ameliorated by the inhibition of AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function.
205. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 199, without the recited proviso, for use in a method of treatment of a proliferative condition.
206. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 199, without the recited proviso, for use in a method of treatment of cancer.
207. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 199, without the recited proviso, for use in a method of treatment of solid tumour cancer.
208. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 199, without the recited proviso, for use in a method of treatment of liquid tumour cancer.
209. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 199, without the recited proviso, for use in a method of treatment of hematological cancer.
210. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 199, without the recited proviso, for use in a method of treatment of colon cancer, gastric cancer, breast cancer, lung cancer, acute myeloid leukemia, thyroid cancer, ocular cancer, prostate cancer, ocular melanoma cancer, ovarian cancer, renal cancer, skin cancer, or squamous cell carcinoma.
211. Use of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 199, without the recited proviso, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disease or condition that is mediated by AXL receptor tyrosine kinase.
212. Use of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 199, without the recited proviso, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disease or condition that is ameliorated by the inhibition of AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function.
213. Use of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 199, without the recited proviso, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a proliferative condition.
214. Use of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 199, without the recited proviso, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of cancer.
215. Use of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 199, without the recited proviso, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of solid tumour cancer.
216. Use of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 199, without the recited proviso, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of liquid tumour cancer.
217. Use of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 199, without the recited proviso, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of hematological cancer.
218. Use of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 199, without the recited proviso, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of colon cancer, gastric cancer, breast cancer, lung cancer, acute myeloid leukemia, thyroid cancer, ocular cancer, prostate cancer, ocular melanoma cancer, ovarian cancer, renal cancer, skin cancer, or squamous cell carcinoma.
219. A method of treatment of a disease or condition that is mediated by AXL receptor tyrosine kinase comprising administering to a subject in need of treatment a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 199, without the recited proviso.
220. A method of treatment of a disease or condition that is ameliorated by the inhibition of AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function comprising administering to a subject in need of treatment a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 199, without the recited proviso.
221. A method of treatment of a proliferative condition comprising administering to a subject in need of treatment a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 199, without the recited proviso.
222. A method of treatment of cancer comprising administering to a subject in need of treatment a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 199, without the recited proviso.
223. A method of treatment of solid tumour cancer comprising administering to a subject in need of treatment a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 199, without the recited proviso.
224. A method of treatment of liquid tumour cancer comprising administering to a subject in need of treatment a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 199, without the recited proviso.
225. A method of treatment of haematological cancer comprising administering to a subject in need of treatment a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 199, without the recited proviso.
226. A method of treatment of colon cancer, gastric cancer, breast cancer, lung cancer, acute myeloid leukemia, thyroid cancer, ocular cancer, prostate cancer, ocular melanoma cancer, ovarian cancer, renal cancer, skin cancer, or squamous cell carcinoma comprising administering to a subject in need of treatment a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 199, without the recited proviso.
227. A method of inhibiting AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function, in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting the cell with an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 199, without the recited proviso.
228. A method of inhibiting AXL receptor tyrosine kinase function in a cell, in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting the cell with an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 199, without the recited proviso.
229. A method of inhibiting cell proliferation, inhibiting cell cycle progression, promoting apoptosis, or a combination of one or more these, in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting the cell with an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 199, without the recited proviso.
PCT/GB2008/003428 2007-10-10 2008-10-10 [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine and [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidine compounds and their use WO2009047514A1 (en)

Priority Applications (10)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PL08806565T PL2217578T3 (en) 2007-10-10 2008-10-10 [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine and [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidine compounds and their use
US12/679,871 US8431596B2 (en) 2007-10-10 2008-10-10 [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine and [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidine compounds and their use
EP08806565.1A EP2217578B9 (en) 2007-10-10 2008-10-10 [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine and [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidine compounds and their use
DK08806565.1T DK2217578T5 (en) 2007-10-10 2008-10-10 [1,2,4] triazolo [1,5-A] pyridine and [1,2,4] triazolo [1,5-C] pyrimidine compounds and their use
SI200831148T SI2217578T1 (en) 2007-10-10 2008-10-10 Š1,2,4ćtriazološ1,5-aćpyridine and š1,2,4ćtriazološ1,5-cćpyrimidine compounds and their use
ES08806565.1T ES2446298T3 (en) 2007-10-10 2008-10-10 Compounds of [1,2,4] triazolo [1,5-a] pyridine and [1,2,4] triazolo [1,5-c] pyrimidine and their use
US13/869,374 US9012633B2 (en) 2007-10-10 2013-04-24 [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine and [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidine compounds and their use
HRP20140191AT HRP20140191T1 (en) 2007-10-10 2014-03-03 [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine and [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidine compounds and their use
US14/658,437 US9394301B2 (en) 2007-10-10 2015-03-16 [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine and [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidine compounds and their use
US15/186,689 US9771362B2 (en) 2007-10-10 2016-06-20 [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine and [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidine compounds and their use

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US97879207P 2007-10-10 2007-10-10
US60/978,792 2007-10-10
GBGB0719803.9A GB0719803D0 (en) 2007-10-10 2007-10-10 Therapeutic compounds and their use
GB0719803.9 2007-10-10

Related Child Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/679,871 A-371-Of-International US8431596B2 (en) 2007-10-10 2008-10-10 [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine and [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidine compounds and their use
US13/869,374 Continuation US9012633B2 (en) 2007-10-10 2013-04-24 [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine and [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidine compounds and their use

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2009047514A1 true WO2009047514A1 (en) 2009-04-16

Family

ID=38787938

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/GB2008/003428 WO2009047514A1 (en) 2007-10-10 2008-10-10 [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine and [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidine compounds and their use

Country Status (11)

Country Link
US (4) US8431596B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2217578B9 (en)
CY (1) CY1114911T1 (en)
DK (1) DK2217578T5 (en)
ES (1) ES2446298T3 (en)
GB (1) GB0719803D0 (en)
HR (1) HRP20140191T1 (en)
PL (1) PL2217578T3 (en)
PT (1) PT2217578E (en)
SI (1) SI2217578T1 (en)
WO (1) WO2009047514A1 (en)

Cited By (81)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2010010191A1 (en) * 2008-07-25 2010-01-28 Galapagos Nv Novel compounds useful for the treatment of degenerative and inflammatory diseases.
WO2010010189A1 (en) * 2008-07-25 2010-01-28 Galapagos Nv Novel compounds useful for the treatment of degenerative and inflammatory diseases
WO2010010186A1 (en) * 2008-07-25 2010-01-28 Galapagos Nv Novel compounds useful for the treatment of degenerative and inflammatory diseases
WO2010010188A1 (en) * 2008-07-25 2010-01-28 Galapagos Nv Novel compounds useful for the treatment of degenerative and inflammatory diseases.
WO2010010184A1 (en) * 2008-07-25 2010-01-28 Galapagos Nv [1, 2, 4] triazolo [1, 5-a] pyridines as jak inhibitors
WO2010018874A1 (en) * 2008-08-12 2010-02-18 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Amide compound
WO2010027500A1 (en) * 2008-09-08 2010-03-11 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Aminotriazolopyridines and their use as kinase inhibitors
WO2010092041A1 (en) * 2009-02-13 2010-08-19 Fovea Pharmaceuticals Sa [1, 2, 4] triazolo [1, 5 -a] pyridines as kinase inhibitors
WO2010149769A1 (en) * 2009-06-26 2010-12-29 Galapagos Nv 5-phenyl-[1,2,4 ]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl carboxamides as jak inhibitors
EP2288260A1 (en) * 2008-06-20 2011-03-02 Genentech, Inc. Triazolopyridine jak inhibitor compounds and methods
EP2296475A1 (en) * 2008-06-20 2011-03-23 Genentech, Inc. Triazolopyridine jak inhibitor compounds and methods
WO2011064328A1 (en) 2009-11-30 2011-06-03 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Triazolopyridine derivatives
WO2011063908A1 (en) 2009-11-30 2011-06-03 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Triazolopyridines
WO2011063907A1 (en) 2009-11-30 2011-06-03 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Substituted triazolopyridines
WO2011149861A1 (en) 2010-05-25 2011-12-01 Dow Agrosciences Llc Process for the preparation of 5-substituted-8-alkoxy[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidin-2-amines
WO2011157688A1 (en) 2010-06-16 2011-12-22 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Substituted triazolopyridines
WO2012000970A1 (en) 2010-07-01 2012-01-05 Cellzome Limited Triazolopyridines as tyk2 inhibitors
WO2010141796A3 (en) * 2009-06-05 2012-02-16 Cephalon, Inc. PREPARATION AND USES OF 1,2,4-TRIAZOLO [1,5a] PYRIDINE DERIVATIVES
WO2012025186A1 (en) 2010-08-27 2012-03-01 Merck Patent Gmbh Triazolopyrazine derivatives
WO2012143329A1 (en) 2011-04-21 2012-10-26 Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh Triazolopyridines
WO2012160029A1 (en) 2011-05-23 2012-11-29 Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh Substituted triazolopyridines
AU2011211410B2 (en) * 2009-02-13 2013-01-31 Fovea Pharmaceuticals Sa [1,2,4] triazolo [1,5-A] pyridines as kinase inhibitors
WO2013087579A1 (en) 2011-12-12 2013-06-20 Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh Substituted triazolopyridines and their use as ttk inhibitors
WO2013115280A1 (en) 2012-01-31 2013-08-08 第一三共株式会社 Pyridone derivative
WO2013162061A1 (en) * 2012-04-26 2013-10-31 第一三共株式会社 Bicyclic pyrimidine compound
JP2013544292A (en) * 2010-12-06 2013-12-12 セファロン、インク． Janus kinase 2 (JAK2) inhibitor for the treatment of lupus
WO2014009219A1 (en) 2012-07-10 2014-01-16 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Method for preparing substituted triazolopyridines
WO2014020043A1 (en) 2012-08-02 2014-02-06 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Combinations for the treatment of cancer
US8796457B2 (en) 2009-06-26 2014-08-05 Galapagos Nv Compound useful for the treatment of degenerative and inflammatory diseases
WO2015077375A1 (en) 2013-11-20 2015-05-28 Signalchem Lifesciences Corp. Quinazoline derivatives as tam family kinase inhibitors
WO2015081257A2 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-06-04 Signalchem Lifesciences Corporation Aminopyridine derivatives as tam family kinase inhibitors
WO2016006706A1 (en) * 2014-07-07 2016-01-14 第一三共株式会社 Pyridone derivative having tetrahydropyranyl methyl group
US9394301B2 (en) 2007-10-10 2016-07-19 Cancer Research Technology Limited [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine and [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidine compounds and their use
US9493450B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2016-11-15 Incyte Corporation Cyclopropylamines as LSD1 inhibitors
US9493442B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2016-11-15 Incyte Corporation Cyclopropylamines as LSD1 inhibitors
US9512126B2 (en) 2012-03-14 2016-12-06 Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh Substituted imidazopyridazines
CN106188041A (en) * 2016-06-29 2016-12-07 四川大学华西医院 [1,2,4] triazolo [1,5-a ] pyridine derivatives
US9527835B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2016-12-27 Incyte Corporation Cyclopropylamines as LSD1 inhibitors
US9586958B2 (en) 2013-06-11 2017-03-07 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Prodrug derivatives of substituted triazolopyridines
US9670210B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2017-06-06 Incyte Corporation Cyclopropylamines as LSD1 inhibitors
US9695167B2 (en) 2014-07-10 2017-07-04 Incyte Corporation Substituted triazolo[1,5-a]pyridines and triazolo[1,5-a]pyrazines as LSD1 inhibitors
US9695180B2 (en) 2014-07-10 2017-07-04 Incyte Corporation Substituted imidazo[1,2-a]pyrazines as LSD1 inhibitors
US9695168B2 (en) 2014-07-10 2017-07-04 Incyte Corporation Substituted imidazo[1,5-α]pyridines and imidazo[1,5-α]pyrazines as LSD1 inhibitors
US9708333B2 (en) 2015-08-12 2017-07-18 Incyte Corporation Fused bicyclic 1,2,4-triazine compounds as TAM inhibitors
WO2017146236A1 (en) 2016-02-26 2017-08-31 小野薬品工業株式会社 Drug for cancer therapy characterized by administering combination between axl inhibitor and immune checkpoint inhibitor
US9758523B2 (en) 2014-07-10 2017-09-12 Incyte Corporation Triazolopyridines and triazolopyrazines as LSD1 inhibitors
US9840503B2 (en) 2015-05-11 2017-12-12 Incyte Corporation Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
WO2018000549A1 (en) * 2016-06-29 2018-01-04 四川大学华西医院 [1,2,4] triazolo [1,5-a] pyridine derivative and crystalline form thereof
CN107759587A (en) * 2016-08-19 2018-03-06 中国医药研究开发中心有限公司 [1,2,4] triazol [1,5 a] pyridine compounds and their and preparation method thereof and medical usage
US9944647B2 (en) 2015-04-03 2018-04-17 Incyte Corporation Heterocyclic compounds as LSD1 inhibitors
US9981975B2 (en) 2016-03-28 2018-05-29 Incyte Corporation Pyrrolotriazine compounds as tam inhibitors
CN108349979A (en) * 2015-11-02 2018-07-31 詹森药业有限公司 [1,2,4] triazol [1,5-a] pyrimidin-7-yl compound
US10053465B2 (en) 2015-08-26 2018-08-21 Incyte Corporation Pyrrolopyrimidine derivatives as TAM inhibitors
US10166221B2 (en) 2016-04-22 2019-01-01 Incyte Corporation Formulations of an LSD1 inhibitor
US10174056B2 (en) 2015-05-29 2019-01-08 Wuxi Fortune Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd Substituted pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidines as janus kinase inhibitors
US10174036B2 (en) 2015-04-29 2019-01-08 Wuxi Fortune Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd Substituted pyrazoles as JAK inhibitors
WO2019039525A1 (en) 2017-08-23 2019-02-28 小野薬品工業株式会社 Pharmaceutical for cancer treatment including ax1 inhibitor as an effective component
WO2019074116A1 (en) 2017-10-13 2019-04-18 小野薬品工業株式会社 Therapeutic agent for solid cancers, which contains axl inhibitor as active ingredient
CN109890823A (en) * 2016-10-26 2019-06-14 詹森药业有限公司 Condensed nitrogen heterocyclic and its purposes as ampa receptor regulator
US10329255B2 (en) 2015-08-12 2019-06-25 Incyte Corporation Salts of an LSD1 inhibitor
CN109963851A (en) * 2016-10-26 2019-07-02 詹森药业有限公司 The bicyclic pyridine compound of fusion and its purposes as ampa receptor regulator
US10493158B2 (en) 2014-02-07 2019-12-03 Galapagos Nv Pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
US10617690B2 (en) 2015-01-20 2020-04-14 Wuxi Fortune Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd JAK inhibitor
US10633387B2 (en) 2017-09-27 2020-04-28 Incyte Corporation Salts of TAM inhibitors
CN111072655A (en) * 2019-12-30 2020-04-28 深圳市坤健创新药物研究院 Triazole pyridine compound, preparation method thereof, medicinal composition and application
US10708263B2 (en) 2014-02-07 2020-07-07 Galapagos Nv Salts and pharmaceutical compositions thereof for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
CN111892592A (en) * 2019-08-06 2020-11-06 江苏柯菲平医药股份有限公司 JAK kinase inhibitors and uses thereof
US10947242B2 (en) 2016-11-02 2021-03-16 Janssen Pharmaceutica, Nv [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5and#8208;A]pyrimidine compounds as PDE2 inhibitors
US10968200B2 (en) 2018-08-31 2021-04-06 Incyte Corporation Salts of an LSD1 inhibitor and processes for preparing the same
US11053248B2 (en) 2016-11-02 2021-07-06 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine compounds as PDE2 inhibitors
US11161850B2 (en) 2018-07-05 2021-11-02 Incyte Corporation Fused pyrazine derivatives as A2A / A2B inhibitors
US11168089B2 (en) 2018-05-18 2021-11-09 Incyte Corporation Fused pyrimidine derivatives as A2A / A2B inhibitors
CN113677676A (en) * 2019-03-30 2021-11-19 联合化学实验室有限公司 Novel method for preparing non-gautinib and intermediate thereof
WO2022007921A1 (en) * 2020-07-10 2022-01-13 北京范恩柯尔生物科技有限公司 Triazine compound and composition and use thereof
US11241438B2 (en) 2018-06-29 2022-02-08 Incyte Corporation Formulations of an AXL/MER inhibitor
US11319321B2 (en) 2016-11-02 2022-05-03 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine compounds as PDE2 inhibitors
US11390624B2 (en) 2019-01-29 2022-07-19 Incyte Corporation Pyrazolopyridines and triazolopyridines as A2A / A2B inhibitors
CN115819425A (en) * 2022-12-22 2023-03-21 五邑大学 Triazolo hexa-nitrogen heterocyclic-2-amine compound and preparation method and application thereof
US11673894B2 (en) 2018-02-27 2023-06-13 Incyte Corporation Imidazopyrimidines and triazolopyrimidines as A2A / A2B inhibitors
US11718622B2 (en) 2020-03-16 2023-08-08 Exelixis Inc. Heterocyclic adenosine receptor antagonists
US11814734B2 (en) 2019-05-13 2023-11-14 Ecolab Usa Inc. 1,2,4-triazolo[1,5-a] pyrimidine derivative as copper corrosion inhibitor

Families Citing this family (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
AU2007291190A1 (en) 2006-08-30 2008-03-06 Cellzome Limited Triazole derivatives as kinase inhibitors
TW201204723A (en) * 2010-06-22 2012-02-01 Fovea Pharmaceuticals Heterocyclic compounds, their preparation and their therapeutic application
KR20130091464A (en) 2012-02-08 2013-08-19 한미약품 주식회사 Triazolopyridine derivatives as a tyrosine kinase inhibitor
CN103965202B (en) * 2014-05-21 2016-01-20 邹宏丽 Bicyclic-fused heterogeneous ring compound, Preparation Method And The Use
US9580416B2 (en) 2014-07-02 2017-02-28 Pharmacyclics Llc Inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase
CN107880038B (en) * 2016-09-30 2021-09-28 中国医药研究开发中心有限公司 [1,2,4] triazolo [1,5-a ] pyridine compound and preparation method and medical application thereof
US11066404B2 (en) 2018-10-11 2021-07-20 Incyte Corporation Dihydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidinone compounds as CDK2 inhibitors
WO2020168197A1 (en) 2019-02-15 2020-08-20 Incyte Corporation Pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidinone compounds as cdk2 inhibitors
US11472791B2 (en) 2019-03-05 2022-10-18 Incyte Corporation Pyrazolyl pyrimidinylamine compounds as CDK2 inhibitors
US11919904B2 (en) 2019-03-29 2024-03-05 Incyte Corporation Sulfonylamide compounds as CDK2 inhibitors
US11447494B2 (en) 2019-05-01 2022-09-20 Incyte Corporation Tricyclic amine compounds as CDK2 inhibitors
WO2020223469A1 (en) 2019-05-01 2020-11-05 Incyte Corporation N-(1-(methylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)-4,5-di hydro-1h-imidazo[4,5-h]quinazolin-8-amine derivatives and related compounds as cyclin-dependent kinase 2 (cdk2) inhibitors for treating cancer
CN116348458A (en) 2019-08-14 2023-06-27 因赛特公司 Imidazolylpyrimidinylamine compounds as CDK2 inhibitors
CR20220170A (en) 2019-10-11 2022-10-10 Incyte Corp Bicyclic amines as cdk2 inhibitors
US11981671B2 (en) 2021-06-21 2024-05-14 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic pyrazolyl amines as CDK2 inhibitors
US11976073B2 (en) 2021-12-10 2024-05-07 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic amines as CDK2 inhibitors

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0132851A1 (en) * 1983-07-28 1985-02-13 American Cyanamid Company 5-Substituted(1,2,4)triazolo(1,5-c)pyrimidin-2-amines
WO2003010167A1 (en) * 2001-07-20 2003-02-06 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag 8-methoxy-(1,2,4)triazolo(1,5-a)pyridine derivatives and their use as adenosine receptor ligands
WO2004072072A1 (en) * 2003-02-14 2004-08-26 Pfizer Products Inc. Triazolo-pyridines as anti-inflammatory compounds
WO2005019216A1 (en) * 2003-08-18 2005-03-03 Merck Patent Gmbh Aminobenzimidazole derivatives
WO2006038116A2 (en) * 2004-10-07 2006-04-13 Warner-Lambert Company Llc Triazolopyridine derivatives as antibacterial agents
WO2008025821A1 (en) * 2006-08-30 2008-03-06 Cellzome Limited Triazole derivatives as kinase inhibitors

Family Cites Families (28)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
NL105768C (en) 1959-02-25
US3053844A (en) * 1959-04-13 1962-09-11 Ici Ltd Mono-acyl derivatives of s-triazolo [2, 3-c] pyrimidines
GB873223A (en) 1959-04-13 1961-07-19 Ici Ltd Heterocyclic compounds
US3046276A (en) * 1959-06-15 1962-07-24 Ici Ltd S-triazolo-[2, 3-c] pyrimidine derivatives
GB897870A (en) 1959-06-15 1962-05-30 Ici Ltd s-triazolo[2, 3-c]pyrimidine derivatives
US2963480A (en) * 1959-12-29 1960-12-06 Edward C Taylor 6-pteridinehydrazine and amidrazone derivatives
US4579848A (en) * 1983-07-28 1986-04-01 American Cyanamid Company 5-substituted[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidin-2-amines
JPH04204441A (en) 1990-11-29 1992-07-24 Konica Corp Silver halide photographic sensitive material containing novel dye
US5358950A (en) * 1991-07-05 1994-10-25 Laboratoires Upsa Triazolopyrimidine derivatives which are angiotensin II receptor antagonists
FR2678618B1 (en) * 1991-07-05 1993-11-05 Upsa Laboratoires NOVEL TRIAZOLO PYRIMIDINE DERIVATIVES ANTIAGONISTS OF ANGIOTENSIN II RECEPTORS; THEIR PREPARATION METHODS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM.
AU723666B2 (en) * 1996-09-24 2000-08-31 Dow Agrosciences Llc N-({1,2,4} triazoloazinyl)benzenesulfonamide and pyridinesulfonamide compounds and their use as herbicides
JPH10148903A (en) 1996-11-20 1998-06-02 Konica Corp Silver halide photographic sensitive material improved in pressure resistance
US6355653B1 (en) 1999-09-06 2002-03-12 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Amino-triazolopyridine derivatives
US6693116B2 (en) 2001-10-08 2004-02-17 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Adenosine receptor ligands
JP2003213152A (en) 2002-01-23 2003-07-30 Konica Corp Colored composition, colored particulate dispersion, ink- jet printing ink, and ink-jet recording method
BRPI0407283A (en) 2003-02-13 2006-01-31 Banyu Pharma Co Ltd Compound, pharmaceutical composition, and glucokinase activating agent, therapeutic agents and / or preventive agents for diabetes mellitus and obesity
PL1648899T3 (en) 2003-07-25 2007-06-29 Neurogen Corp Imidazo-pyrimidines and triazolo-pyrimidines: benzodiazepine receptor ligands
WO2005018532A2 (en) 2003-08-25 2005-03-03 Actar Ab Purine receptor binding compounds
HU227684B1 (en) 2003-08-29 2011-11-28 Sanofi Aventis Adamantane and azabicyclo-octane and nonane derivatives and their use as dpp-iv inhibitors
JP4204441B2 (en) 2003-10-31 2009-01-07 ゲイツ・ユニッタ・アジア株式会社 Timing belt capable of predicting life and manufacturing method thereof
EP1807417A2 (en) 2004-11-04 2007-07-18 Neurogen Corporation Pyrazolylmethyl heteroaryl derivatives
US20060257543A1 (en) 2005-02-04 2006-11-16 Catherine Tachdjian Molecules comprising linked organic moieties as flavor modifiers for comestible compositions
US7968703B2 (en) * 2005-03-07 2011-06-28 Shire Canada Inc. Process and methods for the preparation of optically active cis-2-hydroxymethyl-4- (cytosin-1'-yl)-1,3-oxathiolane or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof
EP1894931A1 (en) 2006-08-30 2008-03-05 Cellzome Ag Triazole derivatives as kinase inhibitors
AU2008291075A1 (en) * 2007-08-31 2009-03-05 Merck Serono S.A. Triazolopyridine compounds and their use as ask inhibitors
GB0719803D0 (en) 2007-10-10 2007-11-21 Cancer Rec Tech Ltd Therapeutic compounds and their use
AU2009259867A1 (en) 2008-06-20 2009-12-23 Genentech, Inc. Triazolopyridine JAK inhibitor compounds and methods
JO3041B1 (en) 2008-07-25 2016-09-05 Galapagos Nv Novel compounds useful for the treatment of degenerative and inflammatory diseases

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0132851A1 (en) * 1983-07-28 1985-02-13 American Cyanamid Company 5-Substituted(1,2,4)triazolo(1,5-c)pyrimidin-2-amines
WO2003010167A1 (en) * 2001-07-20 2003-02-06 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag 8-methoxy-(1,2,4)triazolo(1,5-a)pyridine derivatives and their use as adenosine receptor ligands
WO2004072072A1 (en) * 2003-02-14 2004-08-26 Pfizer Products Inc. Triazolo-pyridines as anti-inflammatory compounds
WO2005019216A1 (en) * 2003-08-18 2005-03-03 Merck Patent Gmbh Aminobenzimidazole derivatives
WO2006038116A2 (en) * 2004-10-07 2006-04-13 Warner-Lambert Company Llc Triazolopyridine derivatives as antibacterial agents
WO2008025821A1 (en) * 2006-08-30 2008-03-06 Cellzome Limited Triazole derivatives as kinase inhibitors

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
NETTEKOVEN MATTHIAS ET AL: "Synthetic access to 2-amido-5-aryl-8-methoxy-triazolopyridine and 2-amido-5-morpholino-8-methoxy-triazolopyridine derivatives as potential inhibitors of the adenosine receptor subtypes", SYNTHESIS, GEORG THIEME VERLAG, STUTTGART, DE, no. 11, 1 January 2003 (2003-01-01), pages 1649 - 1652, XP002416826, ISSN: 0039-7881 *

Cited By (203)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9771362B2 (en) 2007-10-10 2017-09-26 Cancer Research Technology Limited [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine and [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidine compounds and their use
US9394301B2 (en) 2007-10-10 2016-07-19 Cancer Research Technology Limited [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine and [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidine compounds and their use
EP2296475A1 (en) * 2008-06-20 2011-03-23 Genentech, Inc. Triazolopyridine jak inhibitor compounds and methods
EP2288260A4 (en) * 2008-06-20 2013-10-23 Genentech Inc Triazolopyridine jak inhibitor compounds and methods
US8889673B2 (en) 2008-06-20 2014-11-18 Genentech, Inc. Triazolopyridine JAK inhibitor compounds and methods
EP2296475A4 (en) * 2008-06-20 2014-03-05 Genentech Inc Triazolopyridine jak inhibitor compounds and methods
US8609687B2 (en) 2008-06-20 2013-12-17 Genentech, Inc. Triazolopyridine JAK inhibitor compounds and methods
US9434732B2 (en) 2008-06-20 2016-09-06 Genentech, Inc. Triazolopyridine JAK inhibitor compounds and methods
EP2288260A1 (en) * 2008-06-20 2011-03-02 Genentech, Inc. Triazolopyridine jak inhibitor compounds and methods
WO2010010188A1 (en) * 2008-07-25 2010-01-28 Galapagos Nv Novel compounds useful for the treatment of degenerative and inflammatory diseases.
US9415037B2 (en) 2008-07-25 2016-08-16 Galapagos Nv Compounds useful for the treatment of degenerative and inflammatory diseases
EA018587B1 (en) * 2008-07-25 2013-09-30 Галапагос Нв 2-CYCLOPROPYLCARBONYLANINO-5-PHENYL[1,2,4]TRIAZOLO[1,5-a]PYRIDINE DERIVATIVES FOR THE TREATMENT OF DEGENERATIVE AND INFLAMMATORY DISEASES
US8853240B2 (en) 2008-07-25 2014-10-07 Galapagos Nv Compounds useful for the treatment of degenerative and inflammatory diseases
WO2010010190A1 (en) * 2008-07-25 2010-01-28 Galapagos Nv Novel compounds useful for the treatment of degenerative and inflammatory diseases
US10206907B2 (en) 2008-07-25 2019-02-19 Galapagos Nv Compounds useful for the treatment of degenerative and inflammatory diseases
EA018080B1 (en) * 2008-07-25 2013-05-30 Галапагос Нв Compounds useful for the treatment of degenerative and inflammatory diseases
WO2010010191A1 (en) * 2008-07-25 2010-01-28 Galapagos Nv Novel compounds useful for the treatment of degenerative and inflammatory diseases.
JP2011529032A (en) * 2008-07-25 2011-12-01 ガラパゴス・ナムローゼ・フェンノートシャップ Novel compounds useful for the treatment of degenerative and inflammatory diseases
WO2010010189A1 (en) * 2008-07-25 2010-01-28 Galapagos Nv Novel compounds useful for the treatment of degenerative and inflammatory diseases
WO2010010186A1 (en) * 2008-07-25 2010-01-28 Galapagos Nv Novel compounds useful for the treatment of degenerative and inflammatory diseases
AU2009273143B2 (en) * 2008-07-25 2014-01-23 Alfasigma S.P.A. Novel compounds useful for the treatment of degenerative and inflammatory diseases
WO2010010184A1 (en) * 2008-07-25 2010-01-28 Galapagos Nv [1, 2, 4] triazolo [1, 5-a] pyridines as jak inhibitors
US8242274B2 (en) 2008-07-25 2012-08-14 Galapagos Nv Triazolopyridine kinase inhibitors useful for the treatment of degenerative and inflammatory diseases
WO2010018874A1 (en) * 2008-08-12 2010-02-18 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Amide compound
AU2009288618B2 (en) * 2008-09-08 2014-10-02 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Aminotriazolopyridines and their use as kinase inhibitors
US8299056B2 (en) 2008-09-08 2012-10-30 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Aminotriazolopyridines, compositions thereof, and methods of treatment therewith
WO2010027500A1 (en) * 2008-09-08 2010-03-11 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Aminotriazolopyridines and their use as kinase inhibitors
US20100093698A1 (en) * 2008-09-08 2010-04-15 Sogole Bahmanyar Aminotriazolopyridines, compositions thereof, and methods of treatment therewith
CN102203093B (en) * 2008-09-08 2015-05-13 西格诺药品有限公司 Aminotriazolopyridines and their use as kinase inhibitors
JP2012502029A (en) * 2008-09-08 2012-01-26 シグナル ファーマシューティカルズ，エルエルシー Aminotriazolopyridine and its use as a kinase inhibitor
AU2011211410B2 (en) * 2009-02-13 2013-01-31 Fovea Pharmaceuticals Sa [1,2,4] triazolo [1,5-A] pyridines as kinase inhibitors
WO2010092041A1 (en) * 2009-02-13 2010-08-19 Fovea Pharmaceuticals Sa [1, 2, 4] triazolo [1, 5 -a] pyridines as kinase inhibitors
WO2010141796A3 (en) * 2009-06-05 2012-02-16 Cephalon, Inc. PREPARATION AND USES OF 1,2,4-TRIAZOLO [1,5a] PYRIDINE DERIVATIVES
JP2012528886A (en) * 2009-06-05 2012-11-15 セファロン、インク． Preparation and use of 1,2,4-triazolo [1,5a] pyridine derivatives
AU2010254806B2 (en) * 2009-06-05 2016-02-04 Cephalon, Inc. Preparation and uses of 1,2,4-triazolo [1,5a] pyridine derivatives
US8633173B2 (en) 2009-06-05 2014-01-21 Cephalon, Inc Preparation and uses of 1,2,4-triazolo [1,5a] pyridine derivatives
AU2010254806C1 (en) * 2009-06-05 2016-07-07 Cephalon, Inc. Preparation and uses of 1,2,4-triazolo [1,5a] pyridine derivatives
US8501936B2 (en) 2009-06-05 2013-08-06 Cephalon, Inc. Preparation and uses of 1,2,4-triazolo [1,5a] pyridine derivatives
CN102459258B (en) * 2009-06-05 2015-11-25 赛福伦公司 The preparation of 1,2,4-triazolo [1,5a] pyridine derivate and purposes
TWI500614B (en) * 2009-06-05 2015-09-21 Cephalon Inc Preparation and uses of 1,2,4-triazolo(1,5a)pyridine derivatives
CN102459258A (en) * 2009-06-05 2012-05-16 赛福伦公司 Preparation and uses of 1,2,4-triazolo [1,5a] pyridine derivatives
US8796457B2 (en) 2009-06-26 2014-08-05 Galapagos Nv Compound useful for the treatment of degenerative and inflammatory diseases
CN104262337A (en) * 2009-06-26 2015-01-07 加拉帕戈斯股份有限公司 5-phenyl-[1,2,4 ]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl Carboxamides As Jak Inhibitors
WO2010149769A1 (en) * 2009-06-26 2010-12-29 Galapagos Nv 5-phenyl-[1,2,4 ]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl carboxamides as jak inhibitors
US10328081B2 (en) 2009-06-26 2019-06-25 Galapagos Nv Compound useful for the treatment of degenerative and inflammatory diseases
EP3178819A1 (en) * 2009-06-26 2017-06-14 Galapagos NV 5-phenyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl carboxamides as jak inhibitors
US8563545B2 (en) 2009-06-26 2013-10-22 Galapagos Nv Compound useful for the treatment of degenerative and inflammatory diseases
US11000528B2 (en) 2009-06-26 2021-05-11 Galapagos Nv Compound useful for the treatment of degenerative and inflammatory diseases
AU2015218544B2 (en) * 2009-06-26 2017-04-27 Alfasigma S.P.A. 5-phenyl-[1,2,4 ]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl carboxamides as JAK inhibitors
EP2445911B1 (en) 2009-06-26 2017-03-01 Galapagos N.V. 5-phenyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl carboxamides as jak inhibitors
KR101696669B1 (en) 2009-06-26 2017-01-16 갈라파고스 엔.브이. 5-phenyl-(1,2,4)triazolo(1,5-a)pyridin-2-yl carboxamides as jak inhibitors
US9505754B2 (en) 2009-06-26 2016-11-29 Galapagos Nv Compound useful for the treatment of degenerative and inflammatory diseases
JP2012530766A (en) * 2009-06-26 2012-12-06 ガラパゴス・ナムローゼ・フェンノートシャップ 5-Phenyl- [1,2,4] triazolo [1,5-a] pyridin-2-ylcarboxamide as JAK inhibitor
US8088764B2 (en) 2009-06-26 2012-01-03 Galapagos Nv Compound useful for the treatment of degenerative and inflammatory diseases
US12042498B2 (en) 2009-06-26 2024-07-23 Alfasigma S.P.A. Compound useful for the treatment of degenerative and inflammatory diseases
GB2483424A (en) * 2009-06-26 2012-03-07 Galapagos Nv 5-Phenyl-[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-A] pyridin-2-yl carboxamides as JAK inhibitors
EA021637B1 (en) * 2009-06-26 2015-07-30 Галапагос Нв 5-phenyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl carboxamides as jak inhibitors
AU2010264633B2 (en) * 2009-06-26 2015-06-04 Alfasigma S.P.A. 5-phenyl-[1,2,4 ]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl carboxamides as JAK inhibitors
CN102482273B (en) * 2009-06-26 2014-09-17 加拉帕戈斯股份有限公司 5-phenyl-[1,2,4 ]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl carboxamides as jak inhibitors
KR20120107919A (en) * 2009-06-26 2012-10-04 갈라파고스 엔.브이. 5--12415--2- 5-phenyl-124triazolo15-apyridin-2-yl carboxamides as jak inhibitors
AU2010264635B2 (en) * 2009-06-26 2015-05-07 Galapagos Nv Novel compound useful for the treatment of degenerative and inflammatory diseases
GB2483424B (en) * 2009-06-26 2012-07-18 Galapagos Nv 5-Phenyl-[1,2,4] triazolo[1,5-A]pyridin-2-yl carboxamides as jak inhibitors
CN102482273A (en) * 2009-06-26 2012-05-30 加拉帕戈斯股份有限公司 5-phenyl-[1,2,4 ]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-2-yl carboxamides as jak inhibitors
TWI462920B (en) * 2009-06-26 2014-12-01 葛萊伯格有限公司 Novel compound useful for the treatment of degenerative and inflammatory diseases
TWI469981B (en) * 2009-06-26 2015-01-21 Galapagos Nv Novel compound useful for the treatment of degenerative and inflammatory diseases
CN102858768B (en) * 2009-11-30 2016-01-20 拜耳知识产权有限责任公司 Substituted triazole pyridine
CN102858768A (en) * 2009-11-30 2013-01-02 拜耳知识产权有限责任公司 Substituted triazolopyridines
WO2011064328A1 (en) 2009-11-30 2011-06-03 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Triazolopyridine derivatives
WO2011063907A1 (en) 2009-11-30 2011-06-03 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Substituted triazolopyridines
WO2011063908A1 (en) 2009-11-30 2011-06-03 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Triazolopyridines
US9676766B2 (en) 2009-11-30 2017-06-13 Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh Triazolopyridines
RU2567856C2 (en) * 2010-05-25 2015-11-10 ДАУ АГРОСАЙЕНСИЗ ЭлЭлСи METHOD OF PRODUCING 5-SUBSTITUTED-8-ALKOXY[1,2,4]TRIAZOLO[1,5-c]PYRIMIDINE-2-AMINES
US8143395B2 (en) 2010-05-25 2012-03-27 Dow Agrosciences Llc Process for the preparation of 5-substituted-8-alkoxy[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidin-2-amines
CN103025735A (en) * 2010-05-25 2013-04-03 陶氏益农公司 Process for the preparation of 5-substituted-8-alkoxy[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidin-2-amines
CN103025735B (en) * 2010-05-25 2015-07-01 陶氏益农公司 Process for the preparation of 5-substituted-8-alkoxy[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidin-2-amines
US8338596B2 (en) 2010-05-25 2012-12-25 Dow Agrosciences Llc Process for the preparation of 5-substituted-8-alkoxy[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidin-2-amines
EP2851367A1 (en) 2010-05-25 2015-03-25 Dow AgroSciences LLC Process for the preparation of a 2-amino-5,8-alkoxy[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidine by reaction of a 5-halo-8-alkoxy[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidin-2-amine with an alkali metal alkoxide in an alcoholic solvent
WO2011149861A1 (en) 2010-05-25 2011-12-01 Dow Agrosciences Llc Process for the preparation of 5-substituted-8-alkoxy[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidin-2-amines
US9555022B2 (en) 2010-06-16 2017-01-31 Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh Substituted triazolopyridines
WO2011157688A1 (en) 2010-06-16 2011-12-22 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Substituted triazolopyridines
CN103189373A (en) * 2010-06-16 2013-07-03 拜耳知识产权有限责任公司 Substituted triazolopyridines
WO2012000970A1 (en) 2010-07-01 2012-01-05 Cellzome Limited Triazolopyridines as tyk2 inhibitors
WO2012025186A1 (en) 2010-08-27 2012-03-01 Merck Patent Gmbh Triazolopyrazine derivatives
JP2013544292A (en) * 2010-12-06 2013-12-12 セファロン、インク． Janus kinase 2 (JAK2) inhibitor for the treatment of lupus
JP2014511887A (en) * 2011-04-21 2014-05-19 バイエル・インテレクチュアル・プロパティ・ゲゼルシャフト・ミット・ベシュレンクテル・ハフツング Triazolopyridines
WO2012143329A1 (en) 2011-04-21 2012-10-26 Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh Triazolopyridines
WO2012160029A1 (en) 2011-05-23 2012-11-29 Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh Substituted triazolopyridines
WO2013087579A1 (en) 2011-12-12 2013-06-20 Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh Substituted triazolopyridines and their use as ttk inhibitors
US9663510B2 (en) 2011-12-12 2017-05-30 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Substituted triazolopyridines and their use as TTK inhibitors
KR102078530B1 (en) 2012-01-31 2020-02-18 다이이찌 산쿄 가부시키가이샤 Pyridone derivatives
WO2013115280A1 (en) 2012-01-31 2013-08-08 第一三共株式会社 Pyridone derivative
CN104185627A (en) * 2012-01-31 2014-12-03 第一三共株式会社 Pyridone derivative
US8933103B2 (en) 2012-01-31 2015-01-13 Daiichi Sankyo Company, Limited Pyridone derivatives
CN104185627B (en) * 2012-01-31 2018-01-12 第一三共株式会社 Pyridione derivatives
KR20140117439A (en) 2012-01-31 2014-10-07 다이이찌 산쿄 가부시키가이샤 Pyridone derivative
JPWO2013115280A1 (en) * 2012-01-31 2015-05-11 第一三共株式会社 Pyridone derivative
US9512126B2 (en) 2012-03-14 2016-12-06 Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh Substituted imidazopyridazines
WO2013162061A1 (en) * 2012-04-26 2013-10-31 第一三共株式会社 Bicyclic pyrimidine compound
WO2014009219A1 (en) 2012-07-10 2014-01-16 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Method for preparing substituted triazolopyridines
WO2014020043A1 (en) 2012-08-02 2014-02-06 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Combinations for the treatment of cancer
US9586958B2 (en) 2013-06-11 2017-03-07 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Prodrug derivatives of substituted triazolopyridines
WO2015077375A1 (en) 2013-11-20 2015-05-28 Signalchem Lifesciences Corp. Quinazoline derivatives as tam family kinase inhibitors
WO2015081257A2 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-06-04 Signalchem Lifesciences Corporation Aminopyridine derivatives as tam family kinase inhibitors
US10919890B2 (en) 2014-02-07 2021-02-16 Galapagos Nv Salts and pharmaceutical compositions thereof for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
US10708263B2 (en) 2014-02-07 2020-07-07 Galapagos Nv Salts and pharmaceutical compositions thereof for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
US11667633B2 (en) 2014-02-07 2023-06-06 Galapagos Nv Salts and pharmaceutical compositions thereof for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
US10493158B2 (en) 2014-02-07 2019-12-03 Galapagos Nv Pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
US10513493B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2019-12-24 Incyte Corporation Cyclopropylamines as LSD1 inhibitors
US9670210B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2017-06-06 Incyte Corporation Cyclopropylamines as LSD1 inhibitors
US11155532B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2021-10-26 Incyte Corporation Cyclopropylamines as LSD1 inhibitors
US10676457B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2020-06-09 Incyte Corporation Cyclopropylamines as LSD1 inhibitors
US10717737B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2020-07-21 Incyte Corporation Cyclopropylamines as LSD1 inhibitors
US9527835B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2016-12-27 Incyte Corporation Cyclopropylamines as LSD1 inhibitors
US9994546B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2018-06-12 Incyte Corporation Cyclopropylamines as LSD1 inhibitors
US11247992B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2022-02-15 Incyte Corporation Cyclopropylamines as LSD1 inhibitors
US9493442B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2016-11-15 Incyte Corporation Cyclopropylamines as LSD1 inhibitors
US10300051B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2019-05-28 Incyte Corporation Cyclopropylamines as LSD1 inhibitors
US9493450B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2016-11-15 Incyte Corporation Cyclopropylamines as LSD1 inhibitors
US10174030B2 (en) 2014-02-13 2019-01-08 Incyte Corporation Cyclopropylamines as LSD1 inhibitors
CN106604920A (en) * 2014-07-07 2017-04-26 第三共株式会社 Pyridone derivatives with tetrahydropyranylmethyl groups
US11208403B2 (en) 2014-07-07 2021-12-28 Daiichi Sankyo Company, Limited Pyridone derivatives having tetrahydropyranylmethyl groups
US10442797B2 (en) 2014-07-07 2019-10-15 Daiichi Sankyo Company, Limited Pyridone derivatives having tetrahydropyranylmethyl groups
JP6086516B2 (en) * 2014-07-07 2017-03-01 第一三共株式会社 Pyridone derivatives having a tetrahydropyranylmethyl group
EP3868757A1 (en) 2014-07-07 2021-08-25 Daiichi Sankyo Company, Limited Pyridone derivative having tetrahydropyranylmethyl group
CN111467346B (en) * 2014-07-07 2023-05-16 第一三共株式会社 Pyridone derivatives with tetrahydropyranylmethyl groups
WO2016006706A1 (en) * 2014-07-07 2016-01-14 第一三共株式会社 Pyridone derivative having tetrahydropyranyl methyl group
CN111467346A (en) * 2014-07-07 2020-07-31 第一三共株式会社 Pyridone derivatives with tetrahydropyranylmethyl groups
JPWO2016006706A1 (en) * 2014-07-07 2017-04-27 第一三共株式会社 Pyridone derivatives having a tetrahydropyranylmethyl group
KR20170029495A (en) 2014-07-07 2017-03-15 다이이찌 산쿄 가부시키가이샤 Pyridone derivative having tetrahydropyranyl methyl group
US10125133B2 (en) 2014-07-10 2018-11-13 Incyte Corporation Substituted [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridines and substituted [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyrazines as LSD1 inhibitors
US9695167B2 (en) 2014-07-10 2017-07-04 Incyte Corporation Substituted triazolo[1,5-a]pyridines and triazolo[1,5-a]pyrazines as LSD1 inhibitors
US10138249B2 (en) 2014-07-10 2018-11-27 Incyte Corporation Triazolopyridines and triazolopyrazines as LSD1 inhibitors
US9758523B2 (en) 2014-07-10 2017-09-12 Incyte Corporation Triazolopyridines and triazolopyrazines as LSD1 inhibitors
US9695180B2 (en) 2014-07-10 2017-07-04 Incyte Corporation Substituted imidazo[1,2-a]pyrazines as LSD1 inhibitors
US10112950B2 (en) 2014-07-10 2018-10-30 Incyte Corporation Substituted imidazo[1,2-a]pyrazines as LSD1 inhibitors
US9695168B2 (en) 2014-07-10 2017-07-04 Incyte Corporation Substituted imidazo[1,5-α]pyridines and imidazo[1,5-α]pyrazines as LSD1 inhibitors
US10640503B2 (en) 2014-07-10 2020-05-05 Incyte Corporation Imidazopyridines and imidazopyrazines as LSD1 inhibitors
US10047086B2 (en) 2014-07-10 2018-08-14 Incyte Corporation Imidazopyridines and imidazopyrazines as LSD1 inhibitors
US10556908B2 (en) 2014-07-10 2020-02-11 Incyte Corporation Substituted imidazo[1,2-a]pyrazines as LSD1 inhibitors
US10968221B2 (en) 2014-07-10 2021-04-06 Incyte Corporation Substituted [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyrazines as LSD1 inhibitors
US10617690B2 (en) 2015-01-20 2020-04-14 Wuxi Fortune Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd JAK inhibitor
US10800779B2 (en) 2015-04-03 2020-10-13 Incyte Corporation Heterocyclic compounds as LSD1 inhibitors
US11401272B2 (en) 2015-04-03 2022-08-02 Incyte Corporation Heterocyclic compounds as LSD1 inhibitors
US9944647B2 (en) 2015-04-03 2018-04-17 Incyte Corporation Heterocyclic compounds as LSD1 inhibitors
US10174036B2 (en) 2015-04-29 2019-01-08 Wuxi Fortune Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd Substituted pyrazoles as JAK inhibitors
US9840503B2 (en) 2015-05-11 2017-12-12 Incyte Corporation Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US10174056B2 (en) 2015-05-29 2019-01-08 Wuxi Fortune Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd Substituted pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidines as janus kinase inhibitors
US10723700B2 (en) 2015-08-12 2020-07-28 Incyte Corporation Salts of an LSD1 inhibitor
US10005788B2 (en) 2015-08-12 2018-06-26 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic fused pyrimidine compounds as TAM inhibitors
US10329255B2 (en) 2015-08-12 2019-06-25 Incyte Corporation Salts of an LSD1 inhibitor
US9708333B2 (en) 2015-08-12 2017-07-18 Incyte Corporation Fused bicyclic 1,2,4-triazine compounds as TAM inhibitors
US11498900B2 (en) 2015-08-12 2022-11-15 Incyte Corporation Salts of an LSD1 inhibitor
US10053465B2 (en) 2015-08-26 2018-08-21 Incyte Corporation Pyrrolopyrimidine derivatives as TAM inhibitors
US10519163B2 (en) 2015-08-26 2019-12-31 Incyte Corporation Pyrrolopyrimidine derivatives as TAM inhibitors
US11136326B2 (en) 2015-08-26 2021-10-05 Incyte Corporation Pyrrolopyrimidine derivatives as TAM inhibitors
CN108349979B (en) * 2015-11-02 2021-04-09 詹森药业有限公司 [1,2,4] triazolo [1,5-a ] pyrimidin-7-yl compounds
CN108349979A (en) * 2015-11-02 2018-07-31 詹森药业有限公司 [1,2,4] triazol [1,5-a] pyrimidin-7-yl compound
US10947239B2 (en) 2015-11-02 2021-03-16 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidin-7-yl compound
WO2017146236A1 (en) 2016-02-26 2017-08-31 小野薬品工業株式会社 Drug for cancer therapy characterized by administering combination between axl inhibitor and immune checkpoint inhibitor
US9981975B2 (en) 2016-03-28 2018-05-29 Incyte Corporation Pyrrolotriazine compounds as tam inhibitors
US10844069B2 (en) 2016-03-28 2020-11-24 Incyte Corporation Pyrrolotriazine compounds as TAM inhibitors
US10442810B2 (en) 2016-03-28 2019-10-15 Incyte Corporation Pyrrolotriazine compounds as TAM inhibitors
US11591338B2 (en) 2016-03-28 2023-02-28 Incyte Corporation Pyrrolotriazine compounds as TAM inhibitors
US10166221B2 (en) 2016-04-22 2019-01-01 Incyte Corporation Formulations of an LSD1 inhibitor
US20190337937A1 (en) * 2016-06-29 2019-11-07 West China Hospital, Sichuan University [1,2,4] TRIAZOLO [1,5-a] PYRIDINE DERIVATIVE AND CRYSTALLINE FORM THEREOF
US10815231B2 (en) * 2016-06-29 2020-10-27 West China Hospital, Sichuan University [1,2,4] triazolo [1,5-a] pyridine derivative and crystalline form thereof
CN106188041A (en) * 2016-06-29 2016-12-07 四川大学华西医院 [1,2,4] triazolo [1,5-a ] pyridine derivatives
WO2018000549A1 (en) * 2016-06-29 2018-01-04 四川大学华西医院 [1,2,4] triazolo [1,5-a] pyridine derivative and crystalline form thereof
CN107759587B (en) * 2016-08-19 2021-01-26 中国医药研究开发中心有限公司 [1,2,4] triazolo [1,5-a ] pyridine compound and preparation method and medical application thereof
CN107759587A (en) * 2016-08-19 2018-03-06 中国医药研究开发中心有限公司 [1,2,4] triazol [1,5 a] pyridine compounds and their and preparation method thereof and medical usage
CN109890823A (en) * 2016-10-26 2019-06-14 詹森药业有限公司 Condensed nitrogen heterocyclic and its purposes as ampa receptor regulator
CN109890823B (en) * 2016-10-26 2021-11-30 詹森药业有限公司 Fused azaheterocyclic compounds and their use as AMPA receptor modulators
CN109963851B (en) * 2016-10-26 2021-11-30 詹森药业有限公司 Fused bicyclic pyridine compounds and their use as AMPA receptor modulators
CN109963851A (en) * 2016-10-26 2019-07-02 詹森药业有限公司 The bicyclic pyridine compound of fusion and its purposes as ampa receptor regulator
US11319321B2 (en) 2016-11-02 2022-05-03 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine compounds as PDE2 inhibitors
US10947242B2 (en) 2016-11-02 2021-03-16 Janssen Pharmaceutica, Nv [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5and#8208;A]pyrimidine compounds as PDE2 inhibitors
US11053248B2 (en) 2016-11-02 2021-07-06 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine compounds as PDE2 inhibitors
WO2019039525A1 (en) 2017-08-23 2019-02-28 小野薬品工業株式会社 Pharmaceutical for cancer treatment including ax1 inhibitor as an effective component
US11104682B2 (en) 2017-09-27 2021-08-31 Incyte Corporation Salts of TAM inhibitors
US10633387B2 (en) 2017-09-27 2020-04-28 Incyte Corporation Salts of TAM inhibitors
WO2019074116A1 (en) 2017-10-13 2019-04-18 小野薬品工業株式会社 Therapeutic agent for solid cancers, which contains axl inhibitor as active ingredient
US11673894B2 (en) 2018-02-27 2023-06-13 Incyte Corporation Imidazopyrimidines and triazolopyrimidines as A2A / A2B inhibitors
US11168089B2 (en) 2018-05-18 2021-11-09 Incyte Corporation Fused pyrimidine derivatives as A2A / A2B inhibitors
US11873304B2 (en) 2018-05-18 2024-01-16 Incyte Corporation Fused pyrimidine derivatives as A2A/A2B inhibitors
US11918585B2 (en) 2018-06-29 2024-03-05 Incyte Corporation Formulations of an AXL/MER inhibitor
US11241438B2 (en) 2018-06-29 2022-02-08 Incyte Corporation Formulations of an AXL/MER inhibitor
US11161850B2 (en) 2018-07-05 2021-11-02 Incyte Corporation Fused pyrazine derivatives as A2A / A2B inhibitors
US11999740B2 (en) 2018-07-05 2024-06-04 Incyte Corporation Fused pyrazine derivatives as A2A / A2B inhibitors
US11512064B2 (en) 2018-08-31 2022-11-29 Incyte Corporation Salts of an LSD1 inhibitor and processes for preparing the same
US10968200B2 (en) 2018-08-31 2021-04-06 Incyte Corporation Salts of an LSD1 inhibitor and processes for preparing the same
US11390624B2 (en) 2019-01-29 2022-07-19 Incyte Corporation Pyrazolopyridines and triazolopyridines as A2A / A2B inhibitors
US11884665B2 (en) 2019-01-29 2024-01-30 Incyte Corporation Pyrazolopyridines and triazolopyridines as A2A / A2B inhibitors
CN113677676A (en) * 2019-03-30 2021-11-19 联合化学实验室有限公司 Novel method for preparing non-gautinib and intermediate thereof
US11814734B2 (en) 2019-05-13 2023-11-14 Ecolab Usa Inc. 1,2,4-triazolo[1,5-a] pyrimidine derivative as copper corrosion inhibitor
CN111892592B (en) * 2019-08-06 2023-09-19 江苏柯菲平医药股份有限公司 JAK kinase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2021023207A1 (en) * 2019-08-06 2021-02-11 江苏柯菲平医药股份有限公司 Jak kinase inhibitor and use thereof
CN111892592A (en) * 2019-08-06 2020-11-06 江苏柯菲平医药股份有限公司 JAK kinase inhibitors and uses thereof
CN111072655B (en) * 2019-12-30 2021-12-10 深圳市坤健创新药物研究院 Triazole pyridine compound, preparation method thereof, medicinal composition and application
CN111072655A (en) * 2019-12-30 2020-04-28 深圳市坤健创新药物研究院 Triazole pyridine compound, preparation method thereof, medicinal composition and application
US11718622B2 (en) 2020-03-16 2023-08-08 Exelixis Inc. Heterocyclic adenosine receptor antagonists
WO2022007921A1 (en) * 2020-07-10 2022-01-13 北京范恩柯尔生物科技有限公司 Triazine compound and composition and use thereof
JP7556604B2 (en) 2020-07-10 2024-09-26 範恩柯爾生物科技（中山）有限公司 Triazine compounds, compositions thereof and uses thereof
CN115819425A (en) * 2022-12-22 2023-03-21 五邑大学 Triazolo hexa-nitrogen heterocyclic-2-amine compound and preparation method and application thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
ES2446298T3 (en) 2014-03-07
ES2446298T9 (en) 2014-09-29
PT2217578E (en) 2014-02-17
US9771362B2 (en) 2017-09-26
HRP20140191T1 (en) 2014-04-25
SI2217578T1 (en) 2014-03-31
GB0719803D0 (en) 2007-11-21
EP2217578A1 (en) 2010-08-18
DK2217578T5 (en) 2014-11-10
US20100298339A1 (en) 2010-11-25
US20140155594A1 (en) 2014-06-05
US9012633B2 (en) 2015-04-21
CY1114911T1 (en) 2016-12-14
US9394301B2 (en) 2016-07-19
US20150246915A1 (en) 2015-09-03
DK2217578T3 (en) 2014-02-03
EP2217578B9 (en) 2014-09-10
EP2217578B1 (en) 2013-12-04
US8431596B2 (en) 2013-04-30
PL2217578T3 (en) 2014-05-30
US20170066762A1 (en) 2017-03-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9771362B2 (en) [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridine and [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidine compounds and their use
EP1807424B1 (en) Novel kinase inhibitors
AU2007282535B9 (en) Pyrimidine derivative as PI3K inhibitor and use thereof
CA2667487C (en) Imidazo[1,2-b]pyridazine and pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidine derivatives and their use as protein kinase inhibitors
ES2325035T3 (en) ERBB QUINASE INHIBITORS OF 2-PYRIMIDINYL PYRAZOLOPIRIDINE.
EP2822656B1 (en) 3-aryl-5-substituted-isoquinolin-1-one compounds and their therapeutic use
EP1971606B1 (en) 2-pyrimidinyl pyrazolopyridine erbb kinase inhibitors
EP2403853B1 (en) Pyrrolopyrimidines used as kinase inhibitors
EP3409278A1 (en) Heterocyclic protein kinase inhibitors
WO2009122180A1 (en) Pyrimidine derivatives capable of inhibiting one or more kinases
AU2005266803A1 (en) Inhibitors of VEGF receptor and HGF receptor signaling
CA2620534A1 (en) Substituted imidazo[1,2b]pyridazines as kinase inhibitors, their preparation and use as medicaments
US20120309739A1 (en) Akt / pkb inhibitors
PL192746B1 (en) Bicyclic heteroaromatic compounds as inhibitors of proteinous thyrosinic kinase
WO2003051886A1 (en) Pyrazolopyridazine derivatives
AU2007245496A1 (en) Amino-ethyl-amino-aryl (AEAA) compounds and their use
WO2012149567A1 (en) Kinase inhibitors
CA3207590A1 (en) Pyridopyrimidinone derivative, preparation method therefor, and use thereof
TW202241902A (en) Crystal form of a pyrimido five-membered nitrogen heterocyclic derivative and preparation method thereof
KR20210136995A (en) Bruton's Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitors
WO2012131297A1 (en) Pyrido [3',2' :4,5] thieno [3, 2-d] pyrimidin- 4 - ylamine derivatives and their therapeutical use
WO2021099842A1 (en) Pentafluorobenzenesulfonamide derivatives and uses thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 08806565

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 12679871

Country of ref document: US

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2008806565

Country of ref document: EP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE